FORD EVEREST Owner`s Manual

FORD EVEREST Owner`s Manual
FORD EVEREST Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of
continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time
without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a
retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission.
Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2015
All rights reserved.
Part Number: EB3B-19G219-YAA 20150513041425
Tk
Table of Contents
Creating a MyKey............................................33
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................34
Checking MyKey System Status...............35
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems.........................................................36
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................36
Introduction
About This Manual...........................................7
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
Replacement Parts
Recommendation........................................9
Mobile Communications
Equipment.....................................................10
Locks
At a Glance
Locking and Unlocking.................................37
Manual Liftgate..............................................38
Power Liftgate.................................................39
At a Glance.........................................................11
Child Safety
Child Restraints................................................18
Selecting a Child Restraint System.........19
Installing Child Restraints............................19
Child Restraint Positioning..........................21
Child Safety Locks..........................................22
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................42
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................43
Audio Control...................................................43
Voice Control...................................................44
Cruise Control..................................................44
Information Display Control......................44
Seatbelts
Principle of Operation...................................23
Fastening the Seatbelts...............................24
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................25
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................25
Seatbelt Maintenance.................................26
Wipers and Washers
Windshield Wipers........................................45
Autowipers.......................................................45
Windshield Washers.....................................46
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........47
Headlamp Washers.......................................47
Supplementary Restraints
System
Principle of Operation...................................27
Lighting
Keys and Remote Controls
General Information.....................................48
Lighting Control..............................................48
Autolamps........................................................49
Automatic High Beam Control.................50
Front Fog Lamps.............................................51
Rear Fog Lamps...............................................51
Headlamp Leveling........................................52
Direction Indicators.......................................53
Ambient Lighting............................................53
General Information on Radio
Frequencies..................................................29
Remote Control..............................................29
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control...........................................................30
MyKey™
Principle of Operation....................................31
Principle of Operation...................................32
1
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Table of Contents
Interior Lamps.................................................53
Auxiliary Power Points
Windows and Mirrors
Auxiliary Power Points.................................115
Cigar Lighter....................................................116
Power Windows.............................................56
Global Opening and Closing......................58
Exterior Mirrors................................................59
Interior Mirror...................................................60
Moonroof..........................................................60
Storage Compartments
Instrument Cluster
Cup Holders......................................................117
Glove Box..........................................................117
Center Console................................................117
Overhead Console........................................118
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................118
Gauges...............................................................62
Warning Lamps and Indicators................64
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............69
Starting and Stopping the
Engine
General Information.....................................119
Ignition Switch................................................119
Steering Wheel Lock....................................119
Starting a Diesel Engine.............................120
Diesel Particulate Filter..............................120
Switching Off the Engine............................121
Information Displays
General Information......................................70
Clock....................................................................79
Trip Computer..................................................79
Personalized Settings..................................80
Information Messages.................................80
Fuel and Refueling
Climate Control
Safety Precautions.......................................122
Fuel Quality.....................................................122
Running Out of Fuel.....................................123
Catalytic Converter......................................124
Selective Catalytic Reduction
System..........................................................124
Refueling..........................................................128
Principle of Operation..................................94
Air Vents............................................................94
Manual Climate Control..............................95
Automatic Climate Control........................97
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate........................................................100
Rear Passenger Climate Controls..........103
Cabin Air Filter...............................................103
Transmission
Automatic Transmission...........................130
Electronic Locking Differential.................133
Seats
Sitting in the Correct Position.................104
Head Restraints............................................104
Manual Seats.................................................105
Power Seats....................................................107
Rear Seats......................................................108
Heated Seats...................................................113
Four-Wheel Drive
Principle of Operation.................................135
Using Four-Wheel Drive.............................135
Rear Axle
Limited Slip Differential.............................140
2
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Table of Contents
Brakes
Load Carrying
General Information.....................................141
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes............................................................141
Parking Brake..................................................141
Hill Start Assist...............................................141
General Information....................................180
Luggage Covers............................................180
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................181
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................182
Towing
Traction Control
Towing a Trailer.............................................185
Trailer Sway Control....................................186
Recommended Towing Weights............186
Essential Towing Checks...........................188
Towing Points.................................................191
Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels.......191
Principle of Operation.................................144
Using Traction Control................................144
Stability Control
Principle of Operation.................................145
Using Stability Control...............................146
Driving Hints
Hill Descent Control
Breaking-In......................................................193
Reduced Engine Performance.................193
Off-Road Driving...........................................193
Cold Weather Precautions........................198
Driving Through Water...............................198
Floor Mats.......................................................199
Principle of Operation.................................147
Using Hill Descent Control........................147
Parking Aids
Principle of Operation................................149
Rear Parking Aid...........................................149
Front Parking Aid..........................................150
Active Park Assist..........................................151
Rear View Camera........................................155
Roadside Emergencies
Hazard Warning Flashers.........................200
Jump Starting the Vehicle.......................200
Post-Crash Alert System...........................201
Transporting the Vehicle...........................202
Cruise Control
Principle of Operation.................................157
Using Cruise Control....................................157
Using Adaptive Cruise Control................158
Fuses
Fuse Box Locations.....................................203
Changing a Fuse..........................................204
Fuse Specification Chart - 2.2L
Duratorq-TDCi (118kW/160PS) Puma...........................................................205
Fuse Specification Chart - 3.2L
Duratorq-TDCi (148kW/200PS) Puma.............................................................216
Driving Aids
Speed Limiter................................................164
Driver Alert......................................................164
Lane Keeping System.................................166
Blind Spot Information System...............170
Steering............................................................174
Collision Warning System..........................175
Maintenance
General Information...................................228
3
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Table of Contents
Audio Unit......................................................269
Audio Unit.......................................................275
Audio Unit.......................................................278
Audio System Security..............................280
Audio Unit Clock and Date Displays.....280
Compact Disc Player...................................281
Audio Input Jack...........................................285
USB Port.........................................................286
Media Hub......................................................286
Audio Troubleshooting..............................286
Opening and Closing the Hood..............228
Under Hood Overview...............................230
Engine Oil Dipstick........................................231
Engine Oil Check...........................................231
Engine Coolant Check.................................231
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................232
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................233
Washer Fluid Check....................................233
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap.......233
Changing the 12V Battery.........................234
Checking the Wiper Blades......................234
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................234
Removing a Headlamp..............................236
Changing a Bulb...........................................236
Bulb Specification Chart............................241
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................243
SYNC™
Cleaning the Exterior..................................244
Cleaning the Interior...................................244
General Information...................................287
Using Voice Recognition...........................288
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............291
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone............302
SYNC™ Applications and Services......304
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player............................................................310
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................316
Wheels and Tires
SYNC™ 2
General Information...................................246
Tire Care..........................................................246
Using Snow Chains......................................251
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............251
Changing a Road Wheel...........................255
Technical Specifications..........................260
General Information...................................326
General Information...................................334
Settings...........................................................338
Entertainment...............................................352
Phone................................................................361
Phone..............................................................368
Information....................................................369
Climate............................................................374
Navigation.......................................................377
SYNC™ Troubleshooting.........................386
Vehicle Care
Capacities and Specifications
Vehicle Dimensions.....................................261
Vehicle Identification Plate......................263
Vehicle Identification Number................264
Engine Number............................................264
Capacities and Specifications................265
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............394
Type Approvals............................................395
Type approvals.............................................398
Type approvals.............................................398
Type approvals.............................................398
Audio System
General Information...................................268
4
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Table of Contents
End User License Agreement.................399
5
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
6
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Introduction
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Thank you for choosing Ford. We
recommend that you take some time to
get to know your vehicle by reading this
manual. The more that you know about
your vehicle, the greater the safety and
pleasure you will get from driving it.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
E154903
A
Right-hand side.
B
Left-hand side.
SYMBOLS GLOSSARY
These are some of the symbols you may
see on your vehicle.
Safety alert
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range of available models, sometimes
even before they are generally available. It
may describe options not fitted to the
vehicle you have purchased.
See Owner's Manual
Air conditioning system
Note: Some of the illustrations in this
manual may show features as used in
different models, so they may appear
different to you on your vehicle.
E162384
Anti-lock braking system
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle
in line with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
Note: Pass on this manual when selling
your vehicle. It is an integral part of your
vehicle.
AdBlue System
®
E211760
Battery
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
Battery acid
7
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Introduction
Brake fluid - non petroleum
based
Fasten seatbelt
Brake system
Front airbag
Cabin air filter
Front fog lamps
Check fuel cap
Fuse compartment
Child safety door lock or unlock
Hazard warning flashers
Child seat lower anchor
Heated rear window
Child seat tether anchor
Heated windshield
E91392
Cruise control
Interior luggage compartment
release
Do not open when hot
Jack
Engine air filter
Lighting control
Engine coolant
Lock rear window
Engine coolant temperature
Low tire pressure warning
Engine oil
Maintain correct fluid level
Explosive gas
Panic alarm
E71340
Parking aid
Fan warning
E139213
8
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Introduction
Parking brake
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
Power steering fluid
Your vehicle has been built to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
whenever your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Power windows front/rear
Service engine soon
Side airbag
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
Stability control
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that
conform to the specifications detailed in
this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and
Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these
specifications.
Windshield wash and wipe
Keep out of reach of children
E161353
Recyclable product
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine
Ford replacement collision parts meet our
stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection
and dent resistance. During vehicle
development we validate these parts
deliver the intended level of protection as
a whole system. A great way to know for
sure you are getting this level of protection
is to use genuine Ford replacement
collision parts.
E161307
E161354
Do not dispose of in the trash
because the material contains
lead
Use safety glasses when
handling
E161305
9
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Introduction
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of the
failure of non-Ford parts may not be
covered by the Ford Warranty. For
additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
Using mobile communications equipment
is becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in
emergency situations. Safety must be
paramount when using mobile
communications equipment to avoid
negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but
is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
10
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
At a Glance
Front Exterior Overview
A
B
C
D
H
G
F
E194808
A
See Locking and Unlocking (page 37).
B
See Interior Mirror (page 60).
C
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 234).
D
See Under Hood Overview (page 230).
E
See Towing Points (page 191).
11
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
E
At a Glance
F
See Changing a Bulb (page 236).
G
See Technical Specifications (page 260).
H
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 255).
Vehicle Interior Overview
D
C
B
A
E
F
G
H
E194809
A
See Fastening the Seatbelts (page 24).
B
See Head Restraints (page 104).
12
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
At a Glance
C
See Automatic Transmission (page 130). See Automatic Transmission
(page 130).
D
See Exterior Mirrors (page 59).
E
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 228).
F
See Parking Brake (page 141).
G
See Manual Seats (page 105).
H
See Rear Seats (page 108).
Instrument Panel Overview
Left Hand Drive
G
H
F
I
J
N
E
D
L
K
C
M
E196952
13
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
B
O
A
P
At a Glance
Right Hand Drive
A
E194810
A
B
P
O
C
D
N
E
M
L
F
G
K J
H
I
Air vents.
B
Multi-function display. See General Information (page 70).
C
Windshield wipers. See Wipers and Washers (page 45).
D
Audio control. See Audio Control (page 43).
E
Instrument cluster. See Instrument Cluster (page 62).
F
Cruise control buttons. See Using Cruise Control (page 157). Adaptive cruise
control. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 158).
G
Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 53). Lane keeping system.
See Lane Keeping System (page 166).
H
Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 48).
I
Hood release lever. See Fastening the Seatbelts (page 24).
J
Power liftgate. See Power Liftgate (page 39).
14
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
At a Glance
K
Ignition switch. See Ignition Switch (page 119).
L
Steering wheel adjustment lever. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page
43).
M
Knee airbag. See Principle of Operation (page 27).
N
Horn.
O
Climate control.
P
Audio unit. See Audio System (page 268).
15
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
At a Glance
Rear Exterior Overview
A
B
C
G
F
E
E194811
A
See Refueling (page 128).
B
See Changing the Wiper Blades (page 234).
C
See Changing a Bulb (page 236).
D
See Towing Points (page 191).
E
Spare wheel. Jack. See Changing a Road Wheel (page 255).
16
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
D
At a Glance
F
See Technical Specifications (page 260).
G
See Changing a Road Wheel (page 255).
17
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Child Safety
CHILD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Seatbelts and seats can become hot
in a vehicle that has been closed up
in sunny weather, they could burn a
small child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.
WARNINGS
Children must always be properly
restrained.
This section provides useful
information on the installation and
safe use of child restraints. Ford
strongly recommends that you read and
understand this section before carrying
children in your vehicle.
Read and follow the child restraint
manufacturer’s instructions when
you are fitting a child restraint.
Do not alter or modify child restraints
in any way.
It is the driver’s responsibility to ensure that
the children are seated in suitable child
restraints prescribed by the laws of the
State or Territory in which the vehicle is
operated.
Do not hold a child on your lap when
the vehicle is moving.
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle.
If you are in any doubt about the laws that
apply in your location, please consult your
local Authorised Ford Dealer or Local
Approved Child Restraint Fitting Station
for assistance.
On hot days, the temperature inside
the vehicle can rise very quickly.
Exposure of people or animals to
these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING
EXTREME HAZARD! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
Destroy the child restraint if it has
been in a severe crash, even if no
damage is visible.
of it.
E211048
18
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD
RESTRAINTS
SELECTING A CHILD RESTRAINT
SYSTEM
To provide protection, a child restraint
system should meet three requirements.
WARNINGS
EXTREME HAZARD! Do not use a
rearward facing child restraint on a
seat protected by an airbag in front
1.
The child restraint system complies
with Australian Standard AS1754.
Infants and children must be properly
restrained at all times in an approved
child restraint which conforms to
Australian Standards AS1754 - 2004
or later. Look for the Australian
Standard Approval Mark on the child
restraint.
2. The child restraint must be suitable
for the size and weight of the child
and must be properly fitted and
adjusted. Use the child restraint
exactly as shown in the instructions
provided with the child restraint. If you
have any doubts, contact the child
restraint manufacturer or consult an
approved Restraint Fitting Station.
3. The child restraint system should
fit the vehicle seating position (or
positions) where it will be used. Due
to variations in the design of child
restraint systems, vehicle seats and
seatbelts, all child restraint systems
may not fit all seating positions. Before
purchasing a child restraint system, it
is recommended that the child restraint
system is tested in the specific vehicle
seating position (or positions) where
it is intended to be used. If a previously
purchased child restraint does not fit,
you may need to purchase a different
one that will fit.
of it.
Incorrectly fitted child restraints may
swing, tip or come away causing
death or injury.
Do not use a child restraint if the
tether strap falls into a split in the
vehicle seat back or falls off the edge
of the vehicle seat.
After installing a child restraint system,
push and pull the system forward and back
and from side to side to verify that it is
secured.
Be sure to read and follow the instructions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer. If you have any doubts
contact the child restraint manufacturer
or consult an approved Restraint Fitting
Station. Your automobile club or local
vehicle registration authority can provide
location details of fitting stations.
When installing the child restraint
attaching clip to the anchor fitting, raise
the head restraint (where fitted) and pass
the tether strap between the head restraint
supports. This will prevent the tether strap
from falling off the outboard edge of the
seating positions.
19
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Child Safety
Second Row Seats
There are three child restraint top tether
anchorages on the second row seat backs,
one for each rear seating position, located
as shown in the following picture.
E166723
Note: Side curtain air bags (where fitted)
will not interfere with a properly installed
child restraint system or booster seat,
because they are designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window openings.
When a child restraint system is not being
used, either remove it and store it in a safe
place, or make sure it is properly secured.
An unsecured child restraint system can
be thrown around the vehicle in a collision
or sudden stop and injure someone.
E213627
Third Row Seats
There are two child restraint top tether
anchorages on the third row seat backs,
one for each rear seating position, located
as shown in the following picture.
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE
LOCATIONS
Upper (top tether) anchorages
WARNING
WARNING: child restraint
anchorages are designed to
withstand only those loads imposed
by correctly fitted child restraints. Under
no circumstances are they to be used for
adult seatbelts, harnesses or for attaching
other items or equipment to the vehicle.
E213628
20
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Child Safety
Note: You may need to raise or remove the
head restraint to ease installation. See Head
Restraints (page 104).
The top tether anchorages are only
suitable for child restraints conforming to
Australian Standard AS1754-2004 or later.
If your child restraint does not have an
approved latched hook attaching clip as
shown, you should consult an approved
restraint fitting station.
ISOFIX LOWER ANCHORAGES (if
Equipped)
WARNING
WARNINGS
Always ensure that the attaching clip
is properly engaged with the anchor
fitting and the tether strap length is
adjusted to remove any slack.
The ISOFIX lower anchorages must
be used in conjunction with the upper
(top tether) anchorages.
If your vehicle has ISOFIX lower
anchorages they are located on the
outboard rear seats, where the cushion
and backrest meet.
Always ensure that the locking
mechanism of the rear seat back is
fully engaged when in the upright
position, by attempting to pull it down
again.
Do not attach a tether strap to
anything other than the correct
tether anchor point.
Make sure that the seat back is
secure and fully engaged in the
catch.
Make sure that the tether strap
tightening mechanism remains
accessible when the seat back is fully
engaged in the catch.
E132631
CHILD RESTRAINT
POSITIONING
The rear seats (where provided) are the
safest place for children.
E166781
Note: Arrow points to front of vehicle.
Note: Where applicable, remove the
luggage cover to ease installation. See
Luggage Covers (page 180).
21
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Child Safety
When a child outgrows the recommended
weight or height limits for a forward facing
child restraint system, the child should sit
on a booster seat and wear a lap-sash
seatbelt. The raised seating position will
allow you to position the shoulder strap of
the adult seatbelt over the centre of your
child's shoulder and the lap strap tightly
across its hips. A booster seat should be
used until the child is tall enough for the
lap-sash seatbelt to fit properly.
WARNINGS
Do not use pillows, books or towels
to boost your child's height.
Make sure that your children sit in an
upright position.
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
Manual Child Safety Locks
Typical Booster Seat
WARNING
You cannot open the doors from
inside if you have put the child safety
locks on.
E70710
WARNINGS
Do not install a booster seat with
only the lap strap of the seatbelt.
Do not install a booster seat with a
seatbelt that is slack or twisted.
E132612
CHECKING SEATBELT FIT
The childproof locks are located on the
rear edge of each rear door and must be
set separately for each door.
If the lap-sash seatbelt touches or crosses
the child's neck, then the child needs a
booster seat.
Left-Hand Side
WARNINGS
Never wear a seatbelt across the
neck. This could result in serious neck
injury in the event of a collision.
Turn counterclockwise to lock and
clockwise to unlock.
Do not put the seatbelt under your
child's arm or behind its back.
Turn clockwise to lock and
counterclockwise to unlock.
Right-Hand Side
22
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seatbelts
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Care should be taken to avoid
contamination of the webbing with
polishes, oils and chemicals, and
particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap and
water. The belt should be replaced if the
webbing becomes frayed, contaminated
or damaged.
WARNINGS
The wearing of a seatbelt is a
mandatory requirement. Seatbelts
should be properly fastened and
adjusted before the vehicle is driven. Adjust
the driver's seat position before fastening
the seatbelt.
No modifications or additions should
be made by the user which will either
prevent the seatbelt adjusting
devices from operating to remove slack,
or prevent the seatbelt assembly from
being adjusted to remove slack.
Seatbelts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing the lap
section of the belt across the abdominal
area must be avoided.
Seatbelts are designed to be used
by adult sized occupants.
Wear a seatbelt and keep sufficient
distance between yourself and the
steering wheel. Only when you use
the seatbelt properly, can it hold you in
position to achieve its optimum effect.
The driver and front passenger seatbelt
systems are fitted with a seatbelt
pretensioner. Seatbelt pretensioners have
a lower deployment threshold than the
airbags. During minor collisions, it is
possible that only the seatbelt
pretensioners will deploy.
Never use a seatbelt for more than
one person; it is dangerous to put a
belt around a child being carried on
the occupant's lap.
Use the correct buckle for each
seatbelt.
Status after a collision
WARNINGS
Seatbelts subjected to strain, as a
result of an accident, should be
renewed and the anchorages
checked by a properly trained technician.
Do not use a seatbelt that is slack or
twisted.
Do not wear thick clothing. The
seatbelt must fit tightly around your
body to achieve its optimum effect.
If a seatbelt pretensioner has been
deployed, the seatbelt must be
renewed.
Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the centre of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
23
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seatbelts
The seatbelt pretensioners at the front
seating positions are designed to tighten
the seatbelts when activated. In frontal
and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or,
if the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. The pretensioners
also activate when side airbags are
deployed.
2nd Row seat
FASTENING THE SEATBELTS
WARNINGS
Insert the tongue into the buckle until
you hear a distinct click. You have
not fastened the seatbelt properly if
you do not hear a click.
E200940
3rd Row seat
Make sure that the seatbelts are
securely stowed away when not in
use and are not outside your vehicle
when closing the doors.
E200941
Pull the belt out steadily. It may lock if you
pull it sharply or if your vehicle is on a slope.
Press the red button on the buckle to
release the belt. Hold the tongue and let it
retract completely and smoothly to its
stowed position.
E74124
24
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seatbelts
The 2nd row centre seatbelt can lock if you
return the seat back from a folded position
to the upright position forcefully. Should
the seatbelt lock, recline the seat using the
recline adjustment. See Rear Seats (page
108).
SEATBELT HEIGHT
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Position the seatbelt height adjuster
so that the seatbelt rests across the
middle of your shoulder. Failure to
adjust the seatbelt correctly could reduce
its effectiveness and increase the risk of
injury in a crash.
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy
E170730
WARNING
Position the seatbelt correctly for
your safety and that of your unborn
child. Do not use only the lap strap
or the shoulder strap.
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. The lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt should
be positioned low across the hips below
the belly and worn as tight as comfort will
allow. The shoulder belt should be
positioned to cross the middle of the
shoulder and the centre of the chest.
E131388
To adjust the shoulder belt height:
1. Pull the locking button and slide the
height adjuster up or down.
2. Release the button and pull down on the
height adjuster to make sure it is locked in
place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
WARNING
The system will only provide
protection when you use the seatbelt
correctly.
25
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seatbelts
Ford Motor Company recommends that
all seatbelt assemblies in use in vehicles
involved in a crash be replaced. However,
if the crash was minor and an authorized
dealer finds that the belts do not show
damage and continue to operate properly,
they do not need to be replaced. Seatbelt
assemblies not in use during a crash should
also be inspected and replaced if either
damage or improper operation is noted.
Type 1: The seatbelt warning lamp will be
illuminated for 6 seconds when the ignition
is turned on to remind the driver to fasten
the seatbelt.
Type 2: The seatbelt warning lamp will be
illuminated at any time when the drivers
seatbelt is not fastened.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Seatbelts
(page 23).
Type 3: The seatbelt reminder warning
lamp illuminates and an audible warning
will sound if the driver or front passenger
seatbelt has not been fastened and the
vehicle exceeds a relatively low speed. It
will also illuminate if either of the seatbelt
is unfastened when the vehicle is moving.
The audible warning will go off after five
minutes but the seatbelt reminder warning
lamp will remain on until the seatbelt is
fastened.
Deactivating the seatbelt reminder
Contact an authorised dealer.
SEATBELT MAINTENANCE
Inspect the vehicle seatbelts periodically
to make sure they work properly and are
not damaged. Inspect the vehicle seatbelts
to make sure there are no nicks, tears or
cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle
seatbelt assemblies, including retractors,
buckles, front seatbelt buckle assemblies,
buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if
equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters
(if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat
back (if equipped), should be inspected
after a crash.
26
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Supplementary Restraints System
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer. Failure to
adhere to this warning could result in
serious personal injury or death.
WARNINGS
Do not fit a non-Ford approved bull
bar or nudge-bar to your vehicle as
this may interfere with the operation
of the restraint system, including the air
bag deployment, and could result in injury
to yourself and others. Fitment of a
non-Ford approved bull bar or nudge-bar
may also void the vehicle's compliance
with Australian Design Rules.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
Note: Only wipe airbag covers with a damp
cloth.
Do not modify the front of your
vehicle in any way. This could
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
DRIVER & FRONT PASSENGER
AIRBAG
Wear a seatbelt and keep sufficient
distance between yourself and the
steering wheel. Only when you use
the seatbelt correctly, can it hold you in a
position that allows the airbag to achieve
its optimum effect. See Principle of
Operation (page 27). Failure to adhere
to this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
E151127
Repairs to the steering wheel,
steering column, seats, airbags and
seatbelts must be carried out by an
authorized dealer. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in serious personal
injury or death.
The driver and front passenger airbag will
deploy during significant frontal or
near-frontal collisions. The airbags will
inflate within a few thousandths of a
second and deflate on contact with the
occupant, thus cushioning forward body
movement. During minor frontal collisions,
overturns, rear collisions and side
collisions, the front passenger airbag will
not deploy.
Keep the areas in front of the airbags
free from obstruction. Do not affix
anything to or over the airbag covers.
In the event of a crash, hard objects could
cause serious personal injury or death.
SIDE AIRBAGS
Do not puncture the seat with sharp
objects. This could damage and
adversely affect deployment of the
airbags. Failure to adhere to this warning
could result in serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING
Use seat covers designed for seats
with side airbags. Have these fitted
by an authorized dealer.
27
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Supplementary Restraints System
Note: The airbag has a lower deployment
threshold than the front airbags. During a
minor collision, it is possible that only the
knee airbag will deploy.
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAGS
E72658
Side airbags are fitted inside the seat back
of the front seats. A label indicates that
side airbags are fitted to your vehicle.
E75004
The side airbags will deploy during
significant lateral collisions. The airbags
will inflate within a few thousandths of a
second and deflate on contact with the
occupants, thus providing protection for
the chest and shoulder areas. During minor
lateral collisions, overturns, front collisions
and rear collisions, the side airbags will not
deploy.
Curtain airbags are fitted inside the trim
panels over the front and rear side
windows. Moulded badges in the B-pillar
trim panels indicate that curtain airbags
are fitted to your vehicle.
The curtain airbags will deploy during
significant lateral collisions. The airbag will
inflate within a few thousandths of a
second and deflate on contact with the
occupants, thus providing protection for
the head. During minor lateral collisions,
front collisions, rear collisions, or overturns
the curtain airbags will not deploy.
DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG
WARNING
Do not attempt to open the airbag
cover.
The airbag will deploy during frontal
collisions. The airbag will inflate within a
few thousandths of a second and deflate
on contact with the occupants, thus
providing a cushion between the driver’s
knees and the steering column. During
overturns, rear collisions and side
collisions, the knee airbag will not deploy.
For item location: See At a Glance (page
11).
28
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Keys and Remote Controls
GENERAL INFORMATION ON
RADIO FREQUENCIES
REMOTE CONTROL
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment.
Note: When you press the unlock button
either all the doors are unlocked or only the
driver’s door and the liftgate are unlocked.
Pressing the unlock button again unlocks
all the doors.
The typical operating range for your
transmitter is approximately 10 m.
Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons
on the remote control simultaneously for
at least four seconds with the ignition off.
The direction indicators will flash twice to
confirm the change.
A decrease in operating range could be
caused by:
• weather conditions
• nearby radio towers
• structures around your vehicle
• other vehicles parked next to your
vehicle.
To return to the original unlocking function,
repeat the process.
Programming the additional key
The radio frequency used by your remote
control can also be used by other radio
transmitters, for example amateur radios,
medical equipment, wireless headphones,
wireless remote controls, cell phones,
battery chargers and alarm systems. If the
frequencies are jammed, you will not be
able to use your remote control. You can
lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: You need to have two programmed
keys for this procedure.
1.
2.
3.
Note: Make sure your vehicle is locked
before leaving it unattended.
4.
5.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control
will operate if you press any button
unintentionally.
Changing the Remote Control
Battery
Note: The remote control contains sensitive
electrical components. Exposure to moisture
or impact may cause permanent damage.
Make sure that you dispose of
old batteries in an
E107998
environmentally friendly way.
Seek advice from your local authority
regarding recycling.
29
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Insert the first key and turn the ignition
on.
Remove the key within 10 seconds.
Insert the second key within 10 seconds
and turn the ignition on.
Remove the key within 10 seconds.
Insert the additional key within 10
seconds which need to be
programmed.
Keys and Remote Controls
Remote Control With a Folding Key
Blade
The remote control uses one coin-type
three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or
equivalent.
E168254
Press the button to release the
key before beginning the
procedure.
E151800
Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or
the printed circuit board with the
screwdriver.
4. Insert a screwdriver as shown to
release the battery.
E168255
1.
Insert a screwdriver in the position
shown and gently push the clip.
2. Press the clip down to release the
battery cover.
E151801
5. Remove the battery.
6. Install a new battery with the + facing
up.
7. Replace the battery cover.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
E151799
3. Carefully remove the cover.
Replacement keys or remote controls can
be purchased from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle. See Passive
Anti-Theft System (page 42).
30
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
MyKey™
Non-configurable Settings
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:
• Seatbelt reminder. You cannot
disable this feature. The audio system
will mute when the front seat
passengers’ seatbelts are not
fastened.
• Early low fuel or charge. The low-fuel
or low charge warning activates earlier,
giving the MyKey user more time to
refuel or recharge.
• Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid
and Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS) with cross traffic alert.
• Satellite radio adult content
restrictions, if equipped on your vehicle.
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys can
be activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that remain unprogrammed are
referred to as administrator keys or admin
keys. They can be used to:
•
•
•
Create a MyKey.
Program configurable MyKey settings.
Clear all MyKey features.
When you have created a MyKey, you can
access the following information by using
the information display to determine:
• How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
• The total distance your vehicle traveled
with a MyKey.
Configurable Settings
Note: Switch the vehicle on to use the
system.
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the vehicle. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with
push-button start, when both a MyKey and
an admin remote transmitter are present,
the admin remote transmitter will be
recognized by the vehicle while switching
the vehicle on to start the vehicle.
•
A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
WARNING
Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
31
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
MyKey™
•
•
•
Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to switch
off AdvanceTrac™ or traction control,
911 Assist or Emergency Assistance, or
the do not disturb feature (if your
vehicle is equipped with these
features).
Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the
same settings. You cannot program them
individually.
Note: For vehicles equipped with
push-button start, when both a MyKey and
an admin remote transmitter are present,
the admin remote transmitter will be
recognized by the vehicle while switching
the vehicle on to start the vehicle.
Non-configurable Settings
The following settings cannot be changed
by an admin key user:
• Seatbelt reminder. You cannot
disable this feature. The audio system
will mute when the front seat
passengers’ seatbelts are not
fastened.
• Early low fuel or charge. The low-fuel
or low charge warning activates earlier,
giving the MyKey user more time to
refuel or recharge.
• Driver assist features, if equipped on
your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid
and Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS) with cross traffic alert.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
MyKey allows you to program keys with
restricted driving modes to promote good
driving habits. All but one of the keys can
be activated with these restricted modes.
Any keys that remain unprogrammed are
referred to as administrator keys or admin
keys. They can be used to:
•
•
•
Configurable Settings
With an admin key, you can configure
certain MyKey settings when you first
create a MyKey and before you recycle the
key or restart the vehicle. You can also
change the settings afterward with an
admin key.
Create a MyKey.
Program configurable MyKey settings.
Clear all MyKey features.
When you have created a MyKey, you can
access the following information by using
the information display to determine:
• How many admin keys and MyKeys are
programmed to your vehicle.
• The total distance your vehicle traveled
with a MyKey.
•
Note: Switch the vehicle on to use the
system.
32
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A vehicle speed limit can be set.
Warnings will be shown in the display
followed by an audible tone when your
vehicle reaches the set speed. You
cannot override the set speed by fully
depressing the accelerator pedal or by
setting cruise control.
MyKey™
CREATING A MYKEY
WARNING
Do not set MyKey maximum speed
limit to a limit that will prevent the
driver from maintaining a safe speed
considering posted speed limits and
prevailing road conditions. The driver is
always responsible to drive in accordance
with local laws and prevailing conditions.
Failure to do so could result in accident or
injury.
•
•
•
Use the information display to create a
MyKey:
1. Insert the key you want to program into
the ignition. If your vehicle is equipped
with a push-button start, place the
intelligent access transmitter into the
backup position. The location of your
backup position is in another chapter.
See Creating a MyKey (page 33).
2. Switch the vehicle on.
3. Access the main menu through the
information display controls. Use the
arrow keys to get to the following menu
selections:
Various vehicle speed minders can be
set. Once you select a speed, it will be
shown in the display, followed by an
audible tone when the preselected
vehicle speed is exceeded.
Audio system maximum volume of
45%. A message will be shown in the
display when you attempt to exceed
the limited volume. Also, the
speed-sensitive or compensated
automatic volume control will be
disabled.
Always on setting. When this is
selected, you will not be able to switch
off Advance Trac or traction control,
Emergency Assist, parking aid, lane
keeping alert or the do not disturb
feature (if your vehicle is equipped with
these features).
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button or the right arrow key.
MyKey
Press the OK button or the right arrow key.
Create MyKey
Press the OK button or the right arrow key.
MyKey is successfully created. Make sure
you label it so you can distinguish it from
the admin keys.
When prompted, hold the OK button until
you see a message informing you to label
this key as a MyKey. The key will be
restricted at the next start.
You can also program configurable
settings for the key(s). See
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings.
33
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
MyKey™
Programming/Changing
Configurable Settings
1.
Switch the vehicle on using an admin
key.
2. Use the arrow buttons to get to the
following menu selections:
Use the information display to access your
configurable MyKey settings by doing the
following:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button or the right arrow
button.
MyKey
Press the OK button or the right arrow
button.
Note: You can clear or change your MyKey
settings at any time during the same key
cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you
have switched the vehicle off, however, you
will need an admin key to change or clear
your MyKey settings.
CLEARING ALL MYKEYS
You can clear or change your MyKey
settings using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 70).
Note: When you make any changes to your
MyKey settings, you change the settings for
every MyKey. You cannot make individual
changes to apply to certain MyKeys.
Switch the ignition on using an admin key
or remote control.
To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, press the left arrow button to access
the main menu and scroll to:
Message
Action and Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
MyKey
Press the OK button.
Clear MyKey
Press and hold the OK button until the following message
displays.
All MyKeys
Cleared
Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to
their original admin key status.
34
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
MyKey™
You can find information on programmed
MyKey(s) using the information display
control on the steering wheel. See
Information Displays (page 70).
CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM
STATUS
To find information on programmed MyKey(s), press the left arrow button to
access the main menu and scroll to:
Message
Description
Settings
Press the OK button.
MyKey
Press the OK button.
Select one of the following:
MyKey Dist.
Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way
to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key
to clear your MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as
expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or
an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a
MyKey.
{0} MyKeys
Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle.
Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for
your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted.
{0} Admin Keys
Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your
vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted
keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional
MyKey has been programmed.
35
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
MyKey™
Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start
systems. If you choose to install a remote
start system, see an authorized dealer for
a Ford-approved remote start system.
USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE
START SYSTEMS
MyKey is not compatible with non
MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING
Condition
I cannot create a MyKey.
Potential Causes
•
•
•
•
I cannot program the configurable
settings.
•
•
I cannot clear the MyKeys.
•
•
The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
The key or transmitter used to start the
vehicle is the only admin key (there always
has to be at least one admin key).
Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless
start transmitter is not placed in the backup
position.
SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is
disabled or in unlimited mode.
The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 33).
The key or transmitter used to start your
vehicle does not have admin privileges.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 33).
I lost the only admin key.
Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.
I lost a key.
Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft
System (page 42).
MyKey distances do not accumulate.
•
•
•
No MyKey functions with the keyless
entry transmitter.
•
•
The MyKey user is not using the MyKey.
An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys
and created new MyKeys.
The key system has been reset.
An admin transmitter is present at vehicle
start.
No MyKeys are created. See Creating a
MyKey (page 33).
36
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Locks
LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function
Power Door Locks
You can reprogram the unlocking function
so that only the driver door is unlocked.
See Remote Control (page 29).
The power door lock control is on the driver
and front passenger door panels.
Locking the Doors
A
E138623
Press the button to lock all the
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Note: If any door or the luggage
compartment is not closed, or if the hood is
not closed on vehicles that have an
anti-theft alarm or remote start, the
direction indicators will not flash.
B
Automatic Relocking
E184784
A
Unlock.
B
Lock.
The doors will automatically relock if you
do not open a door within 45 seconds of
unlocking the doors with the remote
control. The door locks and the alarm will
return to their previous state.
Remote Control
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
from Inside
You can use the remote control at any time
while your vehicle is switched off.
Use the lock and unlock buttons located
on the driver and passenger doors.
Unlocking the Doors
Press the button to unlock all
doors. The direction indicators
will flash.
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
with the Key
Locking with the Key
Note: You can unlock the driver's door with
the key. Use the key when the remote
control is not functioning.
Turn the top of the key toward the front of
your vehicle.
Note: When you leave your vehicle locked
for several weeks, the remote control will
be switched off. Your vehicle must be
unlocked with key and started. Unlocking
and starting your vehicle once will enable
the remote control.
Unlocking with the Key
Turn the top of the key toward the rear of
your vehicle.
Note: If the child safety locks are on and
you pull the interior handle, you will only
turn off the emergency locking, not the child
safety lock. You can only open the doors
using the external door handle.
37
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Locks
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Individually with the Key
From Outside Your Vehicle
Locking
E112203
If the central locking function
fails to operate, lock the doors
individually using the key in the
position shown.
Left-Hand Side
Turn clockwise to lock.
Right-Hand Side
Turn counterclockwise to lock.
Unlocking
E206130
If the central locking function fails to
operate, unlock the driver door and then
unlock all other doors individually by
pulling the interior door handles.
Press the release button below the license
plate to unlatch the liftgate. Your vehicle
must be unlocked or have an intelligent
access transmitter within 1 m of the
liftgate.
Note: If the doors have been unlocked using
this method, the doors must be locked
individually until the central locking function
has been repaired.
MANUAL LIFTGATE
WARNINGS
It is extremely dangerous to ride in a
cargo area, inside or outside of a
vehicle. In a crash, people riding in
these areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride
in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and using a seatbelt properly. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Opening the Liftgate
With the Remote Control
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
E138630
38
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Locks
With the Remote Control
WARNINGS
Make sure to close and latch the
liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust
fumes into your vehicle. This will also
prevent passengers and cargo from falling
out. If you must drive with the liftgate open,
keep the vents or windows open so outside
air comes into your vehicle. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury.
Press the button twice within
three seconds.
E138630
Closing the Liftgate
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
E155976
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
A handle is located inside the liftgate to
help with closing.
Opening the Liftgate
POWER LIFTGATE
Manually
WARNINGS
Do not operate the liftgate unless it
is free from obstruction.
Careless opening and closing of the
liftgate can override the protection
function and cause injuries.
Do not place objects on the liftgate.
Make sure you fully close the liftgate
after operation.
E138632
Operate the liftgate only when your
vehicle is stationary.
Press the button located in the top of the
liftgate pull cup handle to unlatch the
liftgate, and then pull on the outside
handle.
You can operate the liftgate using the
remote control, the center console switch,
the liftgate switch or the liftgate release
handle.
39
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Locks
Note: Make sure there is enough headroom
to open the liftgate.
Five short tones indicate a malfunction
with the open or close request. This could
be caused by one of the following:
• You switch the ignition on and the
transmission selector lever is not in
park.
• The battery voltage is below the
minimum operating voltage.
• Your vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5
km/h).
Note: If your vehicle has an automatic
transmission, make sure the transmission
selector lever is in park.
Note: In extreme weather conditions,
automatic opening and closing will not work
with the liftgate frozen to the seal.
Note: The liftgate will stop automatically
while opening and reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.
To open a fully closed liftgate, you can
either:
• Press the button on the remote control
twice within three seconds.
• Press the center console switch.
• Use the liftgate release handle.
Note: The liftgate will stop automatically
while closing and fully open if there is an
obstacle in the way.
Note: You can manually operate the
liftgate.
Liftgate Switch
To fully open a partially opened liftgate,
you can either:
• Press the button on the remote control
twice within three seconds.
• Press the center console switch or the
liftgate switch.
• Use the liftgate release handle.
To stop the liftgate, you can either:
• Press the button on the remote control.
A further remote control operation will
be delayed for approximately three
seconds.
• Press the center console switch or the
liftgate switch.
• Use the liftgate release handle.
E129838
Switch the ignition on to operate
the liftgate using the center
console switch.
Note: A tone sounds three times when the
liftgate begins to close.
Closing the Liftgate
WARNING
The bounce-back feature will not
work and it will not detect obstacles
when the liftgate is in contact with
the vehicle body.
40
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Locks
Note: Do not leave a passive key in your
vehicle when closing the liftgate. A message
will be shown in the display. See
Information Messages (page 80).
Note: A recessed grip is located inside the
liftgate to help with closing.
You can either:
• Press the button on the remote control
twice within three seconds.
• Press the center console switch or the
liftgate switch.
• Use the liftgate release handle.
• Manually close the liftgate
E206131
The liftgate will close automatically when
it comes into contact with the vehicle body.
Programming Liftgate Height
You can set the power liftgate height as
desired by following the below steps.
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Manually move the liftgate to the
desired height.
3. Press and hold the liftgate switch for
at least three seconds. A tone sounds
when the desired height has been set.
41
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Security
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
Principle of Operation
The system prevents someone from
starting the engine with an incorrectly
coded key.
Coded Keys
If you lose a key, you can purchase a
replacement from an authorized dealer. If
possible, provide them with the key
number from the tag provided with the
original keys. You can also obtain extra
keys from an authorized dealer.
Note: Have all of your remaining keys
erased and recoded if you lose a key. Have
replacement keys coded together with
recoding your remaining keys. See an
authorized dealer for further information.
Note: Do not shield your keys with metal
objects. This may prevent the receiver from
recognizing a coded key.
Arming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition off the engine
immobilizer will arm automatically after a
short time.
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer
When you switch the ignition on the engine
immobilizer will disarm automatically if a
correctly coded key is used.
If you are unable to start the engine with a
correctly coded key, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer.
42
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Steering Wheel
ADJUSTING THE STEERING
WHEEL
WARNING
Do not adjust the steering wheel
when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position.
2
3
E95179
3. Lock the steering column.
AUDIO CONTROL
Select the required source on the audio
unit.
You can operate the following functions
with the control:
1
E161488
1. Unlock the steering column.
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired
position.
A
B
E
C
D
E199065
43
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A
Volume up
B
Seek down or previous
Steering Wheel
C
Seek up or next
D
Mute
E
Volume down
CRUISE CONTROL
VOICE CONTROL
A
B
A
B
F
C
E
D
E200943
C
E200787
A
Press the button to switch on or
off the voice control.
B
Press the button to accept
phone call.
C
Press the button to end phone
call.
A
Cruise control On and off
B
Resume
C
Set speed increase
D
Set speed decrease
E
Cancel
F
Speed limiter on and off
INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONTROL
E201420
See General Information (page 70).
44
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wipers and Washers
Intermittent Wipe
WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield
wipers and vehicle power off before using
an automatic car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the
windshield, clean the windshield and the
wiper blades. See Windshield Wipers
(page 45). If that does not resolve the
issue, install new wiper blades. See
Changing the Wiper Blades (page 234).
E167119
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This may scratch the glass,
damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper
motor to burn out. Always use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
A
Short-wipe interval.
B
Intermittent wipe.
C
Long-wipe interval.
Push the wiper lever up to switch the
wipers on, and then use the rotary control
to adjust the intermittent wipe interval.
Speed Dependent Wipers (If Equipped)
When your vehicle speed increases, the
interval between wipes decreases.
AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)
Note: Fully defrost the windshield before
switching on the windshield wipers.
E167118
A
Single wipe.
B
Intermittent wipe.
C
Normal wipe.
D
High-speed wipe.
Note: Make sure you switch off the
windshield wipers before entering a car
wash.
Note: Clean the windshield and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that does not resolve the issue,
install new wiper blades.
Note: Move to position O marked on the
wiper lever to switch off.
Note: If you switch on the autolamps with
the autowipers, the low beam headlamps
will turn on automatically when the rain
sensor turns on the windshield wipers
continuously.
Note: Make sure the wiper is switched off
before switching the ignition off. Otherwise,
the wipers will stop at the current operating
position.
45
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wipers and Washers
Note: During wet or winter driving
conditions with ice, snow or a salty road
mist, inconsistent or unexpected wiping or
smearing may occur.
Use the rotary control to adjust the
sensitivity of the rain sensor. Set the
control to low sensitivity, and the wipers
will turn on when the rain sensor detects
a large amount of moisture on the
windshield. Set the control to high
sensitivity, and the wipers will turn on when
the rain sensor detects a small amount of
moisture on the windshield.
In these conditions, you can do the
following:
• Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers
to reduce the amount of smearing.
• Switch to normal or high-speed wipe.
• Switch the autowipers off.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive. Dirt or
debris around the interior rear view mirror
area will affect the autowipers'
performance. For example, the autowipers
may turn on if dirt, mist or insects hit the
windshield.
Note: Make sure the wiper is switched off
before switching the ignition off. Otherwise,
the wipers will stop at the current operating
position.
WINDSHIELD WASHERS
Note: Do not operate the washers when
the washer reservoir is empty. This may
cause the washer pump to overheat.
E168041
A
High sensitivity
B
On
C
Low sensitivity
The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor
that is located in the area around the
interior rear view mirror. The rain sensor
monitors the amount of moisture on the
windshield and automatically turns the
wipers on. It will adjust the wiper speed by
the amount of moisture that the sensor
detects on the windshield.
E168042
To operate the windshield washers, pull
the lever toward you. The wiper will be
activated within a second.
In order to reduce water usage, the washer
is functioned to stop after operating
continuously for 10 seconds. Pull the lever
to operate the washer again.
46
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wipers and Washers
When you shift the transmission into R
(Reverse), the rear wiper will turn on to
intermittent if the front wipers are
activated.
REAR WINDOW WIPER AND
WASHERS
Rear Window Wiper
Rear Window Washer
Note: Fully defrost the rear window before
switching on the rear window wiper.
Note: Make sure you switch off the rear
window wipers before entering a car wash
chamber.
Note: Clean the rear window and wiper
blades if they begin to leave streaks or
smears. If that does not resolve the
streaking issue, install new wiper blade(s).
Note: Turn off the wipers before turning off
the vehicle or the wipers will be stopped in
their current position on the window.
E168044
To use the rear washer function, push the
lever away from you. The rear wiper will
then be activated within one second to
clear the washer fluid from the rear
window during the rear window wash
cycle.
To reduce water usage, the rear washer
can only be operated for 10 continuous
seconds. The washer fluid pump can be
reactivated by activating the rear washer
again.
E168043
A
Intermittent wipe
B
Low-speed wipe
C
Off
HEADLAMP WASHERS
Headlamp washers operates when
windshield washer is operated and for
every fifth cycle of wash.
Press the top of the button at the end of
the lever to switch on the intermittent
wiper. Press the button again to switch on
low-speed wipe. Press the bottom of the
button to switch the wiper off, or to change
the wiper speed from low-speed to
intermittent.
Note: The headlamp washers does not
have a dedicated control switch. It turns on
when headlamps are on and in low beam
mode.
47
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
GENERAL INFORMATION
LIGHTING CONTROL
Condensation in Lamp Assemblies
Exterior lamps have vents to
accommodate normal changes in air
pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a fine mist
can form on the interior of the lens. The
fine mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
E142449
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• The presence of a fine mist (no streaks,
drip marks or large droplets).
• A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
A
Off
B
Position lamps, instrument panel
lamps, license plate lamps and
tail lamps
C
Headlamps
WARNING
Prolonged use of the position lamps
when the ignition is off will cause the
battery to run out of charge.
Examples of unacceptable condensation
are:
• A water puddle inside the lamp.
• Streaks, drip marks or large droplets
present on the interior of the lens.
Note: Switch on the position lamps within
10 minutes from the key out, reinsert the key
if exceeded.
If you see any unacceptable condensation,
have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer.
Select position B on the lighting control to
switch the parking lamps on. The parking
lamps operate with the ignition on or off.
Parking Lamps
WARNING
Prolonged use of the parking lamps
when the ignition is off will cause the
battery to run out of charge.
Note: Switch on the parking lamp within 10
minutes from the key out, reinsert the key if
exceeded.
48
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
Select position B on the lighting control to
switch the parking lamps on. The parking
lamps operate with the ignition on or off.
E142451
When the lighting control is in the
autolamps position, the headlamps
automatically turn on in low light situations
or when the wipers activate.
E211866
Move the lever up or down to switch on the
desired parking lamp.
If equipped, the following also activate
when the lighting control is in the
autolamps position and you switch them
on in the information display:
• Configurable daytime running lamps.
• Automatic high beam control.
• Adaptive headlamp control.
High and Low Beam
Push the lever forward to switch between
high beam and low beam.
Headlamp Flasher
The headlamps remain on for a period of
time after you switch the ignition off. Use
the information display controls to adjust
the period of time that the headlamps
remain on. See Information Displays
(page 70).
Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.
AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped)
WARNING
Note: With the headlamps in the
autolamps position, you cannot switch the
high beam headlamps on until the
autolamps system turns the low beam
headlamps on.
The autolamps switch position may
not activate the headlamps in all low
visibility conditions, such as daytime
fog. Always ensure that your headlamps
are switched to auto or on, as appropriate,
during all low visibility conditions. Failure
to do so may result in a collision.
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps
The windshield wiper activated headlamps
turn on within 10 seconds when you switch
the windshield wipers on and the lighting
control is in the autolamps position. They
turn off approximately 60 seconds after
you switch the windshield wipers off.
49
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
Note: Reflective road signs may be
detected as oncoming traffic and the
headlamps will be switched to low beam.
The headlamps will not turn on by wiper
activation:
• During a mist wipe.
• When the wipers are on to clear washer
fluid during a wash condition.
• If the wipers are in intermittent mode.
Note: Always fit Ford Original Parts when
replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may
reduce system performance.
The system will automatically switch on
high beams if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. If it detects an
approaching vehicle’s headlamps or tail
lamps, or street lighting ahead the system
will switch off high beam before it can
distract other road users. Low beam will
remain on.
Note: If you switch autolamps and
autowipers on, the headlamps will
automatically turn on when the windshield
wipers continuously operate.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL
A camera sensor is centrally mounted
behind the windshield of your vehicle. This
monitors conditions continuously to decide
when to switch the high beams on and off.
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention. A manual
override may be necessary if the system
fails to switch the high beam on or off.
Once the system is active the high beam
will switch on if:
• It is dark enough to require the use of
high beams and
• there is no traffic or street lighting
ahead and
• vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 40 km/h.
A manual override may be required
when approaching other road users
such as cyclists.
Do not use the system in fog.
The high beam will switch off if:
• The ambient light is high enough that
high beam is not required.
• An approaching vehicle's headlamps
or tail lamps are detected.
• Street lighting is detected.
• Vehicle speed falls below
approximately 25 km/h.
• The camera sensor is too hot or
becomes blocked.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. A manual override may be
necessary in these cases.
The system may not deactivate the
high beam if the lights of oncoming
vehicles are hidden by obstacles (for
example guard rails).
Check and replace wiper blades
regularly to ensure the camera
sensor has a clear view through the
windscreen. Replacement wiper blades
must be the correct length.
Activating the System
Switch the system on using the information
display. See General Information (page
70). Turn the switch to the autolamps
position. See Autolamps (page 49).
Note: Keep the windscreen free from
obstructions such as bird droppings, insects
and snow or ice.
50
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
FRONT FOG LAMPS
E142451
The indicator will illuminate to confirm
when the system is ready to assist.
E132709
Manually Overriding the System
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
You can switch the fog lamps on when the
lighting control is in any position except
off.
Note: Only use fog lamps during reduced
visibility, for example, fog, snow or heavy
rain.
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
REAR FOG LAMPS
E169254
Push or pull the lever to switch between
high and low beam.
Note: This is a temporary override and the
system will return to automatic operation
after a short period.
To permanently switch the system off, use
the information display menu or turn the
lighting control switch to the headlamps
position.
E132710
Press the control to switch the fog lamps
on or off.
51
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
You can only switch the rear fog lamps on
when either the front fog lamps or low
beam headlamps are on.
Note: Only use the rear fog lamps when
visibility is less than 164 feet (50 meters).
0
Note: Do not use the rear fog lamps when
it is raining or snowing.
0
Note: If you switch autolamps on, you can
only switch the fog lamps on once
autolamps has turned the headlamps on.
1
HEADLAMP LEVELING
1
Headlamp leveling is provided to avoid
glare for other road users when the vehicle
is loaded in a number of different
conditions.
2
To adjust the level of the headlamp
beams:
3
E206719
Set the headlamp leveling to the
corresponding switch setting, depending
on the vehicles loading condition.
2
2
Set the headlamp leveling control to zero
when your vehicle is unloaded.
1
E132711
1. Press to release the control.
2. Rotate the control to the required
setting.
3. Press to close the control.
Set the headlamp leveling to the
corresponding setting, depending on the
vehicles loading condition.
52
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lighting
Note: Press button C to switch the door
function off when you open any door. The
indicator lamp will light amber when the
door function is off. When the door function
is off and you open a door, the dome and
map lamps will stay off. Press button C
again to switch the door function back on.
The indicator lamp will light blue when the
door function is on. When the door function
is on and you open a door, the dome and
map lamps will light.
DIRECTION INDICATORS
With Moonroof
E169255
Push the lever up or down to use the
direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
direction indicators flash three times to
indicate a lane change.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)
Adjust the ambient lighting using the
touchscreen. See Lighting (page 48).
A
The lamps will turn on when you have met
one of the following conditions:
•
•
•
You open any door.
You press a remote control button.
You press button A on the center
console.
Front Interior Lamp
Note: The front interior lamp buttons are
on the overhead console. The exact location
of each button on the overhead console
depends upon which roof, moonroof, and
window shade features are equipped on the
vehicle.
53
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
B C
A
E201210
INTERIOR LAMPS
A
Individual map lamps.
B
All lamps on button.
C
Door function button.
Lighting
Rear Interior Lamp (If Equipped)
Without Moonroof
2nd Row Seats
With Moonroof
A
A B C D A
E201211
E201099
A
Individual map lamps.
B
All lamps on button.
C
Door function button.
D
All lamps off button.
A
Press the button to switch map
lamps on or off.
Without Moonroof
You can switch individual lamps on
independently by pressing a lamp button.
A
A
E201084
A
54
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Press the button to switch
individual map lamps on or off.
Lighting
3rd Row Seats
A
E204767
A
Press the button to switch dome
lamps on or off.
Glove Box Lamp
The glove box will be illuminated when it
is opened.
Cargo Compartment Lamp
The cargo compartment will be illuminated
when the rear liftgate or a door is opened.
55
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
POWER WINDOWS
B
WARNINGS
Do not leave children unattended in
your vehicle and do not let them play
with the power windows. They may
seriously injure themselves.
A
When closing the power windows,
you should verify they are free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the window openings.
E131466
If the vehicle is to be left
unsupervised, the vehicle key should
be taken to ensure that the windows
are not operated inadvertently.
Do not operate the electric windows
unless they are free from obstruction.
A
Press the switch to open the
window.
B
Lift the switch to close the
window.
Front and Rear Passengers’ Door
Switches
Note: If you operate the switches often
during a short period of time, the system
might become inoperable for a certain time
to prevent damage due to overheating.
B
Note: If you operate both the switch on the
relevant door and the switch for that
window on the driver’s door at the same
time, the window will stop moving.
Note: You may hear a rumbling noise when
just one of the windows are open. Lower the
opposite window slightly to reduce this
noise.
A
E131467
Driver’s Door Switches
You can operate all the windows with the
switches on the door trim panel of the
driver’s door.
A
Press the switch to open the
window.
B
Lift the switch to close the
window.
Opening and Closing the Driver
Side Window Automatically
Press or lift the switch to the second action
point and release it. Press or lift it again to
stop the window.
56
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
Opening and Closing Other
Windows Automatically (If Equipped)
1. Open the window.
2. Lift and hold the switch to second
action point until the window is fully
closed.
3. Hold the switch lifted for more than
two seconds and release.
4. Open the window using the first action
point and try to close it automatically
using second action point.
5. If the window does not open or close
automatically when the switch is
pressed or lifted to second action
points, repeat the procedure.
Press or lift the switch to the second action
point and release it. Press or lift it again to
stop the window.
Safety Switch for the Rear
Windows
Note: You can always operate the rear and
front passenger windows from the driver’s
door if global opening and closing is fitted.
Note: On vehicles without global opening
and closing, the rear windows cannot be
operated from driver side when the safety
switch is pressed.
Anti-trap windows
Anti-trap windows are designed to prevent
objects from getting caught between the
glass and the seal when the electric
window is closed. Upon sensing an
obstruction, the window automatically
re-opens and allows the trapped object to
be removed.
Safety Mode
E131468
WARNINGS
The anti-trap function is not active
during this procedure.
A switch in the driver’s door disables the
rear passenger electric window switches.
The indicator in the safety switch turns on
once the switch is pressed.
While you close the window
(auto-up) for the third time with the
obstacle in the way, the anti-trap
function is disabled. Make sure there are
no obstacles in the way of the closing
window.
Resetting the Memory of the
Electric Windows - Vehicle with
One Touch Up/Down on Driver
Side only
If the system detects a malfunction, it
enters a safety mode. The windows will
move for only about 0.8 seconds at a time
and then stop again. Close the windows
by lifting the switch again when the
windows stop moving. Have this checked
immediately.
WARNING
The anti-trap function is deactivated
until you have reset the memory.
In the event of a flat battery or after the
battery has been disconnected from the
vehicle, you must reset the memory for
driver window.
57
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
Bounce-Back (If Equipped) (If
If you have disconnected the battery, you
must reset the bounce-back memory
separately for each window.
Equipped)
The window will stop automatically while
closing. It will reverse some distance if
there is an obstacle in the way.
1.
2.
3.
Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
4.
When you override the bounce-back
feature the window will not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care
when closing the windows to avoid
personal injury.
5.
6.
7.
Proceed as follows to override this
protection feature when there is a
resistance, for example in winter:
8.
Close the window twice until it reaches
the point of resistance and let it
reverse.
2. Close the window a third time to the
point of resistance.
Note: This operation should occur within
two seconds after the window reaches the
reversing end position.
Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
Release the switch.
Lift the switch again for one more
second.
Press and hold the switch until the
window is fully open.
Release the switch.
Lift and hold the switch until the
window is fully closed.
Open the window and then try to close
it automatically.
Reset and repeat the procedure if the
window does not close automatically.
1.
GLOBAL OPENING AND
CLOSING
You can use the remote control to operate
the windows with the ignition off.
Note: You can enable or disable this feature
in the information display or see an
authorized dealer. See General
Information (page 70).
3. The bounce-back feature is now
disabled and you can close the window
manually. The window will go past the
point of resistance and you can close
it fully.
Note: To operate this feature, accessory
delay must not be active.
See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if the window does not close after
the third attempt.
Opening the Windows
You can only open the windows for a short
time after you unlock your vehicle with the
remote control. After you unlock your
vehicle, press and hold the remote control
unlock button to open the windows and
vent the moonroof. Release the button
once movement starts. Press the lock or
unlock button to stop movement.
Resetting the Bounce-Back Feature
WARNING
The bounce-back feature remains
turned off until you reset the
memory.
58
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
Closing the Windows
WARNING
When closing the windows and
moonroof, you should verify they are
free of obstructions and make sure
that children and pets are not in the
proximity of the window openings.
To close the windows and moonroof, press
and hold the remote control lock button.
Release the button once movement starts.
Press the lock or unlock button to stop
movement.
B
A
C
E131480
EXTERIOR MIRRORS
Power Exterior Mirrors
WARNING
A
Left-hand side.
B
Off
C
Right-hand side.
Do not adjust the mirrors when your
vehicle is moving. This could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
E131481
Press the arrows to adjust the mirror.
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
The heated exterior mirrors will remove
ice, mist and fog.
59
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
Manual Folding and Unfolding
INTERIOR MIRROR
The power folding mirrors operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
WARNING
Do not adjust the mirror when your
vehicle is moving.
Note: The mirrors no longer operate if you
switch the ignition off and open a door.
Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of
any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning
products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your
preference. Some mirrors also have a
second pivot point. This lets you move the
mirror head up or down and from side to
side.
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you
to reduce glare at night.
Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front
and back of the mirror. Mirror performance
may be affected. A rear center passenger or
raised rear center head restraint may also
block light from reaching the sensor.
E131482
Press the button to fold or unfold the
mirrors.
Press the button again to stop and reverse
the direction of movement.
The mirror will dim automatically to reduce
glare when bright lights are detected from
behind your vehicle. It will automatically
return to normal reflection when you select
reverse gear to make sure you have a clear
view when backing up.
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window
glass. Make sure that you fully engage the
mirror in its support when returning it to its
original position.
MOONROOF (If Equipped)
Blind Spot Information System (If
WARNINGS
Do not let children play with the
moonroof or leave them unattended
in the vehicle. They may seriously
hurt themselves.
Equipped)
See Blind Spot Information System
(page 170).
When closing the moonroof, you
should verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure that
children and pets are not in the proximity
of the roof opening.
60
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Windows and Mirrors
Bounce-Back
The moonroof controls are located on the
overhead console and have a one-touch
open and close feature. To stop it during
one-touch operation, touch the control a
second time.
The moonroof will stop automatically and
reverse some distance if an obstacle is
detected while closing.
Touch and hold (C) within two seconds of
a bounce-back event to override this
function.
E191272
A
Moonroof.Press and release to
open the moonroof. The
moonroof stops short of the fully
opened position. Press and
release the control again to open
the moonroof fully.
B
Moonroof vent.Press and
release to vent the moonroof.
C
Sunshade open.Press and
release to open the sunshade.
The sunshade opens
automatically with the
moonroof. You can also open
the sunshade with the moonroof
closed. The sunshade stops
short of its fully opened position
for the comfort of rear
passengers. To open the
moonroof fully, press the control
again.
D
Sunshade close.Press and
release to close the sunshade.
E
Moonroof close.Press and
release to close the moonroof
from either the open or vent
positions.
61
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
GAUGES
Type 1
E144485
A
Tachometer
B
Information Display
C
Speedometer
D
Fuel Gauge
E
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge
62
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
Type 2
B
A
B
E205854
A
Speedometer
B
Information Display
Note: In the design and manufacture of
instrumentation, Ford comply with the
government regulations that the indicated
value of the speedometer is not less than
the actual speed. In normal operation,
customers may be observed by other
instruments (such as a GPS Unit) that the
indicated speed is slightly faster than the
actual vehicle speed. This is normal and
does not represent an instrument
malfunction.
Compass
Displays the vehicle’s heading direction.
Trip Computer
See General Information (page 70).
Vehicle Settings and Personalization
See General Information (page 70).
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge
Information Display
Shows the temperature of the engine
coolant. At normal operating temperature,
the needle will remain in the center section.
If the needle enters the red section, the
engine is overheating. Stop the engine,
switch the ignition off and determine the
cause once the engine has cooled down.
Odometer
Located in the bottom of the information
display Registers the accumulated
distance your vehicle has traveled.
Outside Air Temperature
Shows the outside air temperature.
63
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
Note: Do not restart the engine until the
cause of overheating has been resolved.
After refueling some variability in needle
position is normal:
•
WARNING
It may take a short time for the needle
to reach F after leaving the gas station.
This is normal and depends upon the
slope of pavement at the gas station.
The fuel amount dispensed into the
tank is a little less or more than the
gauge indicated. This is normal and
depends upon the slope of pavement
at the gas station.
If the gas station nozzle shuts off
before the tank is full, try a different
gas pump nozzle.
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
•
Fuel Gauge
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly
when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient.
Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will
indicate approximately how much fuel is
left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to
the fuel pump symbol indicates on which
side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is
located.
•
Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel
gauge needle is at approximately 1/16th.
The needle should move toward F when
you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points
to E after adding fuel, this indicates your
vehicle needs service soon.
Variations:
Driving type (fuel economy
conditions)
Fuel gauge position
Distance-to-empty
Highway driving
1/16th
35 miles to 80 miles (56 km
to 129 km)
Severe duty driving (trailer
towing, extended idle)
1/16th
35 miles (56km)
Note: Some warning indicators appear in
the information display and operate the
same as a warning lamp but do not
illuminate when you start your vehicle.
WARNING LAMPS AND
INDICATORS
Note: Depending on your vehicle
specification, some warning lamps and
indicators may not be active.
The following warning lamps and
indicators alert you to a vehicle condition
that may become serious. Some lamps
illuminate when you start your vehicle to
make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
Adaptive Cruise Control Lamp
The speed control system
indicator light changes color to
indicate what mode the system
is in: See Using Cruise Control (page 157).
E144524
64
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
Blind Spot Monitor Indicator (If
On (white light): Illuminates when the
adaptive cruise control system is turned
on. Turns off when the speed control
system is turned off.
Equipped)
It will illuminate when you switch
this feature off or in conjunction
E124823
with a message. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 170). See
Information Messages (page 80).
Engaged (green light): Illuminates when
the adaptive cruise control system is
engaged. Turns off when the speed control
system is disengaged.
Brake System Warning Lamp
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp
It will illuminate when you
engage the parking brake with
the ignition on.
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates a
malfunction. You will continue
to have the normal braking system
(without anti-lock braking system) unless
the brake system warning lamp is also
illuminated. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer.
If it illuminates when you are driving, check
that the parking brake is not engaged. If
the parking brake is not engaged, this
indicates low brake fluid level or a brake
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Automatic High Beam Lamp
WARNING
It will illuminate when this
feature is on. See Autolamps
(page 49).
Driving your vehicle with the warning
lamp on is dangerous. A significant
decrease in braking performance
may occur. It will take you longer to stop
your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately. Driving
extended distances with the parking brake
engaged can cause brake failure and the
risk of personal injury.
Auto Start-Stop Lamp
It will illuminate to inform you
when the engine shuts down or
in conjunction with a message.
Battery Warning Lamp
Cruise Control Indicator
If it illuminates when driving, this
indicates a malfunction. Switch
off all unnecessary electrical
equipment. Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized dealer immediately.
E71340
It will illuminate when you switch
this feature on. See Using
Cruise Control (page 157).
Direction Indicator
Illuminates when the left or right
direction indicator or the hazard
warning flasher is turned on. If
the indicators stay on or flash faster, check
for a burnt out bulb. See Changing a Bulb
(page 236).
65
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators (If
Door Ajar Indicator
Equipped)
It will illuminate when the
ignition is on and any door is not
completely closed.
4X4 LOW
Illuminates when four-wheel
drive low is engaged.
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Lamp
E181780
It will illuminate when the engine
or motor coolant temperature is
high. Stop your vehicle as soon
as possible and contact your authorized
dealer.
4X4 HIGH
Engine Oil Warning Lamp
If the warning lamp does not
illuminate during start up,
remains on or flashes, the
system may be disabled.
Illuminates when four-wheel
drive high is engaged.
E181779
Front Airbag Warning Lamp
WARNING
If it illuminates when you are driving
do not continue your journey, even if
the oil level is correct. Have your
vehicle checked.
Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer.
Front Fog Lamps Indicator
If it illuminates with the engine
running or when you are driving,
this indicates a malfunction.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off. Check the
engine oil level.
It will illuminate when you switch
the front fog lamps on.
Frost Warning Lamp
WARNING
Electronic Locking Differential
Even if the temperature rises to
above 4°C there is no guarantee that
the road is free of hazards caused by
inclement weather.
Illuminates when using the
electronic locking differential.
E163170
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when the
outside air temperature is 4°C or
below.
It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to remind you to fasten
your seatbelt. See Seatbelt
Reminder (page 25).
Glow Plug Indicator
With the key in the on position,
illuminates when the glow plug
heat is necessary as a starting
aid. Wait until the light goes off before
starting.
66
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Instrument Cluster
Low Tire Pressure Warning
After you start the engine, the light should
turn off. When the engine is cold, the light
should always illuminate for a short period.
Lights when your tire pressure is
low. If the lamp remains on with
the engine running or when
driving, check your tire pressure as soon as
possible.
High Beam Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the high beam headlamps on. It
will flash when you use the
headlamp flasher.
It will also light momentarily when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp
is functional. If it does not light when you
switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
Hill Descent Control (If Equipped)
Illuminates when hill descent
control is switched on.
Low Washer Fluid
E163171
It illuminates when the
windshield washer fluid is low.
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp
E159324
E132353
It will illuminate when the
ignition is on and the hood is not
completely closed.
Over Speed Warning (If Equipped)
It will illuminate if the vehicle
exceeds 120km/h.
Lane Keeping Aid Indicator
E144813
E165368
It will illuminate when you
activate the lane keeping
system.
Parking Lamps Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the parking lamps on.
Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp
It will illuminate when the
liftgate is not completely closed.
Powertrain Fault
E162453
It will illuminate when a
powertrain or a four-wheel drive
fault has been detected. Contact
an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
®
AdBlue Lamp (If Equipped)
It will illuminate and a message
will appear in the information
display when the Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue ) level is low and needs to
be refilled, or a fault is active in the system.
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator
E211760
E67040
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as
possible.
67
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
It will illuminate when you switch
the rear fog lamps on.
Instrument Cluster
Speed Limiter
Fasten Rear Seatbelt Warning
Lamp
E206718
It will illuminate when you switch
on the speed limiter system.
It will illuminate and a chime will
sound to signal the rear
seatbelts are not buckled.
E172886
Stability Control Warning Lamp
Service Engine Soon
It will flash when the system is
active. If it remains illuminated
E138639
or does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, this indicates a
malfunction. During a malfunction the
system will switch off. Have your vehicle
checked by an authorized dealer
immediately. See Using Stability
Control (page 146).
The service engine soon
indicator light illuminates when
the ignition is first turned on prior
to engine start to check the bulb.If the
service engine soon indicator light stays
illuminated after the engine is started, it
indicates that the On Board Diagnostics
system (OBD) has detected a malfunction
of the vehicle emissions control system.
Refer to the Fuel and Refueling chapter for
more information about having your
vehicle serviced.
Stability Control Off Indicator
It will illuminate when you switch
the system off. It will go out
when you switch the system
back on or when you switch the ignition
off. See Using Stability Control (page
146).
WARNING
Under engine misfire conditions,
excessive exhaust temperatures
could damage the catalytic
converter, the fuel system, interior floor
coverings or other vehicle components,
possibly causing a fire. Have an authorized
dealer service your vehicle immediately.
Traffic Sign Recognition No
Passing
If the light is blinking, an engine misfire is
occurring which could damage your
catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate
fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and
deceleration) and have your vehicle
serviced immediately.
E181349
Traffic Sign Recognition Speed
Limit
Lights when the current speed
limit is detected by the traffic
E181348
sign recognition system. If the
traffic sign speed warning is enabled, the
light flashes when you have exceeded the
speed limit detected by the traffic sign
recognition system.
Shift Indicator
It will illuminate to inform you
that shifting to a higher gear as
indicated may give better fuel
economy and lower CO2
emissions. It will not illuminate during
periods of high acceleration, braking or
when the clutch pedal is pressed.
68
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lights when a no passing sign is
detected by the traffic sign
recognition system.
Instrument Cluster
Water-In-Fuel Warning Lamp
Lane Departure Warning Chime
It will illuminate when there is
excess water in the fuel filter.
Drain off the water immediately.
See Fuel Quality (page 122).
Sounds to alert driver of lane departure.
Front and Rear Park Aid Warning
Chime
Sounds to alert driver of objects
approaching the front and rear of the
vehicle while moving forward or reversing
respectively.
AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND
INDICATORS
Cross Traffic Alert Warning Chime
Note: Depending on your vehicle
specification, not all audible warning and
indicators may be active.
Sounds to alert driver of cross traffic.
Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds when you open the driver's door
and you have left the key in the ignition.
Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the
ignition and open the driver's door and you
have left the headlamps or parking lamps
on.
Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds when you have left the parking
brake on and drive your vehicle. If the
warning chime remains on after you have
released the parking brake, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer
immediately.
Door Ajar Warning Chime
Sounds when the driver door is ajar, or
when any door is ajar while the vehicle is
travelling over 5 km/h.
Seatbelt Reminder Warning Chime
Sounds when vehicle is moving and the
driver or passenger (if occupied) seatbelts
are unbuckled.
69
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the information display
controls on the steering wheel.
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNING
The information display shows the
corresponding information.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Information Display Type 1
E201432
70
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Menu
information display control.
You can access the menu using the
Note: It may describe options not fitted to
the vehicle you have purchased.
Trip 1 and 2
Digital Speedo
Distance to E
Trip Odometer
Trip Timer
Fuel Used
Average Fuel
Outside Temp
All Values
Note: Press and hold OK on the current
screen to reset the respective trip, distance,
time and fuel information.
Fuel Economy
Distance to E
Inst Fuel Economy
Avg MPG
Average Fuel
Fuel History
Average Speed
All Values
Auto Start Stop - Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide detail about what is happening
with your system. See See Information Messages (page 80).
Note: You can reset your average fuel
economy by pressing and holding the OK
button on the left hand steering wheel
controls.
71
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Driver Assist
Traction Ctrl - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Active City Stop - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Blind Spot - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Cross Traffic - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Cruise Control
Adaptive or Normal
Driver Alert
Driver Alert or Driver Alert Display
Driver Select Suspension
Sport, Normal or Comfort
Hill Start Assist - check enabled or uncheck disabled
AdBlue Status
Intelligent 4WD / Terrain Response Status
Lane Keeping System
Mode
Alert, Aid or Both
Intensity
High, Normal or Low
Front Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Traffic Signs
Display
Always shown - check enabled or uncheck
disabled
Speed Warning
Limits up to 65km/h or
Limits above 65km/h
Chime
Tire Monitor
Tire Pressure
Trailer Sway - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Settings
Alarm
All Sensors Active or Perimeter Sensing
Ask on Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Vehicle
Systems Auto Engine Off - check enabled or uncheck disabled
72
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Settings
Chimes
Park Slot found - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Information - check enabled or uncheck disabled
DTE
calculation
Normal or Towing
Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Lighting
Adaptive Headlamps
1
Adaptive Headlamps - check enabled or
uncheck disabled
Traffic (R/L)
Right or Left
Hand Traffic
Auto Highbeam - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Autolamp delay
Off or XX Seconds
Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Locks
Autolock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Relock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Remote Unlock
All Doors or Driver First
Switch Inhibit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Power
Mirror
Autofold - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Reverse Tilt - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Oil Life
Reset
XXX% - Hold OK to Reset
Park
Heater
Continue Heat - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Programming
One Time
Select day of the week
Time 1 or
Time 2
Park Lock Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Power
Liftgate
Enable or Disable Switch
73
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Settings
Seatbelts
Silent Mode - check enabled or uncheck disabled
1
Windows Remote Open or Remote Close
Wipers
Display
Courtesy Wipe, Rain Sensing or Reverse Wiper
Distance Miles & Gallons, l/100km or km/l
Temper- °Fahrenheit or °Celsius
ature
Tire Pres- psi, kPa or bar
sure
Language Choose your applicable setting
Admin
Keys
"Num" MyKeys
"Odo" MyKey km
"Num" Admin Keys
MyKey Dist
Odo Units
MyKey
Create
-
Traction
Control
Always On
Max
Speed
Speed selectable based on Region
Speed
Minder
Speed selectable based on Region
Volume
Limit
Set
Clear All
Clear
Selectable
Off
Off
74
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Information Display - Type 2
E201433
Note: It may describe options not fitted to
the vehicle you have purchased.
Menu
You can access the menu using the
information display control.
Trip 1 and 2
All Values
All Values — shows all trip values (Trip Timer, Odometer and Average Fuel).
Note: You can reset your trip information by pressing and holding the OK button on the left
hand steering wheel controls.
75
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Fuel Economy
Instant Fuel Economy
Fuel History
Average Speed
Auto StartStop
•
•
•
•
Inst Fuel Economy - shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy.
Fuel History - shows a bar chart of your fuel history.
Average Speed - shows your vehicles average speed since the function was last reset.
Auto Start-Stop - available Auto Start-Stop messaging will provide details about
what is happening with your system. See Information Messages (page 80).
Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on
the left hand steering wheel controls.
Driver Assist
Traction Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Active City Stop - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Adaptive Steering
Steering in "D"
Sport or Normal
Steering in "S"
Sport or Normal
Blind Spot - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Cross Traffic Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Cruise Control
Adaptive or Normal
Driver Alert
Driver Alert or Driver Alert Display
Hill Start Assist - check enabled or uncheck disabled
AdBlue Status
Intelligent 4WD / Terrain Response Status
Lane Keeping Sys
Mode
Alert, Aid or Both
Intensity
High, Normal or Low
Front Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled
76
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Driver Assist
Traffic Signs
Display
Always shown - check enabled or uncheck
disabled
Visual Warning
Limits up to 65km/h or
Limits above 65km/h
Chime
Tire Monitor
Tire Pressure
Trailer Sway - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Settings
Alarm
All Sensors Active or Perimeter Sensing
Ask on Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Auto Engine Off - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Chimes
Park Slot found - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Information - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Driver
Sport, Normal or Comfort
Suspension
DTE
Calculation
Normal or Towing
Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Lighting
Adaptive Headlamps
Adaptive Headlamps - check enabled or
uncheck disabled
Traffic Setup
Vehicle
Systems
Right or Left
Hand Traffic
Auto Highbeam - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Autolamp Delay
Off or XX Seconds
Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Locks
Autolock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
77
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Settings
Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Relock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Remote Unlock
All Doors or Driver First
Switch Inhibit - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Mirror
Autofold - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Oil Life
XXX% - Hold OK to Reset
Park
Heater
Continue Heat - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Heater Programming
One Time
Select day of the week
Time 1 or
Time 2
Park Lock Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled
Power
Liftgate
Enable or Disable Switch
Seatbelts
Windows Remote Open or Remote Close
Wipers
Display
Courtesy Wipe, Rain Sensing or Reverse Wiper
Distance Miles & Gallons, l/100km or km/l
Unit
Temper- °Fahrenheit or °Celsius
ature
Unit
Tire Pres- psi, kPa or bar
sure
Language Choose your applicable setting
MyKey
Admin
Keys
"Num" MyKeys
"Odo" MyKey km
"Num" Admin Keys
MyKey Dist
78
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Settings
Odo Units
Create
-
Traction
Control
Always On
Max
Speed
Speed selectable based on Region
Speed
Minder
Speed selectable based on Region
Volume
Limit
Set
Clear All
Clear
Selectable
Off
Off
Trip Odometer
CLOCK
Registers the mileage of individual
journeys.
For detailed instructions on how to adjust
the clock See Audio Unit Clock and Date
Displays (page 280).
Digital Speedometer
The speed your vehicle is traveling at will
display as a digital number.
TRIP COMPUTER
Average speed
Distance to empty
Indicates the average speed calculated
since the function was last reset.
Indicates the approximate distance the
vehicle will travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern may
cause the value to vary.
Outside air temperature
Shows the outside air temperature.
Instantaneous fuel consumption
Odometer
Indicates the current average fuel
consumption.
Registers the total mileage of the vehicle.
Average fuel consumption
Resetting the trip computer
Indicates the average fuel consumption
since the function was last reset.
To reset a particular display:
1.
79
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Highlight Trip Computer with the up
and down arrow buttons and press the
right arrow button.
Information Displays
MyKey (If Equipped)
2. Highlight the function to be reset.
3. Hold the OK button pressed.
MyKey is a feature which allows customers
to assign keys which will enable extra
safety features designed for use by young
drivers. Features can be adjusted and
customized to suit the level of driver.
Features include:
PERSONALIZED SETTINGS
Language setting
A choice of 18 languages are available:
•
Arabic, Australian English, Brazilian
Portuguese, Canadian French, Chinese
Mandarin (simplified font), Dutch, EU
French, EU Portuguese, EU Spanish,
German, Italian, NA English, NA Spanish,
Polish, Russian, Swedish, Turkish, UK
English.
•
•
•
•
Measure units
•
To toggle between either metric or imperial
units, scroll to this display and press the
OK button.
Toggling the units of measure using this
display will affect the following displays:
• Distance to empty.
• Average fuel consumption.
• Instantaneous fuel consumption.
• Average speed.
Temperature units
•
To toggle between metric and imperial
units, scroll to this display and press the
OK button.
•
Toggling the temperature units using this
display will affect the following displays:
• Outside air temperature.
• The temperature display in the
automatic climate control.
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on the vehicle options
equipped with your vehicle, not all of the
messages will display or be available.
Certain messages may be abbreviated or
shortened depending upon which cluster
type you have.
Chime deactivation
The following chimes can be deactivated:
• Warning messages.
• Information messages.
80
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Muted audio when seatbelts are
unbuckled.
Vehicle speed limited.
Speed minder.
Volume limiter on audio system.
Fuel warnings given at higher distance
to empty values.
Prevention of turning off some driver
assist systems:
• Traction control
• Park aid
• Blind Spot monitor and cross traffic
alert
• Forward Collision Warningadditionally uses maximum
sensitivity as default
• Emergency assist
• Do not disturb
MyKey report card which monitors
seatbelt buckle usage, speed profile,
SYNC phone usages, and fuel
economy.
Mileage logged by MyKeys.
Information Displays
Press the OK button to acknowledge and
remove some messages from the
information display. Other messages will
be removed automatically after a short
time.
Certain messages need to be confirmed
before you can access the menus.
E201420
Active Park
Message
Action
Active Park Fault
Displayed when the system needs service. Contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Adaptive Cruise Control
Message
Action
Adaptive Cruise
Malfunction
Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC
from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page
158).
Adaptive Cruise Not
Available
Displayed when conditions exist such that the adaptive cruise
cannot function properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise
Control (page 158).
Adaptive Cruise Not
Available Sensor
Blocked See Manual
Displayed when the radar is blocked because of poor radar
visibility due to bad weather or ice/mud/water in front of
radar. Driver can typically clean the sensor to resolve. See
Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 158).
Cruise Control Automatic Braking Turned
Off
Displayed when the automatic braking has been disabled.
Front Sensor Not Aligned
Displayed when a radar malfunction is preventing the ACC
from engaging.
81
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Message
Action
Adaptive Cruise - Driver
Resume Control
Displayed when the adaptive cruise has reinstated controls
to the driver.
Adaptive Cruise Speed
Too Low to Activate
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the
adaptive cruise.
Adaptive Cruise Shift
Down
Displays when the adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting
the gap distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission
into a lower gear.
®
AdBlue Level
Message
®
AdBlue OK
®
AdBlue under ½ full.
®
AdBlue Low Range
XXXX Km - Refill Soon
Action
®
Indicates the AdBlue level is ok.
®
Indicates the AdBlue level is under half full.
Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
®
diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue ) tank will be empty. Refill the
®
diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue ) tank as soon as possible. See
Selective Catalytic Reduction System (page 124).
®
AdBlue Low No Engine
Start in XXXX Km
Indicates the approximate distance remaining before the
®
diesel exhaust fluid (AdBlue ) tank will be empty and when
it will restrict the engine from starting. Refill the diesel exhaust
®
fluid (AdBlue ) tank as soon as possible. See Selective
Catalytic Reduction System (page 124).
®
AdBlue Empty. Refill to
start engine.
®
The diesel exhaust fluid tank (AdBlue ) is empty and is
restricting the engine from starting. Refill the diesel exhaust
®
fluid (AdBlue ) tank.
82
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
®
AdBlue System Malfunction
Message
®
AdBlue System
Malfunction - Service
Required
then
Action
The system has detected a fault that requires service.
®
AdBlue No engine start
in XXXX Km
®
AdBlue System
Malfunction - Service
Required to start engine.
The system has detected a fault that requires service.
Airbag
Message
Action
Occupant Sensor
BLOCKED Remove
Objects Near Passenger
Seat
Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a
blocked sensor.
Alarm
Message
Action
Vehicle Alarm to Stop
Alarm, Start Vehicle
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.
83
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
4x4
Message
Action
4x4 Temporarily
Disabled
Displayed when the 4x4 system has been temporarily disabled
to protect itself from overheating.
4x4 Off
Displayed when the 4x4 system has been automatically
disabled to protect itself. This is caused by operating the
vehicle with the compact spare tire installed or if the system
is overheating.
4x4 Restored
The 4x4 system will resume normal function and clear this
message after driving a short distance with the road tire reinstalled or after the system is allowed to cool.
4x4 Malfunction Service Displayed in conjunction with the Throttle Control/Transmission/4x4 light when the 4x4 system is not operating properly.
Required
If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Battery and Charging System
Message
Action
Check Charging System
Displayed when the charging system needs servicing. If the
warning stays on or continues to come on, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Low Battery Features
Temporarily Turned Off
Displayed when the battery management system detects an
extended low-voltage condition. Various vehicle features will
be disabled to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of
the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system
voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled
features will operate again as normal
Turn Power Off to Save
Battery
Displayed when the battery management system determines
that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn the ignition
off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message
will clear once the vehicle has been started and the battery
state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.
84
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System
Message
Action
Blindspot System Fault Displayed when a fault with the system has occurred. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Blindspot Not Available Displayed when the system sensors are blocked. Contact your
Sensor Blocked See
authorized dealer as soon as possible. See Blind Spot
Manual
Information System (page 170).
Cross Traffic Vehicle
Coming From X
Displayed when the system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot
Information System (page 170).
Cross Traffic Not Avail- Displayed when the blind spot information system and cross
able Sensor Blocked See
traffic alert system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot
Manual
Information System (page 170).
Cross Traffic System
Fault
Displays when a fault with the system has occurred. Contact
your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Doors and Locks
Message
Action
X Door Ajar
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed and
the vehicle is moving.
Trunk ajar
Displays when the luggage compartment is not completely
closed.
Hood ajar
Displays when the hood is not completely closed.
Switches Inhibited
Security Mode
Displays when the door switches have been disabled.
Child Lock Malfunction
Service Required
Displayed when there is a system malfunction with the child
locks. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Factory Keypad Code
XXXXX
Displays the factory keypad code after the keypad has been
reset.
Displays when the door(s) listed is not completely closed.
85
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Driver Alert
Message
Action
Driver Alert Warning Rest
Now
Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.
Driver Alert Warning Rest
Suggested
Take a rest break soon.
Fuel
Message
Action
Fuel Level Low
Displayed as an early reminder of a low fuel condition.
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
Displayed when the fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.
Hill Start Assist
Message
Action
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
Displays when hill start assist is not available. Contact your
authorized dealer. See Hill Start Assist (page 141).
Hill Descent Control
Message
Action
Reduce Speed
Displayed when vehicle speed is too high for HDC to engage.
Reduce speed to below that indicated in the message to
engage HDC.
Hill Descent Control Off
System Cooling
Displayed when HDC cannot be engaged due to excessive
heat. Allow system to cool before re-engaging.
Hill Descent Control
Fault
Displayed when there is a fault with the HDC system. See your
authorized dealer.
For Hill Descent Select
Gear
Displayed when HDC cannot be engaged due to vehicle not
being in gear. Select gear to engage HDC.
86
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Keys and Intelligent Access
Message
Action
Press Brake to START
Displayed as a reminder to press the brake while starting the
vehicle.
Starting System Fault
This message is displayed when there is a problem with your
vehicle’s starting system. See your authorized dealer for
service.
Press Brake and Clutch
to Start
Displayed as a reminder to press the brake and clutch while
starting the vehicle.
Press Clutch to Start
Displayed as a reminder to press the clutch in while starting
the vehicle.
Key Program Successful Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key is programmed to the system.
Key Program Failure
Displayed during spare key programming, when an intelligent
access key has failed to be programmed.
Max Number of Keys
Learned
Displayed during spare key programming when the maximum
number of keys have been programmed.
Not Enough Keys
Learned
Displayed during spare key programming when not enough
keys have been programmed.
Key Battery Low Replace
Soon
Displays when the key battery is low. Change the battery as
soon as possible.
Could Not Program
Integrated Key
Displayed when an attempt is made to program a spare key
using two existing keys.
Engine On
Displays to inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle
and the engine is on.
87
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Lane Keeping System
Message
Action
Lane Keeping Sys.
Malfunction Service
Required
The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that has caused the
system to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Low Visib- The system has detected a condition that requires the windility Clean Screen
shield to be cleaned to operate properly.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required
The system has malfunctioned. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Keep Hands on Steering
Wheel
Displayed when the system requests the driver to keep their
hand s on the steering wheel.
Maintenance
Message
Action
LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, turn off the engine.
Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on with your engine running, contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Change Engine Oil Soon
Displayed when the engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.
See Engine Oil Check (page 231).
Oil Change Required
Displayed when the oil life left reaches 0%. See Engine Oil
Check (page 231).
Brake Fluid Level LOW
Indicates the brake fluid level is low and the brake system
should be inspected immediately. See Brake and Clutch
Fluid Check (page 232).
Check Brake System
Displays when the brake system needs servicing. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Engine Coolant Overtemperature
Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place and allow the engine to cool. If the
problem persists, contact your authorized dealer. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 231).
88
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Message
Action
Power Reduced to Low
er Engine Temp
Displays when the engine has reduced power in order to help
reduce high coolant temperatures.
Transport / Factory
Mode
Displays to indicate that the vehicle is still in Transport or
Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate
properly. See your authorized dealer.
See Manual
Informs the driver that the powertrain needs service due to a
powertrain malfunction.
Park Aid
Message
Action
Check Front Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Front
Parking Aid (page 150).
Check Rear Park Aid
Displays when the system has detected a condition that
requires service. Contact your authorized dealer. See Rear
Parking Aid (page 149).
Front Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.
Rear Park Aid On Off
Displays the park aid status.
Park Brake
Message
Action
Park Brake Engaged
Displays when the parking brake is set, the engine is running
and the vehicle is driven more than 3 mph (5 km/h). If the
warning stays on after the parking brake is released, contact
your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Malfunction
Service Now
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition
that requires service. See your authorized dealer.
Park Brake Not Applied
Apply Park Brake
Displays when the electric parking brake is not set.
Park Brake Maintenance Displays when the electric parking brake is running a diagnostic
Mode
check.
Park Brake Use Switch
to Release
Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be
released.
89
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Message
Action
Press Brake to Release
Park Brake and Switch
Displays when the electric parking brake is set but has not be
released and the vehicle is moving.
Park Brake Limited
Function Service
Required
The electric park brake system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.
Park Brake System
Overheated
Displays when the electric parking brake was not released
causing it to overheat.
Release Park Brake
Displays when the electric parking brake is set and the vehicle
is started.
Park Brake Applied
Displays when the electric parking brake is set.
Park Brake Released
Displays when the electric parking brake is released.
Power Steering
Message
Action
Steering Fault Service
Now
The power steering system has detected a condition that
requires service. See your authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop
Safely
The power steering system is not working. Stop the vehicle in
a safe place. Contact your authorized dealer.
Steering Assist Fault
Service Required
The power steering system has detected a condition within
the power steering system or passive entry or passive start
system requires service. Contact your authorized dealer.
Starting System
Message
Action
Press Brake to Start
Displays when starting the vehicle as a reminder to apply the
brake.
Engine Start Pending
Please Wait
Displays when the starter is attempting to start the vehicle.
Pending Start Cancelled
Displays when the pending start has been cancelled.
Cranking Time Exceeded
Displays when the starter has exceeded its cranking time in
attempting to start the vehicle.
90
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Terrain Management System
Message
Action
Terrain Management
System Fault
Displayed when there is a fault with the Terrain Management
system. See your authorized dealer.
Mode Change Not
Accepted, Retry
Displayed when the Terrain Management system was unable
to complete a mode change. Retry to enter terrain modes.
To Enter Crawl Mode
4x4 Low is Required
Displayed when Terrain Management system is unable to
enter crawl mode as the vehicle is not in 4x4 Low. Engage
4x4 Low to enter crawl mode.
To Exit 4x4 Low Exit
Crawl Mode
Displayed when 4x4 Low cannot be disengaged as the Terrain
Management is in crawl mode. Exit crawl mode to disengage
4x4 Low.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Message
Action
LOW Tire Pressure
Displays when one or more tires on your vehicle have low tire
pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 251).
Tire Pressure Monitor
Fault
Displays when the tire pressure monitoring system is
malfunctioning. If the warning stays on or continues to come
on, contact your authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 251).
Tire Pressure Sensor
Fault
Displayed when a tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning, or
your spare tire is in use. For more information on how the
system operates under these conditions, See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (page 251). If the warning stays on or
continues to come on, contact your authorized dealer as soon
as possible.
Traction Control
Message
Action
Traction Control Off /
Traction Control On
Displays when the traction control system has been switched
off or on. See Traction Control (page 144).
Spinout Detected
Hazards Activated
Displays when a spinout has occurred and the hazard are
activated.
91
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Transmission
Message
Action
Transmission Malfunction Service Now
See your authorized dealer.
Transmission Overheating Stop Safely
The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a
safe place as soon as it is possible.
Transmission Overtemperature Stop Safely
The transmission has overheated and needs to cool. Stop in
a safe place as soon as it is possible.
Transmission Service
Required
See your authorized dealer.
Transmission Too Hot
Press Brake
Transmission is getting hot. Stop to let it cool.
Transmission Limited
Function See Manual
Displays when the transmission has overheated and has
limited functionality. See Automatic Transmission (page
130).
Transmission Warming
Up Please Wait
Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you
drive.
Transmission Not in Park
Displays as a reminder to shift into park.
Press Brake Pedal
Displays as a reminder to press the brake pedal in order to
select a gear.
Transmission Adjusted
Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift
strategy.
Transmission Adapt
Mode
Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.
Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup On
Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable
to select gears.
Transmission Indicate
Mode Lockup Off
Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and
free to select gears.
92
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Information Displays
Powertrain
Message
Action
Check Locking DifferenDisplayed when there is a malfunction with the electronic
tial
locking differential that requires service. See your authorized
dealer.
Low Fuel Pressure
Displayed when there is a loss in fuel system pressure. See
your authorized dealer.
Stop Safely Now
Displayed when there is a powertrain fault and vehicle has
entered limp home mode. See your authorized dealer.
Trailer
Message
Action
Trailer Brake Module
Fault
Displayed when there is a fault with the Trailer module. See
your authorized dealer.
Low Fuel Pressure
Displayed when there is a loss in fuel system pressure. See
your authorized dealer.
Stop Safely Now
Displayed when there is a powertrain fault and vehicle has
entered limp home mode. See your authorized dealer.
Trailer Lighting Module
Fault
Displayed when there is a fault with the Trailer module. See
your authorized dealer.
Trailer Stop/Park Lamps Displayed when there is a fault with the stop/park lamps on
Fault
the trailer. Check Lamps.
Trailer Left/Right Turn
Lamps Fault
Displayed when there is a fault with the left/right lamps on
the trailer. Check Lamps.
Trailer Battery Low
Displayed when the trailer battery is low.
93
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
Cooling the Interior
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
Direct the air toward your face.
Outside Air
Air Conditioning
Keep the air intakes in front of the
windshield free from obstruction (such as
snow or leaves) to allow the climate
control system to function effectively.
The system directs air through the
evaporator for cooling. The evaporator
extracts humidity from the air to help keep
the windows free of mist. The system
directs the resulting condensation to the
outside of your vehicle, which may cause
a small pool to form under your vehicle.
This is normal.
Recirculated Air
WARNING
Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to mist up. If the
windows mist up, follow the settings
for demisting the windshield.
Note: The air conditioning operates only
when the temperature is above 4°C.
Note: When you use air conditioning, your
vehicle uses more fuel.
The air currently in the passenger
compartment recirculates. Outside air does
not enter your vehicle.
AIR VENTS
Heating
Heating performance depends on the
temperature of the engine coolant.
General Information on Controlling
the Interior Climate
Fully close all the windows.
Warming the Interior
Direct the air toward your feet. In cold or
humid weather conditions, direct some of
the air toward the windshield and the door
windows.
E201078
94
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL
C
D
E
F
G
B
H
A
I
M
L
K
J
E200604
A
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and
reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.
B
A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning
cools your vehicle.
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.
C
Fan speed control: Adjusts the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
D
Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off.
E
Air distribution control: Press the buttons to turn airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. Some combinations cannot be
selected.
Note: At least one of these buttons illuminates when the system is on.
95
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
F
Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the air circulated in the
vehicle.
G
MAX defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat
position to maximise defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents,
air conditioning automatically turns on, fan automatically adjusts to the highest
speed and temperature is set to the full heat position. You can also use this
setting to defog or clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated
rear window also automatically turns on when you select max defrost.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
defrost is on.
H
MAX A/C: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool
position to maximise cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument
panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, temperature is set to the
full cool position and the fan adjusts to the highest speed.
I
Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off.
J
Rear temperature control: Adjust the temperature of the rear passenger
compartment.
K
Rear climate control lock: Press the button to lock rear passenger climate
control. Rear climate control cannot be operated if this is switched on.
L
Rear climate control power: Press the button to switch the rear system on
and off.
M
Rear fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated to the rear of the
passenger compartment.
96
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL
Type 1
C
D
E
F
E
G
H
I
B
J
A
K
O
N
M
L
E200619
A
MAX A/C: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool
position to maximise cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument
panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, temperature is set to the
full cool position and the fan adjusts to the highest speed.
B
A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning
cools your vehicle.
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.
C
Passenger temperature control: Adjust the temperature on the passenger
side of the vehicle. This also turns on dual zone mode.
97
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
D
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors
from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument
panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
E
Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
F
Air distribution control: Press the button to turn airflow from the windshield,
instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off.
G
AUTO: Press the button to switch on automatic operation. Adjust to select the
desired temperature. The system adjusts the fan speed, air distribution, air
conditioning operation, and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle
in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also turn off dual zone
mode by pressing and holding the button for greater than two seconds.
H
Driver temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting using the control
on the driver side. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature
when not in dual zone mode.
I
Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off.
J
MAX Defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat
position to maximise defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents,
air conditioning automatically turns on, fan automatically adjusts to the highest
speed and temperature is set to the full heat position. You can also use this
setting to defog or clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated
rear window also automatically turns on when you select max defrost.
Note: At least one of these buttons illuminates when the system is on.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when
defrost is on.
K
Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off.
L
Rear temperature control: Adjust the temperature of the rear passenger
compartment.
M
Rear climate control lock: Press the button to lock rear passenger climate
control. Rear climate control cannot be operated if this is switched on.
N
Rear climate control power: Press the button to switch the rear system on
and off.
O
Rear fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated to the rear of the
passenger compartment.
98
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
Type 2
A
B
C
L
D
K
E
F
J
I
H
G
F
E200620
A
Passenger temperature control: Adjust the temperature on the passenger
side. This also turns on dual zone mode.
B
Fan speed control: Adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
C
Driver temperature control: Adjust the temperature setting using the control
on the driver side. This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature
when not in dual zone mode.
D
MAX A/C: Press the button. Recirculated air flows through the instrument
panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, temperature is set to the
full cool position and the fan adjusts to the highest speed.
E
Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and
recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates.
This can reduce the time needed to cool the interior and reduce unwanted odors
from entering your vehicle.
Note: Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in instrument
panel or instrument panel and floor airflow modes during hot weather to improve
cooling efficiency.
99
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
F
Heated seats (if equipped): Press the button to switch the heated seats on
and off. See Heated Seats (page 113).
G
A/C: Press the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Air conditioning
cools your vehicle. To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in
hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air
vents.
Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning
compressor may continue to operate even though the air conditioning is
switched off.
H
Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off.
I
AUTO: Press the button to switch on automatic operation. Press the
temperature control buttons to select the desired temperature. The system
adjusts the fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and outside
or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired
temperature. You can also turn off dual zone mode by pressing and holding the
button for greater than two seconds.
J
Heated rear window: Press the button to switch the heated rear window on
and off.
K
Windshield defrost. Press the button to redirect the air flow through windshield
air vents.
L
MAX Defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat
position to maximise defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents,
air conditioning automatically turns on, fan automatically adjusts to the highest
speed and temperature is set to the full heat position. You can also use this
setting to defog or clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. The heated
rear window also automatically turns on when you select max defrost.
Note: Do not place objects under the front
seats as this may interfere with the airflow
to the rear seats.
HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE
INTERIOR CLIMATE
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from
the air intake area at the base of the
windshield.
General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may
cause the windows to fog up.
Note: To improve the time to reach comfort
in hot weather, drive with the windows fully
open until you feel cold air through the air
vents.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air
from the footwell air vents regardless of the
air distribution setting.
Manual Climate Control
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside
your vehicle, do not drive with the system
switched off or with recirculated air always
switched on.
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield
during humid weather, adjust the air
distribution control to the windshield air
vents position.
100
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
Automatic Climate Control
Note: If you select AUTO during cold
outside temperatures, the system directs
airflow to the windshield and side window
vents. In addition, the fan may run at a
slower speed until the engine warms up.
Note: Adjusting the settings when your
vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is
not necessary. The system automatically
adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your
selected temperature as quickly as possible.
For the system to function efficiently, the
instrument panel and side air vents should
be fully open.
Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside
temperatures, or when the inside of the
vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses
recirculated air to maximize interior cooling.
When the interior reaches the selected
temperature, the system automatically
switches to using outside air.
Heating the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control
Vehicle with automatic climate control
1
Adjust the fan speed to a high speed
setting.
Press the AUTO button.
2
Adjust the temperature control to the
highest setting.
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
3
Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.
Recommended Settings for Heating
Vehicle with manual climate control
Vehicle with automatic climate control
1
Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
Press the AUTO button.
2
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the hot settings.
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
3
Select the footwell air vents using the
air distribution buttons.
101
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Climate Control
Cooling the Interior Quickly
Vehicle with manual climate control
1
Adjust the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position.
2
Drive with the windows fully open until
you feel cold air through the air vents.
Vehicle with automatic climate control
Press the MAX A/C button.
Recommended Settings for Cooling
Vehicle with manual climate control
Vehicle with automatic climate control
1
Adjust the fan speed to the center
setting.
Press the AUTO button.
2
Adjust the temperature control to the
midway point of the cold settings.
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
3
Select the instrument panel air vents
using the air distribution buttons.
Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather
Vehicle with manual climate control
Vehicle with automatic climate control
1
Select the windshield air vents using the Press the defrost button.
air distribution buttons.
2
Press the A/C button if the indicator is
off.
3
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting.
4
Adjust the fan speed to the highest
setting.
102
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Adjust the temperature control to the
desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a
starting point, then adjust the setting as
necessary.
Climate Control
Note: The rear climate control lock
indicator illuminates when rear climate
control is locked using front climate control.
REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE
CONTROLS
Type 1
CABIN AIR FILTER
Your vehicle cabin air filter gives you and
your passengers the following benefits:
• It improves your driving comfort by
reducing particle concentration.
• It improves the interior compartment
cleanliness.
• It protects the climate control
components from particle deposits.
• It reduces unpleasant odor and
pollutants (vehicles fitted with odor
filter).
B
A
E200664
A
Rear climate control lock
indicator.
B
Fan speed control Adjust the
volume of air circulated.
The cabin air filter is behind the glove box.
Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter
installed at all times. This prevents foreign
objects from entering the system. Running
the system without a filter in place could
result in degradation or damage to the
system.
Type 2
B
Replace the filter at regular intervals.
C
A
For additional cabin air filter information,
or to replace the filter, see an authorized
dealer.
D
E200665
A
Air distribution control Press
the button to change the airflow
direction.
B
Fan speed control Adjust the
volume of air circulated.
C
Temperature control Controls
the temperature of the air
circulated.
D
Rear climate control lock
indicator.
103
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base
of your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seatback more than
30 degrees.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of it is level with the top of your
head and as far forward as possible.
Make sure that you remain
comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 25 cm
between your breastbone and the
airbag cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the
seatbelt over the center of your
shoulder and position the lap strap
tightly across your hips.
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
WARNINGS
Sitting improperly, out of position or
with the seatback reclined too far
can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seatback, with your
feet on the floor.
Do not recline the seatback as this
can cause the occupant to slide
under the seatbelt, resulting in
serious injury in the event of a crash.
Do not place objects higher than the
seatback to reduce the risk of serious
injury in the event of a crash or during
heavy braking.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
HEAD RESTRAINTS
WARNINGS
Fully adjust the head restraint before
you sit in or operate your vehicle. This
will help minimize the risk of neck
injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust
the head restraint when your vehicle is
moving.
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat,
head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will
provide optimum protection in the event
of a crash.
Raise the rear head restraints when
passengers occupy the rear seats.
When front seats are in use the head
restraints must not be removed.
104
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Front head restraints
To raise, pull the head restraint up to the
fullest extent. Press the locking button 1 to
lower the head restraint. Press the locking
button 2 to remove the head restraint.
Rear head restraints (Third row seats)
2
1
1
E140447
To raise, pull the head restraint up to the
desired position. To lower, press locking
button 1 and lower the head restraint to
the desired position. Make sure that the
head restraint engages properly when in
position.
E213753
To raise, pull the head restraint up to the
fullest extent where it will lock into
position. To lower, press the locking button
1 and push the head restraint downward.
To remove, raise the head restraint to the
locked position, press the locking button 1
and pull the head restraint upward,
removing it from the seat back.
The head restraint should be located so
that the top of the head restraint is level
with the top of your head for optimum
support in the event of an impact.
To remove the head restraint
Press locking button 1 and at the same
time release the retaining clip 2 using a
suitable implement.
MANUAL SEATS
WARNING
Rear head restraints (Second row
seats)
Do not adjust the driver seat when
your vehicle is moving.
2
E212698
105
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat
E201043
Recline Adjustment
E201041
WARNING
Make sure the seat fully locks into
place by rocking it backward and
forward.
E201044
106
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
POWER SEATS (If Equipped)
WARNING
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seat backrest before
returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
WARNINGS
Do not adjust the driver's seat or
seatback when your vehicle is
moving. Adjusting your seatback
while your vehicle is in motion may cause
loss of control of your vehicle.
Do not place cargo or any objects
behind the seatback before returning
it to the original position.
Adjusting the Lumbar Support of
the Driver Seat
E201042
107
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
E206206
WARNINGS
REAR SEATS
Reclining the seatback can cause an
occupant to slide under the seat’s
seatbelt, resulting in severe personal
injuries in the event of a crash.
Adjusting the Rear Seats
Second Row Seats
WARNINGS
Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
108
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Note: Lower the head restraints. See Head
Restraints (page 104).
Reclining adjustment
Moving the Seats Backward and
Forward (If equipped)
E201038
Folding the Seatback
WARNING
E201070
When folding the seatbacks down,
take care not to get your fingers
caught between the seatback and
seat frame.
Accessing Third Row Seats
WARNING
Before returning the seatback to its
original position, make sure that
cargo or any objects are not trapped
behind the seatback. After returning the
seatback to its original position, pull on the
seatback to make sure that it has fully
latched. An unlatched seat may become
dangerous in the event of a sudden stop
or crash.
Note: Remove items from the second-row
seat. Make sure that no bulky objects such
as purses or briefcases are on the floor in
front of the second-row seats before folding
the seats to easy entry position.
Note: For second-row bench seats, make
sure the center seatbelt is unbuckled before
folding the seatback.
E206205
With the seat empty, pull the lever up to
fold the seatback forward.
Note: You may have to move the front-row
seat forward to allow the second-row seat
to be fully folded.
109
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Note: You may have to lower the center
head restraint. See Head Restraints (page
104).
Fold the second-row seat to access the
third row:
1.
Fold the outboard head restraint. See
Head Restraints (page 104).
E190846
6. Pull the head restraint back up to its
normal adjusted position.
Folding and unfolding the Third Row
Manual Seat
1. Remove all objects from the seat.
2. Lower all third row head restraints. See
Head Restraints (page 104).
E206205
2. Pull the handle located on the top of
the seat to move the seats to easy
entry position to access 3rd row.
3. Move the left side seat forward untill it
releases from the catch.
4.
5. Lift the seatback toward the rear of the
vehicle, and rotate the seatback until
you hear a click, locking it in the upright
position.
2
1
E201039
3. From the rear of the vehicle, fold the
seatback by pulling and holding the
handle while pushing the seatback
forward. Release the handle once the
seatback starts rotating forward.
4. To return the seatback to the upright
position, pull the long strap located on
the seatback.
110
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Note: Do not use the seat anchors as cargo
tie downs.
Note: Make sure that the area under the
seat is free of objects before stowing it.
PowerFold™ Third Row Seats (If
equipped)
The third row power seat buttons are
located behind the third row seats on the
left-hand quarter trim panel.
E190924
111
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
A
B
E206212
A
Press to fold and unfold left hand side seat.
B
Press to fold and unfold right hand side seat.
Note: The third row seat includes obstacle
detection that allows the seat to stop and
reverse direction if it hits an obstacle so that
the obstacle can be removed.
Note: Pressing a different button while the
power seat feature is already being
performed may cause the first selected seat
movement to be cancelled. Allow the first
seat movement to be completed before
pressing a button for another function.
112
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Note: Make sure that there are no objects
such as books, purses or briefcases on the
load floor before unstowing the seat. Failure
to remove all objects from the top of the
load floor prior to unstowing it may cause
damage to the seat.
HEATED SEATS (If Equipped)
Front Seats
WARNING
People who are unable to feel pain
to their skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal
cord injury, medication, alcohol use,
exhaustion or other physical conditions,
must exercise care when using the heated
seat. The heated seat may cause burns
even at low temperatures, especially if
used for long periods of time. Do not place
anything on the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This
may cause the heated seat to overheat.
Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles
or other pointed objects. This may damage
the heating element which may cause the
heated seat to overheat. An overheated
seat may cause serious personal injury.
Note: In order to allow the seat to complete
the stowed position, do not place objects
under the seat before stowing. Remove all
objects from the seat and stowage tub.
Note: In the unlikely event that the third
row power seat stops prematurely or travels
to an unexpected position, press the FOLD
button to reset the seat and return it to a
normal position.
These seats feature a power one-touch
operation that allows you fold and stow
the seats.
•
•
The power fold seats work only when
the transmission is in park (P) and the
liftgate is open.
If the ignition is off and the feature is
still running, the battery saver will turn
it off after 10 minutes. Press unlock on
the remote entry key transmitter to
reactivate the power seats or unlock it
with the keyless entry keypad. See
Remote Control (page 29).
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
113
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Seats
Rear Seats (If Equipped)
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
WARNING
Persons who are unable to feel pain
to the skin because of advanced age,
chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion,
or other physical conditions, must exercise
care when using the seat heater. The seat
heater may cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against heat, such
as a blanket or cushion, because this may
cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not
puncture the seat with pins, needles, or
other pointed objects because this may
damage the heating element which may
cause the seat heater to overheat. An
overheated seat may cause serious
personal injury.
The heated seat module resets at every
ignition run cycle. While the ignition is on,
press the high or low heated seat switch
to enable heating mode. When activated,
they will turn off automatically when you
turn the engine off.
Do not do the following:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the seat heater if water or any
other liquid is spilled on the seat. Allow
the seat to dry thoroughly.
• Operate the heated seats unless the
engine is running. Doing so can cause
the battery to lose charge.
The rear seat heat controls are located on
the rear of the center console.
E146322
114
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Auxiliary Power Points
12 Volt DC Power Point
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the
power point. To prevent the battery from
running out of charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is not
running.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
WARNING
Do not plug optional electrical
accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar
lighter can cause damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire
or serious injury.
Locations
Note: If used when the vehicle is not
running, the battery will run out of charge.
There may be insufficient power to restart
your vehicle.
Power points may be in the following
locations:
• On the instrument panel above the cup
holders.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the rear cargo area.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
Note: Do not insert objects other than an
accessory plug into the power point. This
will damage the outlet and blow the fuse.
230 Volt AC Power Point (If
Equipped) (If Equipped)
WARNING
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the
accessory plug.
Do not keep electrical devices
plugged in the power point when the
device is not in use. Do not use
extension cords with the 230 volt AC
power point, doing so may cause the power
point to overload or exceed the 150 watt
load limit and could result in fire or serious
injury.
Note: Do not use the power point over the
vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or
a fuse may blow.
Note: Do not use a power point for
operating a cigar lighter.
Note: Incorrect use of the power points can
cause damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty, and can result in fire or serious
injury.
Note: Run the vehicle for full capacity use
of the power point.
Note: Always keep the power point caps
closed when not in use.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power
point may open to the right or upward.
With the engine off the power point works
up to maximum 75 minutes. The power
point turns off automatically if the battery
voltage becomes low. This prevents the
vehicle battery from running out of charge.
With the engine off, the power point works
up to maximum 75 minutes (or less). The
power point turns off automatically if the
battery voltage becomes low. This
prevents the vehicle battery from running
out of charge.
115
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Auxiliary Power Points
•
•
Measuring devices, which process
precise data, such as medical
equipment or measuring equipment.
Other appliances requiring an
extremely stable power supply such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch-sensor lamps.
CIGAR LIGHTER
Note: Do not hold the cigar lighter element
pressed in.
E206133
Use the power point for powering electric
devices that require up to 150 watts. The
power point is located on the rear of the
center console.
Note: If the power supply does not work
after you switch the ignition off, switch the
ignition on.
Note: If you use the socket when the engine
is not running, the battery may lose charge.
When the indicator light on the power point
is:
• On: The power point is working, the
ignition is on and a device is plugged
in.
• Off: The power point is off, the ignition
is off or no device is plugged in.
• Flashing: The power point is in fault
mode.
Note: When you switch the ignition on, you
can use the socket to power 12 volt
appliances with a maximum current rating
of 15 amps.
The power point temporarily turns off
power when in fault mode if the device
exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug any
device and switch the ignition off. Switch
the ignition back on, but do not plug your
device back in. Let the system cool off and
switch the ignition off to reset the fault
mode. Switch the ignition back on and
make sure the indicator light remains on.
E103382
The power point is not designed for electric
devices such as:
• Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws and other electric power
tools or compressor-driven
refrigerators.
Press the element in to use the cigar
lighter. It will pop out automatically.
116
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Storage Compartments
Glove box with key
CUP HOLDERS
WARNING
Use only soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in a crash.
Note: Stow items in the cup holder carefully
as items may become loose during hard
braking, acceleration or crashes, including
hot drinks which may spill.
Depending on your vehicle, cup holders
may be located in the centre console for
first row occupants, in the centre fold down
seat for second row occupants and in the
outer side trims for third row occupants.
E206091
The glove box can be locked using the
ignition key. To lock, close the glove box,
then insert the ignition key into the glove
box lock and rotate it clockwise. Remove
the key.
GLOVE BOX
To unlock the glove box, insert the ignition
key into the glove box lock and rotate it
counter clockwise. The glove box will then
open as normal using the latch handle.
CENTER CONSOLE
WARNING
Use only soft cups in the cup holders.
Hard objects can injure you in a
collision.
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
variety of console features. These include:
E136461
•
Note: When opening the glove box,
allowing the glove box dampener to lower
it gently until it comes to rest.
•
The glove box is located on the passenger
side of the instrument panel. The glove box
is opened using the latch handle.
117
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Front Cup Holders. See Cup Holders
(page 117).
Auxiliary Power Points 12V DC / 230V
AC (If Equipped). See Auxiliary Power
Points (page 115).
Storage Compartments
Center Console Armrest
OVERHEAD CONSOLE
A
E75193
Press near the rear edge of the door to
open it.
REAR SEAT ARMREST
E205766
A
Coin tray.
Centre Console Media Hub - Located in
front of the gearshift
A
B
2
1
E170492
C
A
Auxiliary input jack (line in).
B
USB port(s).
C
SD card slot.
E131745
1.
Push the armrest into the seatback and
hold.
2. Pull the strap and open the armrest.
118
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Starting and Stopping the Engine
IGNITION SWITCH
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Extended idling at high engine
speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and
exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or
other damage.
Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle
on dry grass or other dry ground
cover. The emission system heats up
the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
E72128
Note: Make sure the key is clean before
inserting it into any lock cylinder.
Do not start the engine in a closed
garage or in other enclosed areas.
Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine.
0 (off) - The ignition is off.
If you smell exhaust fumes inside
your vehicle, have it checked by a
Ford Dealer immediately. Do not
drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust
fumes.
Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this
position for too long to avoid your vehicle
battery losing charge.
If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 10 km
after you reconnect it. This is because the
engine management system must realign
itself with the engine. You can disregard
any unusual driving characteristics during
this period.
III (start) - cranks the engine. Release the
key as soon as the engine starts.
I (accessory) - Allows the electrical
accessories to operate while the engine is
not running.
II (on) - All the electrical circuits are
operational. Warning lamps and indicators
illuminate.
STEERING WHEEL LOCK
WARNING
Always check that the steering is
unlocked before attempting to move
your vehicle.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing
the accelerator pedal before and during
operation. Only use the accelerator pedal
when you have difficulty starting the
engine.
Vehicles without Keyless Starting
To lock the steering wheel:
1.
Remove the key from the ignition
switch.
2. Rotate the steering wheel slightly to
engage the lock.
119
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Unlocking the Steering Wheel
1.
Move the transmission selector lever
to position P or N.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal.
3. Start the engine.
Vehicles With Automatic Transmission
Switch the ignition on or press the brake
pedal.
Failure to Start
Vehicles With Manual Transmission
Vehicles With Manual Transmission
Switch the ignition on or press the clutch
pedal.
If the engine does not crank when the
clutch pedal has been fully depressed and
the ignition key is turned to position III.
STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE
1.
Fully depress the clutch and brake
pedals.
2. Turn the key to position III until the
engine has started.
Cold or Hot Engine
All Vehicles
Note: When the temperature is below
-15°C, you may need to crank the engine for
up to 10 seconds.
DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER
The filter forms part of the emissions
reduction system on your vehicle. It filters
harmful diesel particulates (soot) from the
exhaust gas.
Note: You can only operate the starter for
a limited period of time.
Note: After a limited number of attempts
to start your engine, the system will not
allow you to try again until a period of time
has elapsed, for example 30 minutes.
Regeneration
WARNING
Switch the ignition on and wait
until the glow plug indicator goes
off.
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The
regeneration process creates very high
exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during and after regeneration and after you
have switched the engine off. This is a
potential fire hazard.
Vehicles With Manual Transmission
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the clutch pedal while the
engine is starting will stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
1. Fully depress the clutch pedal.
2. Start the engine.
Note: Avoid running out of fuel.
Note: During regeneration at low speed or
engine idle, you may smell a hot metallic
odor and could notice a clicking metallic
sound. This is due to the high temperatures
reached during regeneration and is normal.
Vehicles With Automatic Transmission
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
Note: Releasing the brake pedal while the
engine is starting will stop the engine
cranking and return to ignition on.
120
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: Changes in the engine or exhaust
sound may be heard during the regeneration
process.
SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE
Vehicles With a Turbocharger
Note: After you have switched your engine
off the fans may continue to run for a short
period of time.
WARNING
Do not switch the engine off when it
is running at high speed. If you do, the
turbocharger will continue running
after the engine oil pressure has dropped
to zero. This will lead to premature
turbocharger bearing wear.
The diesel particulate filter on your vehicle
requires periodic regeneration to maintain
its correct function. Your vehicle will carry
out this process automatically.
If your journeys meet one of the following
conditions:
• You drive only short distances.
• You frequently switch the ignition on
and off.
• Your journeys contain a high level of
acceleration and deceleration.
Release the accelerator pedal. Wait until
the engine has reached idle speed and then
switch it off.
You must carry out occasional trips with
the following conditions to assist the
regeneration process:
• Drive your vehicle in more favorable
conditions, which you will find at higher
vehicle speeds in normal driving, on a
main road or freeway for a minimum
of 20 minutes. This drive may include
short stops that will not affect the
regeneration process.
• Avoid prolonged idling and always
observe speed limits and road
conditions.
• Do not switch the ignition off.
• Select a suitable gear to ideally
maintain engine speed between 1500
and 3000 RPM.
121
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
•
WARNINGS
Do not overfill the fuel tank. The
pressure in an overfilled tank may
cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
•
Automotive fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or
mishandled.
Flow of fuel through a fuel pump
nozzle can produce static electricity.
This can cause a fire if you are filling
an ungrounded fuel container.
•
Fuel ethanol and gasoline may
contain benzene, which is a
cancer-causing agent.
When refueling always shut the
engine off and never allow sparks or
open flames near the filler neck.
Never smoke or use a cell phone while
refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
•
Observe the following guidelines when
handling automotive fuel:
•
•
•
Extinguish all smoking materials and
any open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
Always turn off the vehicle before
refueling.
Automotive fuels can be harmful or
fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as
gasoline is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or
permanent injury. If fuel is swallowed,
call a physician immediately, even if no
symptoms are immediately apparent.
The toxic effects of fuel may not be
visible for hours.
Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too
much fuel vapor of any kind can lead
to eye and respiratory tract irritation.
In severe cases, excessive or prolonged
breathing of fuel vapor can cause
serious illness and permanent injury.
Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If
fuel is splashed in the eyes, remove
contact lenses (if worn), flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper
medical attention could lead to
permanent injury.
Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed
through the skin. If fuel is splashed on
the skin, clothing or both, promptly
remove contaminated clothing and
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Repeated or prolonged skin
contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes
skin irritation.
Be particularly careful if you are taking
“Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram
for the treatment of alcoholism.
Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin
contact could cause an adverse
reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious
personal injury or sickness may result.
If fuel is splashed on the skin, promptly
wash skin thoroughly with soap and
water. Consult a physician immediately
if you experience an adverse reaction.
FUEL QUALITY
WARNINGS
Do not mix diesel with oil, gasoline
or other liquids. This could cause a
chemical reaction.
Do not add kerosene, paraffin or
gasoline to diesel. This could cause
damage to the fuel system.
Note: We recommend that you use only
high quality fuel.
122
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives or other engine
treatments for normal vehicle use.
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
Avoid running out of diesel fuel because
this situation may have an adverse effect
on engine components.
Note: We do not recommend the use of
additional additives to prevent fuel waxing.
If you have run out of fuel:
Biodiesel Usage
•
WARNING
Do not use raw oils, fats or waste
cooking greases, these are not
biodiesel.
Your vehicle is suitable for use with
biodiesel blends up to 10% (B10). You can
achieve acceptable engine performance
and durability using B10 by adhering to the
below guidelines.
•
Note: Use B10 fuel that meets the
equivalent specification defined by EN 590
or the relevant national specification, from
a trusted fuel supplier.
You may need to cycle the ignition from
off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the
fuel from the tank to the engine. On
restarting, cranking time will take a few
seconds longer than normal. With
keyless ignition, just start the engine.
Crank time will be longer than usual.
Normally, adding 4 L of fuel is enough
to restart the engine. If the vehicle is
out of fuel and on a steep grade, more
than 4 L may be required.
Fuel Run Dry Protection Feature
Your vehicle is fitted with a fuel run dry
protection system to prevent engine
damage.
Note: The B10 fuel used should be
dispensed from a service station pump
labelled in accordance with the
requirements of national regulations.
The vehicle will enter an engine misfire
mode and shutdown at a pre determined
distance after the Distance to Empty
becomes zero.
Note: If your vehicle experiences low
temperature fuel waxing issues, consider
using different diesel brands or diesel with
lower biodiesel content.
Refill the fuel tank with a minimum of 4 L
diesel before reseting the feature.
Reset the fuel run dry protection feature
by following the below steps:
1. Insert the ignition key and turn to
position II (Ignition).
2. Hold the key in the position for 20
seconds and turn back to 0 (Off).
3. Repeat the steps three times to
complete the reset procedure.
Long-Term Storage
Do not leave vehicles filled with B10 fuels
parked for more than 1 month. Diesel fuels
containing biodiesel can degrade quickly
when stored for long periods of time,
especially when exposed to warm and
humid conditions. It is recommended to fill
the tank with purely mineral diesel (where
available). Alternatively, we recommend
that you seek advice from your dealer.
Filling a Portable Fuel Container
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up when filling
an ungrounded fuel container:
123
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
•
•
•
•
Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling.
Do not fill a fuel container while it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container while filling.
Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
SELECTIVE CATALYTIC
REDUCTION SYSTEM
WARNINGS
The engine may not start if you
tamper with or disable the selective
catalytic reduction system.
The engine may not start if the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) level is low.
Make sure it is refilled.
The engine may not start if the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) is
contaminated. Replace the
contaminated fluid immediately.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
WARNING
Do not park or idle your vehicle over
dry leaves, dry grass or other
combustible materials. The exhaust
will radiate a considerable amount of heat
during use, and after you have switched
the engine off. This is a potential fire
hazard.
The use and refilling of Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) is
mandatory for the vehicle to comply
with the legal emission requirements.
Your vehicle has a selective catalytic
reduction system to help reduce exhaust
emission levels by injecting Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue ) into the exhaust system.
For proper functioning of this system make
sure you refill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) periodically.
Driving with a Catalytic Converter
WARNINGS
Avoid running out of fuel.
Do not crank the engine for long
periods.
Diesel Exhaust
Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Level
Do not run the engine when a spark
plug lead is disconnected.
For the system to operate correctly, you
must maintain the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) level.
Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See
Jump Starting the Vehicle (page
A warning lamp will illuminate
and a message will appear in the
information display when the
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )level is low
and needs to be refilled. See Information
Displays (page 70).
200).
E211760
Do not switch the ignition off when
driving.
124
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
Note: If the warning lamp illuminates when
your vehicle is moving, and the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )is at a sufficient
level, this indicates a system malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Tank
WARNINGS
Do not allow Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )to come into contact with
eyes, skin or clothing. Should the
fluid come into contact with eyes, flush
them with plenty of water and seek
medical attention. Clean affected skin with
soap and water. If swallowed, drink plenty
of water and seek medical attention
immediately.
E201520
®
The Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )tank
filler neck is located next to the fuel filler
neck and has a blue cap. Fill the tank using
a fluid pump at a Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )filling station or a Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue )container. The capacity of
®
the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )tank is
18 liters.
Refill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )tank in a well-ventilated
area. When removing the tank cap
or a Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )container cap, ammonia vapor
may escape. Ammonia vapor is an irritant
to the eyes, skin and mucous membranes.
Inhaling ammonia vapor can cause burning
to the eyes, throat and nose resulting in
watering eyes or severe coughing.
Note: You must open the fuel filler door
before you can open the Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue )filler door.
Do not put Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )in the fuel tank. This can
cause engine damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Immediately wash off any Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )that has spilled on
to a painted surface with mild soapy water.
Filling the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Tank Using a Container
The following procedure applies to
Motorcraft® Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) or similar diesel exhaust fluid
®
(AdBlue ) bottles; for other brands or
bottle types, refer to the instructions on
the bottle label.
125
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
1.
Remove the cap from the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) container.
Remove the spout from the bottle and
insert the straw end into the bottle.
Ensure you align the arrow above the
nut with the bottle handle and the
small tube end extends into the far
corner of the bottle. Twist the spout
nut on the container until it is tight.
3. Lift and hold the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) container, without tipping,
and insert the spout into the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) filler port until
the small black seal on the spout
completely seats into the filler port.
E163357
4. While filling, the fluid level in the bottle
will continually drop.
E163355
2. Open the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) filler port on your vehicle by
turning the blue cap counterclockwise.
Do not put Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) in the fuel tank. This can
cause engine damage not covered by
your vehicle’s warranty.
E163358
5. When the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) tank is full, the fluid level in
the bottle will stop dropping, indicating
the fluid has stopped flowing.
E163356
126
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
Filling the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Tank Using a Fuel Station
Pump
Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )tank using a pump is similar to
a refuelling your vehicle. The Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )pump nozzle will
shut off automatically when the tank is
full.
Note: Some filling stations utilize a
magnetic mechanism in the pump nozzle
that may prevent refilling the Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue )tank. To overcome this issue
you will need to locate another filling station
or use a refill container.
E163359
6. Once the level in the Diesel Exhaust
®
Fluid (AdBlue ) bottle has stopped
dropping, return the container to the
vertical position slightly below the
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) filler
port and let any Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) drain out of the spout. DO
NOT try to continue to add Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) to the tank by
shaking or repositioning the container
to induce flow. This may cause spilling
and overfill the tank. Overfilling the
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) tank
can cause damage to the tank.
7. Once the spout has drained, remove
the spout from the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) filler port and install the blue
cap on the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) filler port.
Filling the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Tank in Cold Climates
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )may freeze
if the ambient temperature is below -11°C.
Your vehicle has a preheating system
which allows Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )to operate below -11°C. If you do
not use your vehicle for an extended period
when the ambient temperature is below
-11°C, the fluid in the tank may freeze. If the
tank is overfilled and the fluid freezes it
may damage the tank. This is not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Inoperative Selective Catalytic
Reduction System, Poor Quality or
Contaminated® Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (AdBlue )
8. Remove the spout from the Diesel
®
Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue ) container and
install the cap back on the bottle.
9. Wipe away any Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) that has spilled on painted
surfaces with water and a damp cloth.
Note: Note: If there is Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) left in the container, retain it for
later use. The spout is re-useable. Wash the
spout with clean water prior to storage. Do
®
not use the Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )
spout with any other fluid.
If the system becomes
contaminated or inoperative, the
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )warning lamp will illuminate and
a message will appear in the information
display. See Information Displays (page
70).
E211760
Note: To service a contaminated or
inoperative system, see an authorized
dealer.
127
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
Diesel Exhaust
Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Guidelines
•
•
Do not put Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )in the vehicle fuel tank.
•
Do not overfill the Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )tank.
•
Do not dilute Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )with water or any other
liquid.
Do not re-use a Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )container.
•
•
•
•
•
•
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )is
non-flammable, non-toxic, colorless
and water-soluble.
Do not dilute Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) with water or any other
liquid.
An ammonia odor may be smelled
when the cap is removed or during
refill. Refill Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue ) in a well ventilated area.
Typical Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )Usage
Do not store in direct sunlight.
Store at temperatures between -5°C
and 20°C.
Do not store a Diesel Exhaust Fluid
®
(AdBlue )container in your vehicle.
The charts below illustrate approximate
®
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue )usage for
the given distances traveled under various
driving conditions and when using the
power take off. Your usage may vary
depending on: driving style, trailer towing,
loaded vehicle weight, weather, idle time,
PTO usage.
5-Door
Driving style
Trailer towing /
aggressive or city
driving
Normal Driving
Steady Highway
Driving
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
3000 km - 12000
km
12000 km – 16000
km
16000 km -18000
km +
®
(AdBlue ) usage
WARNINGS
REFUELING
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the fuel
filler flap briefly from a distance not
less than 200 mm.
WARNINGS
Do not attempt to start the engine if
you have filled the fuel tank with the
incorrect fuel. This could damage the
engine. Have your vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer immediately.
We recommend that you wait at
least 10 seconds before removing the
fuel nozzle to allow any residual fuel
to drain into the fuel tank.
Do not use any kind of flames or heat
near the fuel system. The fuel system
is under pressure. There is a risk of
injury if the fuel system is leaking.
128
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuel and Refueling
3. Turn the fuel filler cap anti-clockwise.
WARNINGS
Stop refueling after the fuel nozzle
stops the second time. Additional
fuel will fill the expansion space in
the fuel tank which could lead to fuel
overflowing. Fuel spillage could be
hazardous to other road users.
A
Do not remove the fuel nozzle from
its fully inserted position during the
refueling process.
Note: Central locking also locks and
unlocks the fuel filler flap. See Locking and
Unlocking (page 37).
E139203
B
4. Hold the fuel nozzle in position B during
refueling. Holding the fuel nozzle in
position A can affect the flow of fuel
and shut off the fuel nozzle before the
fuel tank is full.
Vehicles with Fuel Filler Cap
E119081
E136220
1.
5. Slightly raise the fuel nozzle to remove
it.
6. Install the fuel cap by rotating it
clockwise until it clicks.
7. Close and push the fuel filler flap to
lock it.
Note: If you must replace the fuel filler cap,
replace only with the cap designed for your
vehicle. The customer warranty may be void
for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel
system if the correct genuine Ford fuel filler
cap is not used.
Press the flap to open it.
E131286
2. Open the flap fully until it engages.
129
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Transmission
Note: A cold engine has a higher idle speed.
This will increase the tendency for your
vehicle to creep when you have selected a
drive gear.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you move the
transmission selector lever to park.
Switch the ignition off and remove the key
whenever you leave your vehicle.
Press the button on the transmission
selector lever to select reverse and park.
The transmission selector lever position
will be shown in the instrument cluster
display.
Selector lever positions
P (Park)
WARNINGS
Move the transmission selector lever
to park only when your vehicle is
stationary.
1
Apply the parking brake and move
the transmission selector lever to
park before leaving your vehicle.
Make sure that the transmission selector
lever is latched in position.
2
P
Note: To move the selector lever from the
park position, apply the footbrake with
ignition key in position II.
-
D S+
N
R
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the drive wheels and the transmission
is locked. You can start the engine with the
transmission selector lever in this position.
E132720
Note: An audible warning will sound if you
open the drivers door and you have not
moved the transmission selector lever to
park.
P
Park
R
Reverse
N
Neutral
D
Drive
Note: The battery saver will deactivate the
audible warning after a period of time.
S
Sport mode and manual shifting
R (Reverse)
S+
Manual shift up
S-
Manual shift down
WARNINGS
Move the transmission selector lever
to reverse only when your vehicle is
stationary and the engine is at idle
speed.
WARNING
Apply the brakes before moving the
selector lever and keep them applied
until you are ready to move off.
130
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Transmission
Switch on sport mode by moving the
transmission selector lever from drive
position towards the driver. Sport mode
will remain on until either you shift
manually up or down the gears using +
and -.
WARNINGS
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting the transmission
selector lever out of reverse.
Move the transmission selector lever to
reverse to allow your vehicle to move
backward.
Manual shifting
WARNINGS
Do not hold the transmission selector
lever permanently in - or +.
N (Neutral)
In this position, power is not transmitted
to the drive wheels but the transmission is
not locked. You can start the engine with
the transmission selector lever in this
position.
The transmission will automatically
downshift when the engine speed is
too low.
D (Drive)
Note: A shift will occur only when your
vehicle speed and the engine speed are
appropriate.
Select drive to shift automatically through
the forward gears.
P
R
N
D S
+
The transmission will select the
appropriate gear for optimum performance
based on ambient temperature, road
gradient, vehicle load and your input.
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting
Sport mode
Note: In sport mode the transmission
operates as normal but gears are selected
more quickly and at higher engine speeds.
E136209
Note: In sport mode S will be shown in the
instrument cluster display.
Manual shifting can be done only when the
selector lever is in position S. Move the
transmission selector lever forward to
downshift and backward to upshift.
Note: When towing heavy loads or in hilly
terrain, it is recommended that sport mode
is selected. This will result in cooler
transmission temperatures and additional
engine braking.
When the vehicle is stationary, only the 1st
and 2nd gears can be selected.
Manual shifting is sequential, therefore
gears cannot be skipped.
131
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Transmission
The transmission will remain in the
selected gear. When the engine speed is
too low or idle, it will downshift to 2nd gear.
The selected gear is indicated in the
instrument cluster.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or
Snow
Hints on driving with an automatic
transmission
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more
than a minute or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur, or the
engine may overheat.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
WARNING
Do not idle the engine for long
periods of time in drive with the
brakes applied.
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow,
it may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Moving off
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever
WARNING
It is not possible to tow-start or
push-start a vehicle fitted with an
automatic transmission. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 200).
WARNINGS
Do not drive your vehicle until you
verify that the brake lamps are
working.
1. Release the parking brake.
2. Release the brake pedal and press the
accelerator pedal.
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working correctly. See an authorized
dealer.
Stopping
1.
Release the accelerator pedal and
press the brake pedal.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Move the transmission selector lever
to N or P.
Use the button to move the transmission
selector lever from the park position in the
event of an electrical malfunction or if your
vehicle battery has no charge.
Kickdown
Press the accelerator pedal fully with the
transmission selector lever in the drive
position to select the lower gear for
optimum performance. Release the
accelerator pedal when you no longer
require kickdown.
132
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Transmission
the differential electronically and shift it
on the fly within the differential operating
speed range. The differential is for use in
mud, rocks, sand, or any off-road condition
where you need maximum traction. It is
not for use on dry pavement.
The following conditions will affect the
electronic locking differential:
•
•
E132721
•
1.
Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off before performing this
procedure.
2. Lift up the cover in the center console
next to the transmission selector lever
with a suitable tool.
3. Push down the locking button in the
slot and simultaneously move the
selector lever out of the P position.
Note: Take care when opening the cover.
•
•
Note: See an authorized dealer as soon as
possible if this procedure is used.
ELECTRONIC LOCKING
DIFFERENTIAL
•
Note: The electronic locking differential is
for off-road use only and is not for use on
dry pavement. Using the electronic locking
differential on dry pavement will result in
increased tire wear, noise, vibration and
damage to the axle.
When you switch the system on, if you do
not meet the required conditions for
electronic locking differential activation,
the instrument cluster will display the
appropriate information guiding you
through the proper activation process.
The electronic locking differential is a
device housed in the rear axle that allows
both rear wheels to turn at the same
speed. The electronic locking differential
can provide additional traction should your
vehicle become stuck. You can activate
133
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
The electronic locking differential will
not engage if your vehicle speed is
above 32 km/h in 4x4 Auto, Normal or
Snow.
The electronic locking differential will
not engage if your vehicle speed is
above or 90 km/h in Sand.
In 4x4 Auto modes, the electronic
locking differential will automatically
disengage at speeds above 41 km/h
and will automatically reengage at
speeds below 32 km/h.
The Electronic Locking Differential may
not engage if you are cornering and one
rear wheel is spinning. A message may
appear in the instrument display
informing you to release the
accelerator.
In Rock and Sand mode, the electronic
locking differential will automatically
disengage at speeds above 100 km/h
and will automatically reengage at
speeds below 90 km/h.
The ESC system has the ability to
disable the electronic locking
differential during driving maneuvers
when necessary.
Transmission
Activating the Electronic Locking
Differential
Note: Do not use electronic locking
differential on dry, hard surfaced roads.
Doing so will produce excessive noise,
vibration, increase tire wear and damage to
the axle .
Note: If the electronic locking differential
has difficulty disengaging, release the
accelerator pedal and turn the steering
wheel in the opposite direction while rolling.
For 4WD vehicles
E206626
To engage the electronic locking
differential, press the centre console
mounted switch.
134
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Four-Wheel Drive
The 4WD system is always active and
requires no driver input. It is capable of
handling all road conditions, including
street and highway driving as well as
off-road and winter driving. If the vehicle
is equipped with the low range option, the
driver can optimize more 4WD control by
moving the terrain management switch for
the correct terrain. See Off-Road Driving
(page 193).
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The four-wheel drive system in your vehicle
is an intelligent system that continuously
monitors vehicle conditions and
automatically adjusts the power
distribution between the front and rear
wheels. It combines transparent
all-surface operation with highly capable
four-wheel drive. The four-wheel drive
system is always active and requires no
driver input, however the driver can
optimize more control by utilising the
terrain management switch and low range
selection switch, mounted in the centre
console, for the correct terrain conditions.
Note: A warning message will be displayed
in the information display when an 4WD
system fault is present See Information
Messages (page 80). . A 4WD system fault
will cause the 4WD system to default to
rear-wheel drive only mode. When this
warning message is displayed, have your
vehicle serviced at an authorized dealer.
USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE
Note: A warning message will be displayed
in the information display if the 4WD system
has overheated See Information
Messages (page 80). . This condition may
occur if the vehicle was operated in extreme
conditions with excessive wheel slip, such
as deep sand. To resume normal 4WD
function as soon as possible, stop the
vehicle in a safe location and switch the
engine off for at least 10 minutes. After the
engine has been restarted and the 4WD
system has adequately cooled, the warning
message will turn off and normal 4WD
function will return.
WARNING
Vehicles with a higher center of
gravity such as utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity.
Utility and four-wheel drive vehicles are
not designed for cornering at speeds as
high as passenger cars any more than
low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions. Avoid sharp turns, excessive
speed and abrupt maneuvers in these
vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously could
result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and
death.
Do not use a spare tire of a different size
other than the tire provided. If the
mini-spare tire is installed, the 4WD system
may disable automatically and enter
rear-wheel drive only mode to protect the
driveline components. This condition will
be indicated by a warning in the
information display See Information
Messages (page 80). . If there is a warning
message in the information display from
using the spare tire, this indicator should
turn off after reinstalling the repaired or
replaced normal road tire and cycling the
ignition off and on. It is recommended to
The intelligent 4WD system continuously
monitors vehicle conditions and
automatically adjusts the power
distribution between the front and rear
wheels. It combines transparent
all-surface operation with highly capable
four-wheel drive.
135
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Four-Wheel Drive
reinstall the repaired or replaced road tire
as soon as possible. Major dissimilarity in
tire sizes between the front and rear axles
could cause the 4WD system to stop
functioning and default to rear-wheel drive
or damage the 4WD system.
Basic operating principles in special
conditions
•
•
How Your Vehicle Differs From
Other Vehicles
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle may be
higher to allow it to travel over rough
terrain without getting hung up or
damaging underbody components.
If Your Vehicle Goes Off the Edge of the
Pavement
•
The differences that make your vehicle so
versatile also make it handle differently
than an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all
times, especially in rough terrain. Since
sudden changes in terrain can result in
abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure
you grip the steering wheel from the
outside. Do not grip the spokes.
•
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage
from concealed objects such as rocks and
stumps.
•
You should either know the terrain or
examine maps of the area before driving.
Map out your route before driving in the
area. To maintain steering and braking
control of your vehicle, you must have all
four wheels on the ground and they must
be rolling, not sliding or spinning.
If your vehicle goes off the edge of the
pavement, slow down, but avoid severe
brake application, ease the vehicle
back onto the pavement only after
reducing your speed. Do not turn the
steering wheel too sharply while
returning to the road surface.
It may be safer to stay on the apron or
shoulder of the road and slow down
gradually before returning to the
pavement. You may lose control if you
do not slow down or if you turn the
steering wheel too sharply or abruptly.
It often may be less risky to strike small
objects, such as highway reflectors,
with minor damage to your vehicle
rather than attempt a sudden return to
the pavement which could cause the
vehicle to slide sideways out of control
or rollover. Remember, your safety and
the safety of others should be your
primary concern.
If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck
Driving In Special Conditions With
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)
WARNINGS
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure the transmission is in
P (Park) for vehicles with automatic
transmission or N (neutral) for vehicles
with a manual transmission. Turn the
ignition to the lock position or turn the
vehicle off using the start/stop button (if
equipped) and remove the key whenever
you leave your vehicle.
Note: 4WD vehicles are equipped for driving
on sand, snow, mud and rough roads and
have operating characteristics that are
somewhat different from conventional
vehicles, both on and off the highway.
136
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Drive slower in strong crosswinds which
may affect the normal steering
characteristics of your vehicle.
Be extremely careful when driving on
pavement made slippery by loose sand,
water, gravel, snow or ice.
Four-Wheel Drive
WARNINGS
If the parking brake is fully released,
but the brake warning lamp remains
illuminated, the brakes may not be
working properly. See your authorized
dealer.
•
Do not spin the wheels at over
56 km/h. The tires may fail and injure
a passenger or bystander.
•
Note: Do not rock the vehicle if the engine
is not at normal operating temperature or
damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock the vehicle for more than
a few minutes or damage to the
transmission and tires may occur or the
engine may overheat.
Sand
If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow it
may be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts, in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift
to a lower gear and drive steadily through
the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly
and avoid spinning the wheels.
If your vehicle is equipped with electronic
stability control (ESC), it may be beneficial
to disengage the ESC system while
attempting to rock the vehicle.
Avoid excessive speed because vehicle
momentum may work against you and
cause the vehicle to become stuck to the
point that assistance may be required from
another vehicle. Remember, you may be
able to back out the way you came if you
proceed with caution.
Emergency Maneuvers
•
In an unavoidable emergency situation
where a sudden sharp turn must be
made, remember to avoid
"over-driving" your vehicle (i.e., turn the
steering wheel only as rapidly and as
far as required to avoid the
emergency). Excessive steering will
result in less vehicle control, not more.
Additionally, smooth variations of the
accelerator and/or brake pedal
pressure should be utilized if changes
in vehicle speed are called for. Avoid
Mud and Water
Note: Driving through deep water may
damage your vehicle.
If you must drive through high water, drive
slowly. Traction or brake capability may
be limited.
When driving through water, determine the
depth; avoid water higher than the bottom
of the hubs (if possible) and proceed
slowly. If the ignition system gets wet, the
vehicle may stall.
137
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
abrupt steering, acceleration or braking
which could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover and/or personal injury. Use all
available road surface to return the
vehicle to a safe direction of travel.
In the event of an emergency stop,
avoid skidding the tires and do not
attempt any sharp steering wheel
movements.
If the vehicle goes from one type of
surface to another (i.e., from concrete
to gravel) there will be a change in the
way the vehicle responds to a
maneuver (steering, acceleration or
braking). Again, avoid these abrupt
inputs.
Four-Wheel Drive
Once through water, always try the brakes.
Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as
effectively as dry brakes. Drying can be
improved by moving your vehicle slowly
while applying light pressure on the brake
pedal.
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power will cause
the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, which
may result in loss of vehicle control.
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even 4WD vehicles can lose traction
in slick mud. As when you are driving over
sand, apply the accelerator slowly and
avoid spinning your wheels. If the vehicle
does slide, steer in the direction of the slide
until you regain control of the vehicle.
After driving through mud, clean off residue
stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating
driveshafts causes an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
E143949
Descend a hill in the same gear you would
use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive
brake application and brake overheating.
Do not descend in neutral; instead, shift to
a lower gear. When descending a steep
hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could
cause the wheels to lock up and you may
lose control. The front wheels have to be
turning in order to steer the vehicle.
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain
Note: Avoid driving crosswise or turning on
steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing
traction, slipping sideways and possibly
rolling over. Whenever driving on a hill,
determine beforehand the route you will
use. Do not drive over the crest of a hill
without seeing what conditions are on the
other side. Do not drive in reverse over a hill
without the aid of an observer.
Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, therefore
apply the brakes steadily. Do not “pump”
the brakes.
Driving on Snow and Ice
Although natural obstacles may make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down
a hill or steep incline, you should always
try to drive straight up or straight down.
WARNING
If you are driving in slippery
conditions that require tire chains or
cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end of
the vehicle slides while cornering, steer in
the direction of the slide until you regain
control of the vehicle.
When climbing a steep slope or hill, start
in a lower gear rather than downshifting to
a lower gear from a higher gear once the
ascent has started. This reduces strain on
the engine and the possibility of stalling.
If you do stall the engine, do not try to turn
around because you might roll over. It is
better to back down to a safe location.
138
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Four-Wheel Drive
Any modifications to a vehicle that raise
the center of gravity can make it more likely
the vehicle will rollover as a result of a loss
of control. Ford Motor Company
recommends that caution be used with
any vehicle equipped with a high load or
device (such as ladder or luggage racks).
Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause
driveline damage.
4WD vehicles have advantages over 2WD
vehicles in snow and ice but can skid like
any other vehicle.
Should you start to slide while driving on
snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control.
Failure to maintain your vehicle properly
may void the warranty, increase your repair
cost, reduce vehicle performance and
operational capabilities and adversely
affect driver and passenger safety.
Frequent inspection of vehicle chassis
components is recommended if the vehicle
is subjected to off-highway usage.
Avoid sudden applications of power and
quick changes of direction on snow and
ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and
steadily when starting from a full stop.
Avoid sudden braking as well. Although a
4WD vehicle may accelerate better than
a two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice,
it won’t stop any faster, because as in other
vehicles, braking occurs at all four wheels.
Do not become overconfident as to road
conditions.
Make sure you allow sufficient distance
between you and other vehicles for
stopping. Drive slower than usual and
consider using one of the lower gears. In
emergency stopping situations, apply the
brake steadily. Since your vehicle is
equipped with a four wheel (ABS), do not
“pump” the brakes. See Hints on Driving
With Anti-Lock Brakes (page 141).
Maintenance and Modifications
The suspension and steering systems on
your vehicle have been designed and
tested to provide predictable performance
whether loaded or empty and durable load
carrying capability. For this reason, Ford
Motor Company strongly recommends that
you do not make modifications such as
adding or removing parts (such as lowering
kits or stabilizer bars) or by using
replacement parts not equivalent to the
original factory equipment.
139
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Rear Axle
LIMITED SLIP DIFFERENTIAL
This axle provides added traction on
slippery surfaces, particularly when one
wheel is on a poor traction surface. Under
normal conditions, the limited slip axle
functions like a standard rear axle. The axle
may exhibit a slight noise or vibration in
tight turns with low vehicle speed. This is
normal behavior and indicates the axle is
working.
140
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Brakes
•
•
GENERAL INFORMATION
You take corners too fast.
The road surface is poor.
WARNING
PARKING BRAKE
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
WARNING
Always set the parking brake fully
and make sure you shift the gearshift
lever to park (P). Switch the ignition
off and remove the key whenever you leave
your vehicle.
Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If
a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out. If the vehicle
has continuous vibration or shudder in the
steering wheel while braking, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.
Note: Do not press the release button while
pulling the lever up.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the
brakes wear.
To apply the parking brake:
1. Press the foot brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the parking brake lever up to its
fullest extent.
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing uphill, shift the gearshift lever to park
(P) and turn the steering wheel away from
the curb.
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when driving from a car wash or
standing water to dry the brakes.
Anti-lock Brake System
Note: If you park your vehicle on a hill and
facing downhill, shift the gearshift lever to
park (P) and turn the steering wheel toward
the curb.
This system helps you maintain steering
control and vehicle stability during
emergency stops by keeping the brakes
from locking.
To release the parking brake:
1. Press the brake pedal firmly.
2. Pull the lever up slightly.
3. Press the release button and push the
lever down.
HINTS ON DRIVING WITH
ANTI-LOCK BRAKES
Note: When the system is operating, the
brake pedal will pulse and may travel
further. Maintain pressure on the brake
pedal. You may also hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
HILL START ASSIST
WARNINGS
The system does not replace the
parking brake. When you leave your
vehicle, always apply the parking
brake and move the transmission selector
lever into position P (Park).
The anti-lock braking system will not
eliminate the risks when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
141
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Brakes
Using Hill Start Assist
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle once
you have turned the system on.
1.
Press the brake pedal to bring your
vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep
the brake pedal pressed.
2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle
is on a slope, the system will be
activated automatically.
3. When you remove your foot from the
brake pedal, your vehicle will remain
on the slope without rolling away for
approximately two or three seconds.
This hold time will automatically be
extended if you are in the process of
driving off.
4. Drive off in the normal manner. The
brakes will be released automatically.
The system is active unless ESC
warning lamp is turned off. During all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening, if required.
If the engine is revved excessively or
if a malfunction is detected, the
system will turn off and ESC warning
lamp will turn on.
There is a short delay in the system
activation of up to two seconds after
the shifting the lever to Drive or
Reverse in vehicles with automatic
transmission.
Enable and Disable the System
The system makes it easier to pull away
when your vehicle is on a slope without the
need to use the parking brake.
You can enable the system only if the
following conditions are met:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
When the system is active, your vehicle will
remain stationary on the slope for two to
three seconds after you release the brake
pedal. This allows you time to move your
foot from the brake to the accelerator
pedal. The brakes are released
automatically once the engine has
developed sufficient drive to prevent your
vehicle from rolling down the slope. This
is an advantage when pulling away on a
slope, (for example from a car park ramp,
traffic lights or when reversing uphill into
a parking space).
•
The system will turn on automatically on
any slope which can result in significant
vehicle rollback.
To disable the system, perform one of the
following:
•
•
•
Note: Hill start assist is available in vehicles
equipped with electronic stability control
(ESC).
•
142
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
The engine is running.
All doors are fully closed.
The parking brake is fully disengaged.
No failure mode is present.
Accelerator pedal is not depressed.
Vehicle is completely stopped.
Uphill: Gear shift lever should be in
position D for Automatic transmission
and in any position other than R
(reverse) for manual transmission.
Downhill: Gear shift lever should be in
position R (reverse).
Apply the parking brake.
Open any door.
Drive off uphill without re-applying the
brake.
Wait for one to two seconds after you
remove your foot from the brake pedal.
Brakes
•
•
•
If the system is active in a forward gear,
select reverse gear.
If the system is active in neutral,
release the clutch pedal (Manual
transmission).
If the system is active in reverse gear,
select neutral.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: You can only switch the system on
and off if your vehicle has a manual
transmission.
Note: The system will remain on or off
depending on how it was last set.
Your vehicle comes with this feature
already enabled. If required, you can switch
this feature off using the information
display. See General Information (page
70).
143
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Traction Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
The traction control system helps avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
If your vehicle begins to slide, the system
applies the brakes to individual wheels
and, when needed, reduces engine power
at the same time. If the wheels spin when
accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces,
the system reduces engine power in order
to increase traction.
E207884
USING TRACTION CONTROL
Traction control forms part of the stability
control system.
Note: The system automatically turns on
every time you switch the ignition on.
Note: Switching off the stability control will
turn off the system.
In certain situations (e.g. stuck in snow or
mud), turning the system off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin
with full engine power.
Traction control is an enhanced feature of
stability control system and automatically
detects the wheel spin when you
accelerate. If this situation occurs, the
system applies your vehicle brakes at
individual wheels and if necessary, reduces
engine power.
Note: Shift to 4L will deactivate engine
traction control but brake traction control
remain active.
Note: Switching on the electronic locking
differential will turn off the system.
To switch off the traction control, press
the traction control button located on the
floor console.
144
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Stability Control
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or the traction control
system you may experience the following
conditions:
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
Vehicle modifications involving
braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system,
tire construction and wheel and tire size
may change the handling characteristics
of your vehicle and may adversely affect
the performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo loudspeakers may interfere with
and adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Install any aftermarket
stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from
the front center console, the tunnel, and
the front seats in order to minimize the risk
of interfering with the electronic stability
control sensors. Reducing the
effectiveness of the electronic stability
control system could lead to an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
•
•
•
•
•
•
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent skids or lateral slides by
applying brakes to one or more of the
wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Remember that even advanced
technology cannot defy the laws of
physics. It’s always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the road;
this could reduce the operator’s ability to
control the vehicle potentially resulting in
a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death. If your electronic
stability control system activates, SLOW
DOWN.
Roll Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which
it changes by applying the brakes to one
or more wheels individually.
Curve Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to follow the road when cornering severely
or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve
Control operates by reducing engine power
and, if necessary, applying brakes to one
or more of the wheels individually.
The system automatically turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
145
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
The stability and traction control light
flashes.
Your vehicle slows down.
Reduced engine power.
A vibration in the brake pedal.
The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
If the driving condition is severe and
your foot is not on the brake, the brake
pedal may move as the systems
applies higher brake forces.
Stability Control
Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability
to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
Principle of Operation (page 145).
B
B
B
A
A
B
A
E72903
A
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
B
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
USING STABILITY CONTROL
Note: The system is automatically
activated when you start the engine.
The traction control portion of the system
can be turned off through the information
display. See Using Traction Control
(page 144).
146
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Hill Descent Control
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING
Before driving off-road it is
absolutely essential that
in-experienced drivers become fully
familiar with the vehicle's controls. In
particular, Sport mode and Hill Descent
Control (HDC).
Hill descent control (HDC) operates in
conjunction with stability control (ESC) to
provide greater control when off-road,
particularly when descending steep slopes.
HDC operation is fully automatic when
engaged.
Engine braking controls the speed of the
descent during an off-road hill descent. If
engine braking alone is insufficient to
control the vehicle's speed, HDC will slow
the vehicle using the braking system.
E216471
Note: HDC will be active at speeds less
than 35 km/h and deactivated above
40 km/h but will not turn off until vehicle
exceeds 60 km/h.
Note: Use HDC only in first or reverse gear
in manual transmission vehicles.
Note: HDC will turn off when you switch
the ignition off.
Note: Use HDC only in D, R or Sport mode
1 in automatic transmission vehicles. When
in D, the vehicle will select the most
appropriate gear.
The HDC switch will illuminate
continuously to indicate that
HDC is fully active.
HDC will temporarily deactivate during the
following conditions:
USING HILL DESCENT
CONTROL
•
Selecting HDC
•
Select HDC at speeds less than 60 km/h.
To select HDC, press the hill descent
control switch located on the floor console.
•
147
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
The brakes are hot. Operation resumes
once the brakes cool down.
The stability control indicator on
warning lamp is illuminated and
operating.
The electronic locking differential is
operating.
Hill Descent Control
HDC Operation
Note: HDC assistance will fade out
gradually if you switch the system off. This
is to prevent the loss of control if you press
the HDC switch unintentionally. If assistance
is still required, you can switch back the HDC
on. The control will resume at a speed the
vehicle is travelling when the pedal is
released.
Note: You may hear a noise from the
system. This is normal.
Note: When HDC is operating, the ESC on
warning lamp will flash.
HDC operates only if the vehicle speed is
within the specified range even if the
system is on permanently during off-road
driving.
E206132
Cruise control switches on the steering
wheel allow you to control your hill descent
speed. SET + increases the speed and SET
- decreases the speed.
Changing the Set Speed
•
•
Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 km/h increments.
Pressing the accelerator pedal or brake
pedal will increase or decrease the speed
respectively.
Note: Each gear has a pre-determined
minimum speed.
Note: Descent speed will only increase on
a slope steep enough to provide additional
momentum. Therefore, use of the SET+
switch on a gentle slope may not increase
the speed.
Note: The Brakes will override the HDC if
the brake pedal is pressed. The system
resumes on the release of the brake pedal.
148
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
Note: The system may emit false alerts if
it detects a signal using the same frequency
as the sensors or if your vehicle is fully
loaded.
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Note: The outer sensors may detect the
side walls of a garage. If the distance
between the outer sensors and the side wall
remains constant for three seconds, the
alert will turn off. As you continue the inner
sensors will detect objects directly behind
your vehicle.
If your vehicles has a non-Ford
approved trailer tow module the
system may not correctly detect
objects.
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause disruptive reflections.
Note: The detection area may vary under
different temperature and humidity
conditions.
The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic
waves.
REAR PARKING AID
The system does not detect objects
that are moving away from your
vehicle. They will only be detected
shortly after they start to move toward
your vehicle.
The rear sensors are only active when the
transmission is in reverse (R). As your
vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the
rate of the audible warning increases.
When the obstacle is less than 30 cm
away, the warning sounds continuously. If
the system detects a stationary or receding
object farther than 30 cm from the corners
of the bumper, the tone sounds for only
three seconds. Once the system detects
an object approaching, the warning sounds
again.
Take particular care when reversing
with a tow ball arm or a rear fitted
accessory. For example, a bicycle
carrier. The rear parking aid will only
indicate the approximate distance from
the rear bumper to an object.
If you use a high pressure spray to
wash your vehicle, only spray the
sensors briefly from a distance not
less than 200 mm.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with sharp edges.
Note: If your vehicle has a tow ball arm, the
system is turned off automatically when
trailer lamps (or lighting boards) are
connected to the socket through a Ford
approved trailer tow module.
Note: Keep the sensors free from dirt, ice
or snow. Do not clean with sharp objects.
E130178
149
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
Coverage area of up to 1.8 m from the rear
bumper. There may be decreased coverage
area at the outer corners of the bumper.
When your vehicle approaches an object,
a warning tone sounds. When your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the warning
tone repeat rate increases. The warning
tone sounds continuously when an object
is 30 cm or less from the front bumper.
The system provides audio warnings only
when your vehicle is moving or when your
vehicle is stationary and the detected
obstacle is less than 30 cm away from the
bumper.
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
Equipped)
Obstacle Distance Indicator (If
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
Equipped)
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
decreases the indicator blocks
illuminate and move towards the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks are greyed
out.
The system provides obstacle distance
indication through the information display.
The indicator displays:
• As the distance to the obstacle
changes the indicator blocks illuminate
the position of obstacle relative to the
vehicle icon.
• If there is no obstacle detected, the
distance indicator blocks are greyed
out.
If the transmission is in reverse (R), the
front sensing system provides audible
warnings when your vehicle is moving and
the detected obstacle is moving towards
your vehicle. Once the vehicle is stationary,
the audible warning will be stopped after
2 seconds.
FRONT PARKING AID
The front sensors are active when the
transmission is in any position other than
park (P) and the vehicle is not in a
standstill position.
If the transmission is in drive (D) or any
other forward gear (for example, low (L),
sport (S), manual transmissions), the front
sensing system provides audible and visual
warnings when your vehicle is moving
below a speed of 12 km/h and an obstacle
is located inside the detection area. Once
the vehicle is stationary, the audible
warning will be stopped after 2 seconds
and the visual indication stops after 4
seconds. If the obstacles detected are
within 30 cm, the visual indication remains
on.
E187330
Coverage area is up to 70 cm from the
front bumper. There is decreased coverage
area at the outer corners.
150
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
Vehicles with automatic transmission
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• You use a spare tire or a tire
significantly worn more than the other
tires.
• You use a unauthorized tire size.
• You try to park on a tight curve.
• Something passes between the front
bumper and the parking space (a
pedestrian or cyclist).
• The edge of the neighboring parked
vehicle is high off the ground (for
example, a bus, tow truck or flatbed
truck).
• The weather conditions are poor
(heavy rain, snow, fog, etc).
If the transmission is in neutral (N), the
system provides visual indication only
when your vehicle is moving at 12 km/h or
below and an obstacle is located inside
the detection area. Once your vehicle is
stationary, the visual indication will stop
after 4 seconds.
ACTIVE PARK ASSIST
Parallel Parking, Park Out Assist
WARNINGS
You must remain in your vehicle
when the system turns on. At all
times, you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening if required. Failure
to take care may result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
Note: Keep the sensors, located on the
bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and
large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors
can affect the system's accuracy. Do not
clean the sensors with sharp objects.
The sensors may not detect objects
in heavy rain or other conditions that
cause disruptive reflections.
Note: The sensors may not detect objects
with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves
or cause ultrasonic interference (motorcycle
exhaust, truck air brakes or horns).
Note: The driver is always responsible for
controlling the vehicle, supervising the
system and intervening if required by
grabbing the steering wheel or pushing the
active park assist button.
Do not use the system if:
• You have attached a foreign object
(bike rack or trailer) to the front or rear
of your vehicle or close to the sensors.
• You have attached an overhanging
object (surfboard) to the roof.
• A foreign object damages or obstructs
the front or rear bumper or side
sensors.
• The correct tire size is not in use on your
vehicle (for example, a mini-spare tire).
The system detects an available parallel
parking space and automatically steers
your vehicle into the space (hands-free)
while you control the accelerator, gearshift
and brakes. The system visually and
audibly guides you to park your vehicle.
If you are uncomfortable with the proximity
to any vehicle or object, you may choose
to override the system.
Using Active Park Assist - Parallel
Parking
Note: The blindspot information system
does not detect traffic alongside or behind
your vehicle during a park assist maneuver.
Press the button located on the
center console near the gearshift
lever or the right side of the
center stack once.
E146186
151
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
When driving at a speed less than 35 km/h
the system automatically scans both sides
of your vehicle for an available parking
space. The system displays a message and
a corresponding graphic to indicate it is
searching for a parking space. Use the
direction indicator to display the searching
results either the left-hand side or
right-hand side of your vehicle.
A
E130107
Note: If the direction indicators are not
used, the system defaults to the passenger
side of your vehicle.
Note: You should drive your vehicle within
1.5 m to the other vehicles while passing a
parking space.
Note: The system passively searches for
parking spaces prior to pressing the button,
so activating the system is still possible
while passing a parking space.
Note: The system always offers the last
detected parking space (for example, if your
vehicle detects multiple spaces while you
are driving, it offers the last one).
When the system finds a suitable space,
it displays a message and a tone sounds.
Stop your vehicle and follow the
instructions on the screen. If your vehicle
is moving very slowly, you may need to pull
forward a short distance before the system
is ready to park.
Note: If driven above approximately
35 km/h, the system shows a message to
alert you to reduce your vehicle speed.
Automatic Steering into Parking Space
Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds 9 km/h
or the maneuver is interrupted (driver input),
the system switches off and you need to
take full control of your vehicle.
If the vehicle has been travelling over a
certain distance, the found space may be
discarded and the system will go back to
searching for a suitable space.
When you shift the transmission into
reverse ( R), with your hands off the wheel
(and nothing obstructing its movement),
your vehicle steers itself into the space.
The system displays instructions to move
your vehicle back and forth in the space.
Note: You must observe that the selected
space remains clear of obstructions at all
times during the maneuver.
Note: Active park assist may not detect
street furniture and other items. You must
make sure the selected space is suitable for
parking.
152
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
E130108
•
When you think your vehicle is properly
parked, or you hear a solid tone from the
parking aid (accompanied by a display
message and a chime), bring your vehicle
to a complete stop.
•
When automatic steering is complete, the
system displays a message and a tone
sounds, indicating that the active park
assist process is finished. You are
responsible for checking the parking job
and making any necessary corrections
before leaving your vehicle.
•
Driving above approximately 35 km/h
for 30 seconds during an active park
search.
Driving above 9 km/h during automatic
steering.
Switching off the traction control
system.
Certain vehicle conditions can also
deactivate the system, such as:
• Traction control has activated.
• There is an anti-lock brake system
activation or failure.
Deactivating the Active Park
Assist Feature
If a problem occurs with the system, a
warning message displays accompanied
by a tone. Occasional system messages
may occur in normal operation. For
recurring or frequent system faults, contact
an authorized dealer to have your vehicle
serviced.
Manually deactivate the system by:
• Pressing the active park assist button
when the system is enabled.
• Grabbing the steering wheel during an
active maneuver.
Troubleshooting the System
The system does not look for a space
The traction control system may be off.
The transmission is in reverse ( R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to
detect a parking space.
153
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
The system does not offer a particular space
The sensors may be covered (for example, snow, ice or dirt buildup). Covered senors
can affect the system's functionality.
There is not enough room in the parking space for your vehicle to safely park.
There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking
space.
The parking space is farther than 1.5 m or closer than 0.4 m away.
The transmission is in reverse ( R). Your vehicle must be moving forward to be able to
detect a parking space.
Your vehicle is going faster than 35 km/h for parallel parking.
The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space
Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (rolling forward with
reverse [R] selected).
An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle
properly.
Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly.
You pulled your vehicle too far past the parking space. The system performs best when
you drive the same distance past the parking space.
The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (not inflated correctly, improper
size, or of different sizes).
A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities.
A parked vehicle has a high attachment (salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed).
The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed.
The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (driving from a heated garage
into the cold, or after leaving a car wash).
154
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
The system may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• Dark areas.
• Intense light.
• If the ambient temperature increases
or decreases rapidly.
• If the camera is wet, for example in rain
or high humidity.
• If the camera's view is obstructed, for
example by mud.
REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped)
WARNINGS
The operation of the camera may
vary depending on the ambient
temperature, vehicle and road
conditions.
The distances shown in the display
may differ from the actual distance.
Do not place objects in front of the
camera.
Using the Display
WARNINGS
Objects above the camera may not
be visible. Check the area behind
your vehicle when necessary.
The camera is on the liftgate near the
license plate.
Marks are for general guidance only,
and are calculated for vehicles in
maximum load conditions on an
even road surface.
The lines show the distance from the outer
edge of the front tire plus two inches (51
millimeters) and the rear bumper.
E142435
Turning the Rear View Camera On
WARNING
The camera may not detect objects
that are very close to your vehicle.
Switch the ignition and the audio unit on.
Move the transmission selector lever to
reverse (R).
The image displays in the center of the
instrument panel.
155
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Parking Aids
E
D
D
Green - 71 inches (1.8 meter)
E
Black - center line of the
projected vehicle path
C
Note: When reversing with a trailer the
camera shows the direction of your vehicle
and not the direction of the trailer.
B
Turning the Rear View Camera Off
Move the transmission selector lever from
reverse (R).
Note: The system will automatically switch
off once your vehicle speed has reached
approximately 15 km/h if you have switched
on the camera delay in the information
display.
A
A
E200774
A
Exterior mirror clearance - 2
inches (0.05 meter)
B
Red - up to 17 inches (0.45
meter)
C
Amber - 41 inches (1.05 meter)
156
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control On
PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION
WARNING
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Cruise control allows you to control your
speed using the switches on the steering
wheel. You can use cruise control when
you exceed approximately 20 mph (30
km/h).
E201284
USING CRUISE CONTROL
Press the button.
WARNINGS
Do not use cruise control in heavy
traffic, on winding roads or when the
road surface is slippery. This could
result in loss of vehicle control, serious
injury or death.
Setting a Speed
•
•
Accelerate to the desired speed.
Press and release SET+.
The warning indicator will
display in the instrument cluster.
E71340
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes. Change down a gear to
assist the system in maintaining the set
speed. Failure to do so could result in loss
of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
•
Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
Changing the Set Speed
•
Note: Cruise control will disengage if your
vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph
(16 km/h) below your set speed while
driving uphill.
•
•
The cruise control switches are located on
the steering wheel.
Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Press and release SET+ or SET-. The
set speed will change in approximately
1 mph (1 km/h) increments.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET+.
Canceling the Set Speed
Press and release CAN or tap the brake
pedal. The system will not erase the set
speed.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press and release RES .
157
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
Switching Cruise Control Off
WARNINGS
Do not use the system when towing
a trailer with brake controls.
Aftermarket trailer brakes will not
operate when you switch the system on
because the brakes are electronically
controlled. Failure to do so may result in
loss of vehicle control, which could result
in serious injury.
Note: You will erase the set speed if you
switch the system off.
Press and release OFF or switch the
ignition off.
USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL (If Equipped)
Do not use tire sizes other than those
recommended because this can
affect the normal operation of the
system. Failing to do so may result in a loss
of vehicle control, which could result in
serious injury.
WARNINGS
Always pay close attention to
changing road conditions when using
adaptive cruise control. The system
does not replace attentive driving. Failing
to pay attention to the road may result in
a crash, serious injury or death.
Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely and be in control of the vehicle
at all times.
Adaptive cruise control is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
The system is designed to help you
maintain a gap from the vehicle in front of
you. If there is no vehicle in front of you the
system will maintain a set speed. The
system is intended to provide enhanced
operation of your vehicle when following
other vehicles which are in the same lane
and traveling in the same direction. You
can select from one of four gap settings.
Adaptive cruise control does not
detect stationary or slow moving
vehicles.
Adaptive cruise control does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the
road.
Adaptive cruise control does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the
same lane.
The system is based on the use of a radar
sensor which projects a beam directly
forward of your vehicle.
Do not use adaptive cruise control
on winding roads, in heavy traffic or
when the road surface is slippery.
This could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
Do not use the system in poor
visibility, for example fog, heavy rain,
spray or snow.
158
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
Adaptive Cruise Controls
1. Drive to desired speed.
2. Press and release SET- or RES+.
3. The information display shows a green
indicator light, current gap setting and
desired set speed.
4. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal.
E
B
A
C
D
E206151
A
On, off and cancel
B
Set speed increase and resume
C
Set speed and speed decrease
D
Gap increase
E
Gap decrease
E164805
5. When the system detects a vehicle in
front of you, it will be displayed above
the horizontal bars.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is
active, the set speed displayed in the
information display may vary slightly from
the speedometer.
Switching the System On
Press and release the Adaptive Cruise
Control CNCL/OFF button.
Changing the Set Speed
•
E144529
•
•
The system may apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed displays continuously in the
information display when the system is
active.
E164805
The cruise control indicator, SET mph
(kph), the current gap setting indicator
and Standby displays in the instrument
cluster.
159
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Press and release SET- or RES+. The
set speed changes in 5 km/h or
2 km/hincrements depending on your
vehicle.
Press the accelerator or brake pedal
until you reach the desired speed. Press
and release SET- or RES+.
Press and hold SET- or RES+. Release
the control when you reach the desired
speed.
Cruise Control
Canceling the Set Speed
The lead vehicle graphic illuminates.
Press the brake pedal or the clutch pedal
for an extended period, or press and
release the Adaptive Cruise Control
CNCL/OFF button. The last set speed
displays with a strikethrough.
Your vehicle maintains a constant gap
behind the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates
to a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out
of your lane or out of view.
• The vehicle speed falls below 20 km/h.
• A new gap is set.
Resuming the Set Speed
Press and release RES+. The vehicle
returns to the previously set speed and gap
setting. The set speed displays
continuously in the information display
while the system is active.
The system applies the brakes to slow your
vehicle to maintain a safe gap from the
vehicle in front. The maximum braking
which the system can apply is limited. You
can override the system by applying the
brakes.
Switching the System Off
Press and release the Adaptive Cruise
Control CNCL/OFF button when the
system is in stand by mode or switch the
ignition off.
If the system predicts that its maximum
braking level is insufficient, an audible
warning sounds while the system
continues to brake. The red warning bar
appears on the windshield. You should
take immediate action.
Note: You erase the set speed when you
switch the system off.
Following a Vehicle
Note: The brakes may emit a sound when
modulated by the adaptive cruise control
system.
WARNINGS
When following a vehicle, your
vehicle does not decelerate
automatically to a stop, nor does
your vehicle always decelerate quickly
enough to avoid a crash without driver
intervention. Always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failing to do so may result in a
crash, serious injury or death.
Setting the Gap
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
You can decrease or increase the gap
between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you by pressing the gap control.
Adaptive cruise control only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar
sensor. In some cases there may be
no warning or a delayed warning. You
should always apply the brakes when
necessary. Failing to do so may result in a
crash, serious injury or death.
E164805
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in
the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts
to maintain a preset gap.
160
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
The selected gap appears in the
information display as shown by the bars
in the graphic. You can select from one of
four gap settings.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent
and therefore the distance will
automatically adjust with your speed.
Adaptive cruise control gap settings
Set speed
Graphic display, bars
indicated between
vehicles
Time gap, seconds
100
1
0.8
28
100
2
1.2
39
100
3
1.6
50
100
4
2.1
61
km/h
Gap
m
Note: The system status and settings will remain unchanged each time you switch the
ignition on.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
• The tires lose traction.
• The engine speed is too low.
• You apply the parking brake.
Overriding the System
WARNING
Whenever the driver is overriding the
system by pressing the accelerator
pedal, the system does not
automatically apply the brakes to maintain
separation from any vehicle ahead.
Note: If the engine speed drops too low,
the information display indicates low engine
speed. Shift to a lower gear (manual
transmission only) to avoid automatic
cancellation.
You can override the set speed and gap by
pressing the accelerator pedal.
Hilly Condition Usage
You should select a lower gear position
when the system is active in situations
such as prolonged downhill driving on
steep grades, for example in mountainous
areas. The system needs additional engine
braking in these situations to reduce the
load on the vehicle’s regular brake system
to prevent them from overheating.
When you override the system,
the green indicator light
illuminates and the set speed
text darkens.
E144529
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a
lower speed if following a slower vehicle.
Note: An audible warning sounds and the
system shuts down if it applies brakes for
an extended period of time. This allows the
brakes to cool down. The system functions
normally again when the brakes have cooled
down.
Automatic Cancellation
The system does not operate below
20 km/h. An audible warning sounds and
the automatic braking releases if the
vehicle drops below this speed.
161
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
Detection Issues
Detection issues can occur:
WARNING
On rare occasions, detection issues
can occur due to the road
infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases,
the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening, if
required.
The radar sensor has a limited field of
vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or
detect a vehicle later than expected in
some situations. The lead vehicle graphic
does not illuminate if the system does not
detect a vehicle in front of you.
A
With vehicles that edge into your
lane that can only be detected
once they have moved fully into
your lane.
B
Motorcyclists may be detected
late, or not at all.
C
With vehicles in front of you
when going into and coming out
of a bend. The detection beam
will not follow sharp curves in
the road.
In these cases the system may brake late
or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and
intervene if necessary.
If something hits the front of your vehicle
or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone
may change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detections. Contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
System Not Available
Conditions that can cause the system to
deactivate or prevent the system from
activating when requested include:
• A blocked sensor.
• High brake temperature.
• A failure in the system or a related
system.
Blocked Sensor
A message displays if something obstructs
the radar signals from the sensor. The
sensor is located on the lower grille. The
system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and
does not function when something
obstructs the radar signals.
Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt,
metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors and aftermarket lights may also
block the sensor.
E71621
162
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Cruise Control
The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying.
Cause
Action
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
or obstructed in some way.
or remove the object causing the obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several
but the message remains in the display.
minutes for the radar to detect that it is free
from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the
radar signals.
Do not use the system in these conditions
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
Swirling water, snow or ice on the surface
of the road may interfere with the radar
signals.
Do not use the system in these conditions
because it may not detect any vehicles
ahead.
It is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked. A false blocked condition self
clears or clears after a key cycle.
Switching to Normal Cruise
Control
WARNING
Normal cruise control does not brake
due to slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have
selected and apply the brakes when
necessary.
You can manually change from adaptive
cruise control to normal cruise control
through the information display.
The cruise control indicator light
replaces the adaptive cruise
E71340
control indicator light if you
select normal cruise control. The gap
setting does not display, the system does
not automatically respond to lead vehicles
and automatic braking does not activate.
The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
163
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
SPEED LIMITER
Switching the System On and Off
Principle of Operation
Press switch B. The information display
will prompt you to set a speed.
WARNING
Setting the Speed Limit
When you are going downhill, your
vehicle speed may increase above
the set speed. The system will not
apply the brakes but a warning displays.
Use the cruise control switches to alter the
maximum speed setting.
Press switch E or D to select your desired
speed limit. The set speed is stored and
displayed in the information display.
TThe system allows you to set a speed to
which your vehicle becomes limited. The
set speed sets the effective maximum
speed of your vehicle. You can temporarily
exceed the set speed if required, for
example to overtake.
Press switch C to cancel the limiter and
place it in standby mode. The information
display will confirm the system is in
standby mode by displaying the set speed
limit as crossed out.
Press switch A again to resume the limiter.
The information display will confirm this
has been turned on by showing the set
speed again.
Using the System
Note: If you briefly press the accelerator,
for example when overtaking another
vehicle, the system temporarily turns off.
Intentionally Exceeding the Speed
Limiter Set Speed
The system is operated by the controls
mounted on the steering wheel.
A
Depress the accelerator fully to temporarily
turn the system off. The speed limiter set
speed resumes when your vehicle speed
drops below the set speed limit.
System Warnings
E
If you unintentionally exceed the set speed,
a warning will flash in the information
display and a warning chime will sound.
B
If you intentionally exceed the set speed,
it will flash in the information display.
D
C
E200786
A
Resume
B
On and off
C
Cancel
D
Set speed decrease
E
Set speed increase
DRIVER ALERT (If Equipped)
Principle of Operation
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
164
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Note: The system calculates an alertness
level at vehicle speeds above approximately
40 mph (65 km/h).
WARNINGS
At all times you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening if
required.
The system automatically monitors your
driving behavior.
If the sensor becomes blocked the
system may not function.
The system is designed to alert you if it
detects that you are becoming drowsy or
if your driving deteriorates.
Take regular rest breaks as required
and do not wait for the system to
warn you if you feel tired.
Using Driver Alert
Switching the System On and Off
Take rest breaks only where it is safe
to do so.
Note: The system will remain on or off
depending on how it was last set.
Certain driving styles and behavior
may result in the system issuing a
warning even if you are not feeling
Switch the system on using the information
display. See Information Displays (page
70).
tired.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow, spray and large
contrasts in lighting can all influence the
sensor.
The system will calculate your alertness
level based upon your driving behavior in
relation to the lane markings and other
factors.
System Warnings
The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
Note: The system will not issue warnings
below approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
The system may not operate in areas
during roadwork construction.
The warning system has two stages:
1. A temporary warning is issued to advise
you to take a rest. This message only
appears for a short time.
2. If you do not rest and the system
continues to detect that your driving
deteriorates, it will issue a further
warning. This will remain in the
information display until you cancel it.
See Information Messages (page
80).
The system may not operate on
roads with sharp bends or narrow
lanes.
Do not carry out windshield repairs
in the immediate area surrounding
the sensor.
If your vehicle has a suspension kit
not approved by us, the system may
not function correctly.
Press OK on the steering wheel control to
remove the warning.
Note: Keep the windshield free from
obstructions such as bird droppings, insects
and snow or ice.
Note: The system assists you when driving
on fast main roads and freeways.
165
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
System Display
Your alertness level will be shown in grey
if:
• the camera sensor cannot track the
road lane markings
• your vehicle speed drops below
approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
When active the system will run
automatically in the background and only
issue warnings if required. You can view
the status at any time using the
information display. See General
Information (page 70).
Resetting the System
The alertness level is shown by six steps
as a colored bar.
You can reset the system by:
• switching the ignition off and on
• stopping your vehicle and then opening
and closing the driver's door.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (If
Equipped)
E131358
WARNINGS
The system does not relieve you of
your responsibility to drive with due
care and attention.
Alertness level is fine, no rest required.
At all times you are responsible for
controlling your vehicle, supervising
the system and intervening if
required.
E131359
If the sensor becomes blocked the
system may not function.
Alertness level is critical, indicating that
you should take a rest as soon as it is safe
to do so.
In cold and severe weather
conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow, spray can all
limit sensor performance.
The status bar will travel from left to right
as the calculated alertness level
decreases. As the rest icon is approached
the color turns from green to yellow and
then finally red when a rest break must be
taken.
•
•
•
Large contrasts in lighting can limit
sensor performance.
The system will not operate if the
sensor cannot track the road lane
markings.
Green: No rest required.
Yellow: First (temporary) warning.
Red: Second warning.
The vehicle should be taken to an
authorized dealer for inspection if
damage occurs in the immediate
area surrounding the sensor.
Note: The system works above 64 km/h.
166
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Note: The system works as long as the
camera can detect one lane marking.
Note: The system may not function if the
camera is blocked or there is damage to the
windshield.
Note: When Aid mode is on and the system
detects no steering activity for a short
period, the system will alert you to put your
hands on the steering wheel. The system
may detect a light grip or touch on the
steering wheel as hands off driving.
E165515
The system notifies you to stay in your lane
through the steering system and the
instrument cluster display when the front
camera detects an unintentional drift out
of your lane is likely to occur. The system
automatically detects and tracks the road
lane markings using a camera mounted
behind the interior rear view mirror.
Alert only – Provides a steering wheel
vibration when the system detects an
unintended lane departure.
Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored
until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey
is detected. If the system detects a MyKey
it defaults to on and the mode is set to Alert.
Note: If a MyKey is detected, pressing the
button will not affect the on or off status of
the system.
E144813
E165516
Aid only – Provides an assistance steering
torque input toward the lane center when
the system detects an unintended lane
departure.
Press the button located on the
left steering wheel stalk to
switch the system on or off.
System Settings
The system has optional setting menus
available. To view or adjust the settings,
See General Information (page 70). The
system stores the last-known selection for
each of these settings. You do not need to
readjust your settings each time you turn
on the system.
Mode: This setting allows you to select
which of the system features you can
enable.
167
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
System Display
E165517
A
Alert
B
Aid
E151660
When you switch on the system, an
overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane
markings will display in the information
display. If you select aid mode when you
switch on the system, a separate white
icon will also appear or in some vehicles
arrows will display with the lane markings.
Alert + Aid – Provides an assistance
steering torque input toward the lane
center. If your vehicle continues drifting out
of the lane, the system provides a steering
wheel vibration.
When you switch off the system, the lane
marking graphics will not display.
Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate
general zone coverage. They do not provide
exact zone parameters.
While the system is on, the color of the
lane markings will change to indicate the
system status.
Intensity: This setting affects the intensity
of the steering wheel vibration used for the
alert and alert + aid modes. This setting
does not affect the aid mode.
•
•
•
Gray: Indicates that the system is
temporarily unable to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated side(s).
This may be because:
Low
Normal
High
•
•
•
168
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Your vehicle is under the activation
speed.
The turn indicator is active.
Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
Driving Aids
•
•
The road has no or poor lane markings
in the camera field-of-view.
The camera is obscured or unable to
detect the lane markings due to
environmental conditions (significant
sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain
or fog), traffic conditions (following a
large vehicle that is blocking or
shadowing the lane), or vehicle
conditions (poor headlamp
illumination).
Yellow: Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a lane
keeping aid intervention.
Red: Indicates that the system is providing
or has just provided a lane keeping alert
warning.
The system can be temporarily suppressed
at any time by the following:
•
•
•
•
See Troubleshooting for additional
information.
Green: Indicates that the system is
available or ready to provide a warning or
intervention, on the indicated side(s).
Quick braking.
Fast acceleration.
Using the turn signal indicator.
Evasive steering maneuver.
Troubleshooting
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?
Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature
Sun is shining directly into the camera lens
Quick intentional lane change
Staying too close to the lane marking
Driving at high speeds in curves
The last Alert warning or Aid intervention occurred a short time ago
Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones)
Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa
Sudden offset in lane markings
ABS or AdvanceTrac activation
Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield
Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa
Standing water on the road
Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads)
169
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings
on the road?
Lane width too narrow or too wide
Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads
Why does the vehicle not come back toward the middle of the lane, as expected, in the
Aid or Aid + Alert mode?
High cross winds
Large road crown
Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs
Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure
If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been
modified
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM
A
Blind Spot Information System
(BLIS™) with Cross Traffic Alert
(If Equipped)
WARNING
A
To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the
Blind Spot Information System as a
replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind
Spot Information System is not a
replacement for careful driving.
E124788
The Blind Spot Information System aids
you in detecting vehicles that may have
entered the blind spot zone (A). The
detection area is on both sides of your
vehicle, extending rearward from the
exterior mirrors to approximately 7 m
beyond the bumper. The system alerts you
if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone
while driving.
170
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Using the Systems
WARNING
To help avoid personal injury, NEVER
use the cross traffic alert system as
a replacement for using the interior
and exterior mirrors and looking over your
shoulder before backing out of a parking
space. Cross traffic alert is not a
replacement for careful driving.
The Blind Spot Information System turns
on when you start the engine and you drive
your vehicle forward above 8 km/h, it
remains on while the transmission is in
drive (D) or neutral (N). If shifted into
reverse (R), the system enters cross traffic
alert mode. Once shifted back into drive
(D), the Blind Spot Information System
turns back on when you drive your vehicle
above 8 km/h.
Cross traffic alert warns you of vehicles
approaching from the sides when the
transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not function in reverse (R) or park (P).
Note: The Blind Spot Information System
does not prevent contact with other vehicles
or objects; nor does it detect parked
vehicles, people, animals or infrastructure
(fences, guardrails or trees). It only alerts
you to vehicles in the blind zones.
Note: Cross traffic alert detects
approaching vehicles and bicycles from up
to 40 m away though coverage decreases
when the sensors are blocked. Reversing
slowly helps increase the coverage area and
effectiveness.
Note: When a vehicle passes quickly
through the blind zone, the system may not
trigger.
Note: The cross traffic alert will be active
only if the transmission is in reverse (R). If
your vehicle is rolling backward and the
transmission is not in reverse (R) then cross
traffic alert will not be active.
E142440
171
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
In this first example, the left sensor is only
partially obstructed; zone coverage is
nearly maximized.
E142441
The Blind Spot Information and cross
traffic alert systems illuminate a yellow
alert indicator in the outside mirror on the
side of your vehicle the approaching
vehicle is coming from. In addition, the
yellow alert indicator will flash if the
direction indicator is ON while a Blind Spot
Warning System alert is active.
Zone coverage also decreases when
parking at shallow angles. Here, the left
sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage
on that side is severely limited.
System Lights and Messages
Note: The alert indicator dims when the
system detects nighttime darkness.
Cross traffic alert also sounds a series of
tones and a message appears in the
information display indicating a vehicle is
coming from the right or left.
E142442
172
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
System Sensors
The system uses radar sensors which are
located behind the bumper fascia on each
side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud,
snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these
areas, this can cause degraded system
performance.
WARNING
Just prior to the system recognizing
a blocked condition and alerting the
driver, the number of missed objects
will increase. To help avoid injuries, NEVER
use the Blind Spot Information System as
a replacement for using the side and rear
view mirrors and looking over your shoulder
before changing lanes. The Blind Spot
Information System is not a replacement
for careful driving.
If the system detects a degraded
performance condition, a message warning
of a blocked sensor or low visibility will
appear in the information display along
with a warning indicator. You can clear the
information display warning but the
warning indicator will remain illuminated.
When you remove a blockage, you can
reset the system in two ways:
• While driving, the system detects at
least two objects.
• You cycle the ignition from on to off
and then back on.
Note: It is possible to get a blockage
warning with no blockage present; this is
rare and known as a false blockage warning.
A false blocked condition either
self-corrects or clears after a key cycle.
If the blockage is still present after the key
cycle and driving in traffic, check again for
a blockage.
Reasons for messages being displayed
The radar
Clean the fascia area in
surface is front of the radar or remove
dirty or
the obstruction.
obstructed
The radar
surface is
not dirty or
obstructed
Heavy rainNo action required. The
fall or
system automatically
snowfall
resets to an unblocked
interferes
state once the rainfall or
with the
snowfall rate decreases or
radar
stops. Do not use the Blind
signals
Spot Information System or
cross traffic alert in these
conditions.
E205199
173
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Drive normally in traffic for
a few minutes to allow the
radar to detect passing
vehicles so it can clear the
blocked state.
Driving Aids
System Limitations
System Errors
The Blind Spot Information and cross
traffic alert systems do have their
limitations; situations such as severe
weather conditions or debris build-up on
the sensor area may limit vehicle detection.
If either system senses a problem with the
left or right sensor, the Blind Spot
Information System telltale will illuminate
and a message will appear in the
information display.
The following are other situations that may
limit the Blind Spot Information System:
• Vehicles passing through the blind zone
at very quickly.
• When several vehicles closely following
each other pass through the blind zone.
All other system faults will display only
with a message in the information display.
See Information Messages (page 80).
Switching the Systems Off and On
You can temporarily switch off one or both
systems in the information display. When
you switch off the Blind Spot Information
System, you will not receive alerts and the
information display shows a system off
message.
The following are other situations that may
limit the cross traffic alert system:
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects
obstructing the sensors.
• Approaching vehicles passing at
speeds greater than 60 km/h.
• Driving in reverse faster than 12 km/h.
• Backing out of an angled parking spot.
Note: The cross traffic alert system always
turns on whenever the ignition is switched
on. However, the Blind Spot Information
System will remember the last selected on
or off setting.
False Alerts
You cannot switch one or both systems
off when MyKey is used.
Note: If your vehicle has a factory equipped
tow bar and it is towing a trailer, the sensors
will detect the trailer and turn the Blind Spot
Information and cross traffic alert systems
off to avoid false alerts. For non-factory
equipped tow bars, you may want to switch
the Blind Spot Information System off
manually.
You can also have one or both systems
switched off permanently at an authorized
dealer. Once switched off, only an
authorized dealer can switch the system
back on.
STEERING
There may be certain instances when there
is a false alert by either the Blind Spot
Information or the cross traffic alert system
that illuminates the alert indicator with no
vehicle in the coverage zone. Some
amount of false alerts are normal; they are
temporary and self-correct.
Electric Power Steering
WARNINGS
The electric power steering system
has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If
a fault is detected, a message displays in
the information display. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
174
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds may also make the steering
seem to wander or pull.
WARNINGS
ignition off. After at least 10 seconds,
switch the ignition on and watch the
information display for a steering system
warning message. If a steering system
warning message returns, have the system
checked by an authorized dealer.
Adaptive Learning
The electronic power steering system
adaptive learning helps correct road
irregularities and improves overall handling
and steering feel. It communicates with
the brake system to help operate
advanced stability control and accident
avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever
the battery is disconnected or a new
battery installed, you must drive your
vehicle a short distance before the system
relearns the strategy and reactivates all
systems.
If the system detects an error, you
may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition
may exist. Obtain immediate service from
an authorized dealer, failure to do so may
result in loss of steering control.
Your vehicle has an electric power steering
system. There is no fluid reservoir. No
maintenance is required.
If your vehicle loses electrical power while
you are driving, electric power steering
assistance is lost. The steering system still
operates and you can steer your vehicle
manually. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
WARNINGS
You are responsible for controlling
your vehicle at all times. The system
does not relieve you of your
responsibility to drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort required for you to steer your
vehicle. This increased effort prevents
overheating and permanent damage to
the steering system. You do not lose the
ability to steer your vehicle manually.
Typical steering and driving maneuvers
allow the system to cool and return to
normal operation.
To achieve full system performance
you must break in the braking
system.Failure to take care may
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Steering Tips
The system does not react to
cyclists, animals, pedestrians at
night, or vehicles that are driving in a
different direction. Failure to take care may
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• Correct tire pressures.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension
components.
• Loose or worn steering components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
The system does not operate during
harsh acceleration or steering. Failure
to take care may lead to a crash or
personal injury.
175
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
another stationary vehicle, a vehicle
traveling in the same direction as yours, or
a pedestrian within your driving path, the
system is design to provide three levels of
functionality:
WARNINGS
The system may or may not operate
or may operate with reduced
function during cold or severe
weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray
and fog can influence the system. Keep
the front camera and radar free of snow
and ice. Failure to take care may result in
the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
1. Alert
2. Brake Support
3. Active Braking
System performance may reduce in
situations where the camera's
detection capability is limited. These
situations include but are not limited to
direct or low sunlight, vehicles at night
without tail lights, unconventional vehicle
types, pedestrians with complex
backgrounds, running pedestrians, partly
obscured pedestrians, or pedestrians which
cannot be distinguished from a group.
Failure to take care may result in the loss
of control of your vehicle, serious personal
injury or death.
E156131
Alert: When activated, a red warning light
flashes, an audible warning chime sounds
and a warning message shows in the
information display.
The system cannot help prevent all
collisions. Do not rely on this system
to replace driver judgment and the
need to maintain distance and speed.
Brake Support: The brake support system
assists the driver in reducing the collision
speed by lightly applying the brakes. If the
risk of collision further increases after the
warning light illuminates, the brake support
prepares the brake system for rapid
braking. This may be apparent to the driver.
The system does not automatically
activate the brakes, but if you press the
brake pedal, the system may apply full
force, even if the brake pedal is lightly
pressed.
Note: The Pre-Collision Assist warning
indicator may flash for a short period of time
when you start your vehicle.
Using the System
The Pre-Collision Assist system is active
at speeds above approximately 5 km/h
and pedestrian detection is active at
speeds up to 80 km/h.
Active Braking: Active braking may apply
if the system determines that a collision is
imminent. The system may help the driver
reduce impact damage or avoid the crash
completely.
E156130
176
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Note: If you perceive Pre-Collision Assist
alerts as being too frequent or disturbing,
then you can reduce the alert sensitivity,
though the manufacturer recommends
using the highest sensitivity setting where
possible. Setting lower sensitivity would
lead to fewer and later system warnings.
Distance Indication
Distance indication is a function that
provides a graphical indication of the time
gap to other vehicles traveling in the same
direction.
Distance Alert
If the distance to the lead vehicle is small,
the red warning light illuminates in the
windshield.
Note: The red light bar is smaller and does
not flash when Distance Alert is active.
E190004
Note: Distance Alert and Distance
Indication deactivates when adaptive cruise
control is active. The distance indication
graphics do not display in the information
display unless adaptive cruise control is OFF.
E184570
Speed
Sensitivity
Graphics
Distance Gap
Time Gap
100 km/h
Normal
Grey
up to 25 metres
up to 0.9
seconds
100 km/h
Normal
Yellow
between 17
metres and 25
metres
between 0.6
seconds and
0.9 seconds
100 km/h
Normal
Red
up to 17 metres
under 0.6
seconds
You can switch the distance alert and
indication function off using the
information display controls. See General
Information (page 70).
Adjusting Pre-Collision Assist Settings
You can adjust the Alert and Distance Alert
sensitivity to one of three possible settings
by using the information display control.
See General Information (page 70).
177
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
If required, you can switch active braking
off using the information display controls.
See General Information (page 70).
If a message regarding a blocked sensor
or camera appears in the information
display, the radar signals or camera images
are obstructed. The radar sensor is located
behind a fascia cover near the driver side
of the lower grille. With an obstructed
radar, the Pre-Collision Assist system does
not function and cannot detect a vehicle
ahead. With the front camera obstructed,
the Pre-Collision Assist system does not
respond to pedestrians or stationary
vehicles and the system performance on
moving vehicles reduces. The following
table lists possible causes and actions for
when this message displays.
Note: Active braking automatically turns
on every time you switch the ignition on.
Blocked Sensors
E207678
Cause
Action
Clean the grille surface in front of the radar
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty
or remove the object causing the obstrucor obstructed in some way.
tion.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean
but the message remains in the display.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
The Pre-Collision Assist system is temporHeavy rain, spray, snow, or fog is interfering arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist should
with the radar signals.
automatically reactivate a short time after
the weather conditions improve.
The Pre-Collision Assist system is temporSwirling water, or snow or ice on the surface
arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist should
of the road may interfere with the radar
automatically reactivate a short time after
signals.
the weather conditions improve.
178
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Aids
Cause
Action
Radar is out of alignment due to a front end
impact.
Contact an authorized dealer to have the
radar checked for proper coverage and
operation.
The windshield in front of the camera is
dirty or obstructed in some way.
Clean the outside of the windshield in front
of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is
clean but the message remains in the
display.
Wait a short time. It may take several
minutes for the camera to detect that there
is no obstruction.
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the radar sensing
zone may change. This could cause missed
or false vehicle detections. Contact an
authorized dealer to have the radar checked
for proper coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat
at the camera or a potential misalignment
condition, a message may display in the
information display indicating temporary
sensor unavailability. This message
deactivates automatically when operational
conditions are corrected (for example, when
the ambient temperature around the sensor
decreases or the sensor automatically
recalibrates successfully).
179
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Load Carrying
GENERAL INFORMATION
WARNINGS
Use load securing straps to an
approved standard, e.g. DIN.
Make sure that you secure all loose
items properly.
Place luggage and other loads as low
and as far forward as possible within
the luggage or loadspace.
Do not exceed the maximum front
and rear axle loads for your vehicle.
Do not exceed the maximum gross
vehicle weight.
Do not place solid objects outside
the loadspace area for example
timber and sheet material.
E112571
Pull out the cover until it locks.
Note: The center of the payload should be
located within the wheelbase of the vehicle.
Note: Avoid one sided load distribution.
Note: Uneven load distribution could result
in unacceptable handling and braking
characteristics.
LUGGAGE COVERS
WARNING
Do not place objects on the luggage
cover.
E112572
Release it from the retaining points by
pressing below the handle. Roll it slowly
back into the case.
180
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Load Carrying
ROOF RACKS AND LOAD
CARRIERS
Cross Bars
WARNING
When loading the roof rail crossbars,
it is recommended to evenly
distribute the load, as well as
maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded
vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may
handle differently than unloaded vehicles.
Extra precautions, such as slower speeds
and increased stopping distance, should
be taken when driving a heavily loaded
vehicle.
E112588
To remove or install the cover, push either
end of the case inward.
The maximum recommended load, evenly
distributed on the crossbars, is:
• 20 kilograms.
Stowing the luggage cover - Estate
without full size spare wheel
Note: Loads should never be placed directly
on the roof panel. The roof panel is not
designed to directly carry a load.
For proper function of the roof rack system,
loads must be placed directly on crossbars
affixed to the roof rack side rails. Your
vehicle may be equipped with
factory-installed crossbars. Ford Genuine
Accessory crossbars, designed specifically
for your vehicle, are also recommended for
use with your roof rack system.
Make sure that the load is securely
fastened. Check the tightness of the load
before driving and at each fuel stop.
Adjusting the Crossbar (If Equipped)
Note: Wind noise can be minimized by
either removing or repositioning the crossbar
when not is use. Position the front crossbar
in the intermediate position to minimize
wind noise. The crossbar can be adjusted
or removed using the steps below.
E134798
Stow the luggage cover beneath the
luggage compartment floor.
181
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Load Carrying
2. Remove the crossbar by rotating it
clockwise and sliding the ends off of
the shoulder bolts in the side rails.
3. Move the front crossbar to the new side
rail position and slide the crossbar onto
the shoulder bolt at that position.
4. Replace and tighten the thumbwheels
at both sides of the crossbar by turning
them clockwise until tight.
Make sure to check that the thumbwheels
are tight each time load is added or
removed from the roof rack, and
periodically while traveling. Make sure that
the load is secure before traveling.
E142448
1.
Remove the crossbar thumbwheels at
both sides of the crossbar by turning
them counterclockwise.
Load Carrying - Roof Loads
Load Carrying - Roof Loads
Drive Type
17" Wheel
18"Wheel
20"Wheel
With Moonroof
(all wheel sizes)
Four Wheel
Drive
100 Kg
100 Kg
100 Kg
80 Kg
Rear Wheel
Drive
100 Kg
100 Kg
60 Kg
30 Kg
LOAD RETAINING FIXTURES
WARNING
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible load of 60 kg on two
load retaining fixtures and 30 kg on
one.
Check the security of the load retaining
fixtures and tighten the fittings as follows:
•
•
•
Before starting.
After driving 50 km.
At 1,000 km intervals.
182
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Load Carrying
Installing the Load Retaining
Fixtures
3
3
2
1
A
E190761
1. Turn the box over 180 degrees.
2. Position the load bracket.
3. Secure the load bracket with four
screws.
B
E190760
A
16 mm.
B
6 Nm.
Installing the Load Bracket
WARNINGS
Install the load bracket with the
longest section toward the rear of
the vehicle. If you install it the wrong
way, it may not hold the box in place in the
event of an accident.
E76379
4. Slide the captured bolts onto the load
retaining fixture.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible load of 20 kg.
183
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Load Carrying
A
E190762
5. Secure the load bracket with the two
wing nuts.
Note: Do not exceed the maximum load
weight A 20 kg
6. Remove in the reverse order.
184
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
•
TOWING A TRAILER
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
•
Reduce the stipulated maximum
permitted gross train weight by 10%
for every additional 1,000 m in high
altitude regions above 1,000 m.
Use a low gear when descending a
steep downhill gradient.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible gross train weight stated.
See Recommended Towing
Weights (page 186).
The stability of your vehicle to trailer
combination is very much dependent on
the quality of the trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible nose weight, e.g. vertical
weight on the tow ball. See
Recommended Towing Weights (page
186).
Trailer Tow Module
WARNINGS
Do not connect the trailer patch
harness to the vehicle when the
trailer is not connected.
Do not exceed the maximum
permissible axle load stated on your
vehicle identification plate.
Make sure that the indicator and
brake lamps do not flicker with
engine running while using a trailer
with low power LED lamps.
The anti-lock braking system does
not control the overrun brake on the
trailer.
Vehicles with factory fitted tow bar include
a trailer plug control module for trailer
lighting. Along with trailer plug
functionality, it also protects the vehicle’s
primary electrical circuits and some trailer
electrical failures.
Note: Vehicles equipped with electronic
stability program (ESP) have trailer stability
control included.
When towing a trailer:
•
•
•
Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
Do not exceed 100 km/h even if a
country allows higher speeds under
certain conditions.
Place loads as low as possible and
central to the axle of your trailer. For
best stability of the trailer in an unladen
vehicle, place the load in the trailer
towards the nose within the maximum
nose load as this gives the best
stability. See Recommended Towing
Weights (page 186).
You can purchase a trailer tow kit from an
authorized dealer for the vehicles without
factory fitted tow bar. This enables the tow
bar installation.
The kit includes:
•
•
•
Trailer plug
Wiring and hardware components
Trailer plug control module
Note: Have the trailer tow electrical kit
configured by an authorized dealer.
Connect a trailer patch harness between
the trailer and the vehicle to overcome
flickering and correct operation of the rear
parking aid.
Note: The trailer patch harness is available
with the Ford authorized dealer.
185
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
Trailer sway control is an enhanced feature
of stability control system and
automatically detects when an attached
trailer starts to sway. This feature applies
your vehicle brakes at individual wheels
and if necessary, reduces engine power. If
the trailer begins to sway, slow your vehicle
down, pull safely to the side of the road
and check for correct load distribution.
See Towing a Trailer (page 185).
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
Note: The system automatically turns on
every time you switch the ignition on.
Note: Switching off the stability control will
turn off the system.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: Shift to 4L will deactivate trailer sway
control.
Note: Switching on the electronic locking
differential will turn off the system.
Note: To switch off the trailer sway control
as required, See Stability Control (page
145).
RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
Towing capacities
Variant
Drive
2.2L Diesel
4X2
3.2L Diesel
Transmission
With Trailer Brake
Max. Gross Train
Weight
*
Manual
3,000 kg
5,700 kg
4X2
*
Auto
3,000 kg
5,700 kg
4x4
Manual
3,000 kg
5,800 kg
4x4
Auto
3,000 kg
5,900 kg
*
Vehicles with increased ride height
Trailer Nose Weight
WARNING
Do not exceed the maximum permissible nose weight, e.g. vertical weight on the
tow ball. This is important for vehicle and trailer stability.
186
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
Drive
Minimum Nose Weight
Maximum Nose Weight
4x2
10% of the towed weight
300 kg
300 kg
*
4x2 and 4x4
*
Vehicles with increased ride height
187
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
Weight-distributing Hitches
ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS
WARNING
Follow these guidelines for safe towing:
• Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1000 miles (1600
kilometers).
• Consult your local motor vehicle laws
for towing a trailer.
• See the instructions included with
towing accessories for the proper
installation and adjustment
specifications.
• Service your vehicle more frequently if
you tow a trailer. See your scheduled
maintenance information.
• If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives
you.
Do not adjust a weight-distributing
hitch to any position where the rear
bumper of the vehicle is higher than
it was before attaching the trailer. Doing
so will defeat the function of the
weight-distributing hitch, which may cause
unpredictable handling, and could result
in serious personal injury.
When hooking-up a trailer using a
weight-distributing hitch, always use the
following procedure:
1.
2.
You can find information on load
specification terms found on the tire label
and Safety Compliance label as well as
instructions on calculating your vehicle's
load in the Load Carrying chapter. See
Recommended Towing Weights (page
186).
3.
4.
Remember to account for the trailer
tongue weight as part of your vehicle load
when calculating the total vehicle weight.
5.
Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto
the bumper or attaches to the axle.
6.
Distribute the trailer load so 10-15% of the
total trailer weight is on the tongue.
Park the loaded vehicle, without the
trailer, on a level surface.
Measure the height to the top of your
vehicle's front wheel opening on the
fender. This is H1.
Attach the loaded trailer to your vehicle
without the weight-distributing bars
connected.
Measure the height to the top of your
vehicle's front wheel opening on the
fender a second time. This is H2.
Install and adjust the tension in the
weight-distributing bars so that the
height of your vehicle's front wheel
opening on the fender is approximately
half the way down from H2, toward H1.
Check that the trailer is level or slightly
nose down toward your vehicle. If not,
adjust the ball height accordingly and
repeat Steps 2-6.
When the trailer is level or slightly nose
down toward the vehicle:
• Lock the bar tension adjuster in place.
• Check that the trailer tongue securely
attaches and locks onto the hitch.
• Install safety chains, lighting, and trailer
brake controls as required by law or the
trailer manufacturer.
188
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
Safety Chains
Trailer Lamps
Note: Never attach safety chains to the
bumper.
WARNING
Never connect any trailer lamp wiring
to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this
may damage the electrical system
resulting in fire. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.
Always connect the safety chains to the
hook retainers of your vehicle hitch.
To connect the trailer’s safety chains, cross
them under the trailer tongue and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Trailer lamps are required on most towed
vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake
lights, turn signals and hazard lights are
working.
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic
brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle
may not have enough braking power and
your chances of having a collision greatly
increase.
Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping and backing up
to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer
combination before starting on a trip.
When turning, make wider turns so the
trailer wheels clear curbs and other
obstacles.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you
install them properly and adjust them to
the manufacturer's specifications. The
trailer brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
When Towing a Trailer
Note: Only use the trailer hitch anti-rattle
bolt when NOT towing a trailer.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined
weight rating.
•
Separate functioning brake systems
are required for safe control of towed
vehicles and trailers weighing more
than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms)
when loaded.
•
•
•
189
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113
km/h) during the first 500 miles (800
kilometers).
Do not make full-throttle starts.
Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly
after you have traveled 50 miles (80
kilometers).
When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
gearshift in position P to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
Towing
•
•
•
•
•
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to
rise above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher
than 6 inches (15 centimeters) above
the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed
control may turn off automatically
when you are towing on long, steep
grades.
Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not apply the
brakes continuously, as they may
overheat and become less effective.
If your transmission is equipped with a
Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use
this feature when towing. This provides
engine braking and helps eliminate
excessive transmission shifting for
optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
Allow more distance for stopping with
a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
brake gradually.
Avoid parking on a grade. However, if
you must park on a grade:
Exceeding these limits may allow water to
enter vehicle components:
• Causing internal damage to the
components.
• Affecting driveability, emissions, and
reliability.
Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime
the rear axle has been submerged in water.
Water may have contaminated the rear
axle lubricant, which is not normally
checked or changed unless a leak is
suspected or other axle repair is required.
1.
Turn the steering wheel to point your
vehicle tires away from traffic flow.
2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
3. Place the automatic transmission in
position P.
4. Place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not
included with vehicle.)
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or
Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the water.
190
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
TOWING POINTS
WARNINGS
The brake and steering assistance
will not operate unless the engine is
running. Press the brake pedal harder
and allow for increased stopping distances
and heavier steering.
Too much tension in the tow rope
could cause damage to your vehicle
or the vehicle that is towing.
Do not use a rigid tow bar on the
front towing eye.
A
2WD: When towing your vehicle you
must select neutral.
B
4WD: Do not tow the vehicle with all
wheels on the ground while in 4WD
mode. Tow your vehicle with all
wheels off the ground or all wheels on the
ground while the vehicle is in 2WD mode
in an event of a breakdown or mechanical
failure of the transmission.
E203454
A
Front towing eye
B
Rear towing eye
Drive off slowly and smoothly without
jerking the vehicle you are towing.
*
* Remove the cover to access the towing
eye.
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission
Use a suitable tool, for example a flat
head screw driver, to carefully remove
the cover from the bumper.
WARNINGS
If a speed of 20 km/h and a distance
of 20 km is to be exceeded the drive
wheels must be lifted clear of the
ground.
TOWING THE VEHICLE ON
FOUR WHEELS
It is recommended not to tow with
the drive wheels on the ground.
However, if it is required to move your
vehicle from a dangerous location, do not
tow your vehicle faster than 20 km/h or
further than 20 km.
All Vehicles
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition on when towing
the vehicle.
Do not tow your vehicle backward.
In the event of a mechanical failure
of the transmission the drive wheels
must be lifted clear of the ground.
191
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Towing
WARNINGS
Do not tow your vehicle if the
ambient temperature is below 0°C.
192
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Hints
REDUCED ENGINE
PERFORMANCE
BREAKING-IN
Tires
WARNING
WARNING
Continued operation of an
overheating engine will increase the
temperature further, and cause the
engine to shut down completely.
New tires need to be run-in for
approximately 300 miles (500
kilometers). During this time, you
may experience different driving
characteristics.
Drive the overheating engine only for a brief
amount of time to prevent permanent
damage. The engine will continue to
operate with limited power. The distance
you can travel depends on ambient
temperature, vehicle load, and terrain.
Brakes and Clutch
WARNING
Avoid heavy use of the brakes and
clutch if possible for the first 100
miles (150 kilometers) in town and
for the first 1000 miles (1500 kilometers)
on freeways.
If the needle in the engine coolant
temperature gauge moves to the upper
limit position, the engine is overheating.
See Gauges (page 62).
If the engine temperature continues to rise,
the fuel supply to the engine will reduce.
The air conditioning will also turn off and
the engine cooling fan will operate.
Engine
WARNING
Avoid driving too fast during the first
1000 miles (1500 kilometers). Vary
your speed frequently and change
up through the gears early. Do not labor
the engine.
When this happens, immediately:
•
•
•
•
Vehicles With a Diesel Engine
During the first 2000 miles (3000
kilometers), you may notice a ticking sound
when your vehicle slows down. This is due
to adjustments of your new diesel engine
and is normal.
•
Stop your vehicle as soon as possible.
Turn off the engine to prevent severe
engine damage.
Wait for the engine to cool down.
Check the coolant level. See Engine
Coolant Check (page 231).
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized dealer.
OFF-ROAD DRIVING
WARNING
Off-roading can be extremely
dangerous and carries inherent risks
that may not be preventable even
with the best precautions. Ford strongly
recommends driving within your ability and
taking every safety precaution.
193
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driving Hints
In addition to providing an excellent
on-road driving experience, your vehicle
also excels at all types of off-road driving.
The vehicle has been designed and
equipped to allow you to explore those
places where the road doesn’t take you,
whether it’s a forest trail or the open
desert. Before going off-roading, consult
with your local governmental agencies to
determine designated off-road trails and
recreation areas. Also, be sure to
understand any off-road vehicle
registration requirements for the area in
which you plan on driving.
C
D
B
A
Before taking your vehicle off-roading, a
basic vehicle inspection should be done to
make sure that the vehicle is in top working
condition.
E206127
It is always recommended that at least
two vehicles are used while off-roading.
Using two vehicles in "buddy" system helps
make sure that help is close at hand should
a vehicle become stuck or damaged. It is
also wise to take supplies such as a first
aid kit, a supply of water, a tow strap and
a cell or satellite phone with you any time
an off-road excursion is planned.
Terrain Management System
(TMS)
Your vehicle is equipped with a Terrain
Management System that allows the driver
to enhance the off-road performance of
the vehicle, by selecting the mode best
suited to the terrain and driving conditions.
Each mode changes a number of the
vehicle parameters within the engine,
transmission, traction control and
Four-wheel drive systems.
194
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A
Normal mode - This mode is
for on-road conditions and
should be used on surfaces
which are similar to hard road
surfaces, or once the need for
any of the off-road modes has
passed.
B
Mud/Snow – This mode
should be used where a firm
surface is covered with loose or
slippery material. This includes
gravel, shallow mud, wet grass
or snow covered road.
C
Sand - This mode should be
used for crossing deep sand or
deep sticky mud.
D
Rock - This mode gives low
speed controllability for
crawling over rocks. Low range
must be selected before this
mode is activated. See Using
Four-Wheel Drive (page 135).
Driving Hints
Basic Off-road Driving Techniques
High and Low Range Usage
Normal
Mud/
Snow
Sand
Rock
High
Range
(H)
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Low
Range
(L)
Yes
-
-
Yes
•
•
Note: If an entry condition for any mode is
not met, the information display screen will
display the appropriate messages to guide
the driver through the proper operating
procedures.
•
Note: Operating the vehicle in any of the
off-road modes does not guarantee that
the vehicle will not become stuck in sand,
snow or mud or other debris. It is the driver’s
responsibility to assess off-road situations
and determine if the terrain is passable.
Off-Road Driving Aids
•
•
ELD (electronic locking differential)
See Electronic Locking Differential
(page 133).
Note: The locking and unlocking speeds
may be different in different TMS modes.
•
HDC (hill descent control)
•
Off-road Screen
The real-time status of your vehicles
off-road systems can be continuously
monitored using the first off-road screen
found in the information displays screen.
For more information, See General
Information (page 70).
•
195
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Grip the steering wheel with your
thumbs on the outside of the rim. This
will reduce the risk of injury due to
abrupt steering wheel motions that
occur when negotiating rough terrain.
Do not grip the steering wheel with your
thumbs inside the rim.
Throttle, brake and steering inputs
should be made in a smooth and
controlled manner. Sudden inputs to
the controls can cause loss of traction
or upset the vehicle, especially while
on sloped terrain or while crossing
obstacles such as rocks or logs.
Look ahead on your route noting
upcoming obstacles, surface texture
or color changes or any other factors
which may indicate a change in
available traction, and adjust the
vehicle speed and route accordingly.
During pre-run, mark obstacles with
GPS markers to make sure appropriate
speeds are used to avoid potential
vehicle damage.
When driving off-road, if the front or
rear suspension is bottoming-out
and/or excessive contact with the
skid-plates is encountered, reduce
vehicle speed to avoid potential
damage to the vehicle.
When running with other vehicles, it is
recommended that communication is
used and the lead vehicle notify other
vehicles of obstacles that could cause
potential vehicle damage.
Always keep available ground
clearance in mind and pick a route that
minimizes the risk of catching the
underside of the vehicle on an obstacle.
Driving Hints
•
•
•
•
Driving in Mud
When negotiating low speed obstacles,
applying light brake pressure in
conjunction with the throttle will help
prevent the vehicle from jerking and
will allow you to negotiate the obstacle
in a more controlled manner. Using 4L
will also help with this.
Use and equip your vehicle with
supplemental safety equipment as
discussed later in this chapter.
Please consult your local off-road
group for other helpful tips.
Off-roading requires a high degree of
concentration. Even if your local law
does not prohibit alcohol use while
driving off-road, Ford strongly
recommends against drinking if you
plan to off-road.
•
•
•
•
•
Operating a Performance Vehicle
at Higher than Normal Speeds
•
Your vehicle is capable of operating at
higher than normal off-road speeds and is
equipped with tires rated for your vehicle's
maximum speed. However, it is important
to remember to always drive safely, obey
all traffic laws and only operate your
vehicle at higher than normal speeds at
locations and under conditions where such
operation can be done safely.
Driving in Sand
WARNING
Before operating your vehicle at higher
than normal speeds:
• Make sure your tires are at the correct
tire pressure. See Technical
Specifications (page 260).
• Inspect wheels and tires for wear and
damage. Replace any damaged wheels
or tires.
• Never operate the vehicle at higher
than normal speeds when loaded with
passengers/cargo.
Tires must be returned to normal
recommended tire pressures before
driving on pavement or hard
surfaces. Failure to properly maintain your
tire pressure could increase the risk of tire
failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and
personal injury.
Soft sand and dunes present a very unique
driving challenge. Before going on such a
drive, some research is advised regarding
proven techniques and pitfalls inherent in
driving in deep sand.
196
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Deep mud should be approached with
caution especially if you are driving in
an unfamiliar area.
If possible, test the depth of a mud hole
before entering with the vehicle.
Keep in mind that obstacles and deep
ruts may be hidden beneath the
surface of the mud.
Proceed in a steady, controlled manner
through deep mud while maintaining
momentum.
If momentum is lost and you feel the
vehicle becoming stuck, turning the
steering wheel back and forth (sawing
the wheel) a quarter turn in each
direction may give the vehicle the
traction needed to clear the muddy
area.
In higher speed areas with shallow
mud, directional control will be reduced
in the muddy area much like on snow
or ice. When approaching such an area,
be sure to slow to a speed which
allows you to maneuver as required by
the conditions.
Driving Hints
Some general points to consider:
• It is very difficult and in many cases
impossible to navigate deep sand with
tire pressures which are appropriate for
on-road driving. If you decide to air
down your tires, be advised that the tire
pressure monitoring light will
illuminate. The tires must be returned
to normal recommended tire pressures
before driving on pavement or hard
surfaces.
• Lower tire pressures are more likely to
cause a debeading of the tire during
cornering. Avoid sharp or abrupt turns
when you have extremely low tire
pressures.
• To help prevent becoming stuck in
deep sand, avoid spinning the tires or
making abrupt maneuvers. Proceed in
a controlled manner while maintaining
vehicle momentum.
• Avoid stopping or parking on inclines
as this makes it more difficult to
resume driving while in sand.
Crossing Obstacles
Driving in Deep Snow
Extreme care should be used when
steering the vehicle in reverse down
a slope so as not to cause the vehicle
to swerve out of control.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Hill Climbing
WARNING
Maintain vehicle momentum.
Apply the throttle very gently to avoid
spinning the tires. Spinning the tires will
potentially dig the vehicle deeper into
the snow.
Drive in a controlled manner, avoiding
aggressive steering wheel movements,
and keep braking to a minimum.
Extremely deep snow may cause the
undercarriage of the vehicle become
to become stuck. Test the depth of the
snow before trying to drive through or
over it.
•
•
•
197
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Review the path ahead before
attempting to cross any obstacle. It is
best if the obstacle is reviewed from
outside the vehicle so that there is a
good understanding of terrain condition
both in, front of, and behind the
obstacle.
Approach obstacles slowly and slowly
inch the vehicle over.
If a large obstacle such as a rock
cannot be avoided, choose a path that
places the rock directly under the tire
rather than the undercarriage of the
vehicle. This will help prevent damage
to the vehicle.
Ditches and washouts should be
crossed at a 45 degree angle, allowing
each wheel to independently cross the
obstacle.
Always attempt to climb a steep hill
along the fall line of the slope and not
diagonally.
If the vehicle is unable to make it up
the hill, DO NOT attempt to turn back
down the slope. Place the vehicle in
low range and slowly back down in
reverse.
When descending a steep slope, select
low gear and engage hill descent
control. Use the throttle and brake
pedals to control your descent speed
as described earlier in this section using
hill descent control. Note that hill
descent control is functional in reverse
and should be used in this situation.
Driving Hints
Water Wading
COLD WEATHER
PRECAUTIONS
See Driving Through Water (page 198).
After Off-Road Driving
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected
at temperatures below -25°C.
It is important to complete a full vehicle
inspection after off-road driving. Some
items to check include:
• Make sure that tires are inflated to
proper tire pressure as indicated on the
tire placard.
• Check the wheels and undercarriage
for built up mud or debris which can
cause vehicle vibration.
• Make sure that the grille and radiator
are clear of any obstructions that may
affect cooling.
• Make sure that the brakes are in proper
working order and are free of any mud,
stones and debris, which can become
trapped around the brake rotor,
backing plate and caliper.
• Check that the air filter is clean and dry.
• Inspect for torn or punctured boots on
ball joints, half shafts and steering
gears.
• Inspect the exhaust system for damage
or looseness.
• Inspect the undercarriage fasteners. If
any are loose or damaged, tighten or
replace ensuring that the proper torque
specification is used.
• Inspect the tires for any cuts in the
tread or sidewall area. Also inspect the
sidewall for any bulge indicating
damage to the tire.
• Inspect the wheels for dents, cracks,
or other damage.
DRIVING THROUGH WATER
WARNINGS
Drive through water in an emergency
only and not as part of normal
driving.
Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
In an emergency, you can drive your vehicle
through water to a maximum depth as
shown and at a maximum speed of 7 km/h.
You must take extra care when driving
through flowing water.
Y
E137139
Y
When driving in water, maintain a low
speed and do not stop your vehicle. After
driving through water and as soon as it is
safe to do so:
198
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
800mm (31.5 inches)
Driving Hints
•
•
•
•
Depress the brake pedal lightly to
check that the brakes are functioning
correctly.
Check that the horn works.
Check that your vehicle's lamps are
fully operational.
Check the power assistance of the
steering system.
WARNINGS
Never place floor mats or any other
covering on top of already installed
floor mats. Floor mats should always
rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and
not another floor mat or other covering.
Additional floor mats or any other covering
will reduce the pedal clearance and
potentially interfere with pedal operation.
Check attachment of floor mats on
a regular basis. Always properly
reinstall and secure floor mats that
have been removed for cleaning or
replacement.
FLOOR MATS
WARNINGS
Always use floor mats that are
designed to fit the foot well of your
vehicle. Only use floor mats that
leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only
use floor mats that are firmly secured to
retention posts so that they cannot slip out
of position and interfere with the pedals
or impair safe operation of your vehicle in
other ways.
Always make sure that objects
cannot fall into the driver foot well
while the vehicle is moving. Objects
that are loose can become trapped under
the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
Failure to properly follow floor mat
installation or attachment
instructions can potentially cause
interference with pedal operation causing
a loss of vehicle control.
Pedals that cannot move freely can
cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal
injury.
Always make sure that the floor
mats are properly attached to the
retention posts in the carpet that are
supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must
be properly secured to both retention posts
to make sure mats do not shift out of
position.
Never place floor mats or any other
covering in the vehicle foot well that
cannot be properly secured to
prevent them from moving and interfering
with the pedals or the ability to control the
vehicle.
E142666
To install floor mats, position the floor mat
so that the eyelet is over the retention post
and press down to lock in.
To remove the floor mat, reverse the
installation procedure.
199
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Roadside Emergencies
To Connect the Booster Cables
HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS
E71943
The hazard warning button is
located on the instrument panel.
Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety
hazard for other motorists.
A
Press the button to turn on the hazard
warning function, and the front and rear
direction indicators will flash.
Press the button again to turn them off.
Note: If used when the engine is not
running, the battery will lose charge. There
may be insufficient power to restart your
engine.
C
D
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, the hazard
warning flashers may flash if you brake
heavily.
B
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
WARNINGS
Do not use fuel lines, engine rocker
covers or the intake manifold as
grounding points.
E102925
Connect batteries with only the same
nominal voltage.
Always use booster cables with
insulated clamps and adequate size
cable.
Flat battery vehicle
B
Booster battery vehicle
C
Positive connection cable
D
Negative connection cable
WARNING
Never jump start the vehicle at the
auxiliary battery (if equipped).
Do not let the vehicles come into
contact when using booster cables.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery from
your vehicle’s electrical system.
1.
Position the vehicles in a suitable
arrangement to connect the booster
cables.
2. Switch off the engine and any electrical
equipment.
200
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A
Roadside Emergencies
3. Connect the positive (+) terminal of
vehicle B with the positive (+) terminal
of vehicle A (cable C).
Disconnect the cables in the reverse order.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
The system flashes the direction indicators
and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the
event of a serious impact that deploys an
airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety
Canopy) or the seatbelt pretensioners.
The horn and indicators will turn off when:
• You press the hazard control button.
• You press the panic button on the
remote entry transmitter (if equipped).
• Your vehicle runs out of power.
Note: The horn will not sound after a
serious impact if the emergency assistance
is triggered by SYNC.
E205764
4. Connect the negative (-) terminal of
vehicle B to the ground connection of
vehicle A (cable D).
WARNINGS
Do not connect directly to the
negative (–) terminal of the flat
battery.
Make sure that the cables are clear
of any moving parts and fuel delivery
system parts.
To Start the Engine
1.
Run the engine of vehicle B at a
moderately high speed.
2. Start the engine of vehicle A.
3. Run both vehicles for a minimum of
three minutes before disconnecting the
cables.
WARNING
Do not switch the headlamps on
when disconnecting the cables. The
peak voltage could blow the bulbs.
201
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Roadside Emergencies
Towing an four-wheel drive vehicle
requires that all wheels be off the ground,
such as using a wheel lift and dollies or
flatbed equipment. This prevents damage
to the transmission, four-wheel drive
system and vehicle.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to have your vehicle towed,
contact a professional towing service or,
if you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, your roadside
assistance service provider.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford
Motor Company has not approved a
slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle
damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or
by any other means.
Ford Motor Company produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck
operators. Have your tow truck operator
refer to this manual for proper hook-up
and towing procedures for your vehicle.
202
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Pre-Fuse Box
FUSE BOX LOCATIONS
Fuse Box Locations
A
E
E206156
A
Pre-fuse box.
B
Engine compartment fuse box
(Power Distribution Box - PDB).
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box located in
the engine compartment attached to the
positive battery post. This box contains
several high current fuses. If replacement
of these high current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
C
High current fuse box (below
the PDB).
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
(Power Distribution Box - PDB)
D
Passenger compartment fuse
1
box.
E
Passenger compartment fuse
2
box.
E206155
B
C
D
1
- Left Hand Drive.
2
- Right Hand Drive.
E206157
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high current fuses.
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
engine compartment fuse box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
203
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
The engine compartment fuse box has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads.
When you disconnect and reconnect the
battery, you will need to reset some
features. See Changing the 12V Battery
(page 234).
Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover
to remove it.
High Current Fuse Box
E206167
The fuse box is located behind the access
cover on the outboard side of the steering
column.
E206158
CHANGING A FUSE
Your vehicle has a pre-fuse box located in
the engine compartment below the engine
compartment fuse box. This box contains
several high current fuses. If replacement
of these high current fuses is required, see
an authorized dealer.
WARNINGS
Do not modify the electrical system
of your vehicle in any way. Have
repairs to the electrical system and
the replacement of relays and high current
fuses carried out by an authorized dealer.
Switch the ignition and all electrical
equipment off before attempting to
change a fuse.
Always replace a fuse with one that
has the specified amperage rating.
Using a fuse with a higher amperage
rating can cause severe wire damage and
could start a fire.
204
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
WARNINGS
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
engine compartment fuse box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
E142430
If electrical components in your vehicle are
not working, a fuse may have blown. Check
the appropriate fuses before replacing any
electrical components.
The engine compartment fuse box has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads. When you disconnect and
reconnect the battery, you will need to
reset some features. See Changing the
12V Battery (page 234). Lift the release
levers at the rear of the cover to remove it.
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
- 2.2L DURATORQ-TDCI
(118KW/160PS) - PUMA
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high-current fuses.
205
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E190797
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
-
Not used.
2
-
Starter motor solenoid relay.
3
15
4
-
Rear wiper, rain sensor.
1
Front blower motor relay.
5
20
Power point 3 (console rear).
6
-
Headlamp low beam relay (high intensity discharge)
(If fitted).
7
20
8
20
3
1
Powertrain control module.
1
Power train control module - volumetric control valve,
EGR cooler bypass, TMAF.
206
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
9
-
Powertrain control module relay.
10
20
Power point 1 / cigar lighter.
11
-
Not used.
3
12
15
Powertrain control module - fan drive, glow plug control
module.
13
-
Not used.
14
-
Powertrain control module - PCV Heater.
15
-
2
Run/start relay.
3
16
20
Power point 2 / cigar lighter .
17
20
3
Power point 4 - 3rd row power point .
18
10
1
Not used.
19
10
1
Electric power assisted steering.
20
10
1
Headlamp switch, headlamp levelling motor.
21
15
1
Transfer case control module - terrain management
switch.
22
10
1
Air conditioning compressor.
23
15
1
Parking aid rear view camera, blind spot monitoring
module, adaptive speed control radar and head up
display (if fitted).
24
-
Not used.
25
10
26
10
27
5
28
10
29
10
2
Anti-lock brake system.
2
Mirror adjust switch.
PTC Heater (if fitted).
1
1
Powertrain control module.
1
Rear window washer pump.
207
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
30
-
Not used.
31
-
Not used.
32
-
Not used.
33
-
Air conditioning clutch relay.
34
-
Not used.
35
15
36
-
1
Transmission control module.
Not used.
37
10
Heated exterior mirror.
38
-
Not used.
39
-
Not used.
40
-
Fuel pump relay.
41
-
Horn relay.
42
-
Seat third row power fold relay.
43
15
44
1
1
Not used.
25
1
Headlamp washer pump.
45
-
Not used.
46
10
47
10
48
2
Not used.
2
Brake pedal switch.
20
1
Horn.
49
-
Not used.
50
-
Not used.
51
-
Not used.
52
-
Not used.
53
-
Not used.
54
-
Not used.
208
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
55
-
Not used.
86
-
Rear blower motor relay.
1
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
M-type fuse.
2. Raise the rear side of the fuse box from
the cradle.
Power Distribution Box - Bottom
There are fuses located on the bottom of
the fuse box. To access the bottom of the
fuse box, do the following:
1
A
3
5
2
1
5
E206174
3. Move the fuse box toward the rear side
of the engine compartment and rotate
as shown in the graphics.
4. Pivot the rear side of the fuse box to
access the bottom side.
5. Release the two latches to open the
fuse cover.
E206171
A
1.
Towards the front side of the
vehicle.
Release the two latches, located on
both sides of the fuse box.
209
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E190798
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
Protected Components
56
30
Fuel pump control module.
57
-
Not used.
58
-
Not used.
3
59
-
Not used.
60
-
Not used.
61
-
Not used.
62
50
Body control module 1
(lighting).
63
-
Not used.
64
4
20
3
210
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Trailer auxilliary.
Fuses
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
65
20
66
-
3
Protected Components
Heated front seats.
Not used.
67
50
68
40
69
30
70
20
71
-
4
3
3
Body control module 2
(lighting).
Rear window defroster.
Antilock brake system
valves.
3
Passenger power seat.
3
Not used.
72
30
Third row power fold seat.
73
-
Not used.
3
74
20
Driver power seat.
75
25
3
Rear blower motor.
76
20
3
Left-hand low beam highintensity discharge headlamps (If fitted).
77
25
3
Four-wheel drive module.
78
25
3
Four-wheel drive module.
79
40
4
Blower motor.
80
20
3
Right-hand low beam highintensity discharge headlamps (If fitted)
81
40
3
Inverter.
82
60
4
Anti-lock brake system
pump.
83
25
3
Windshield wiper motor.
84
30
3
Starter motor solenoid.
211
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
1
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
85
30
87
40
Protected Components
3
Power lift gate module.
4
Trailer module.
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
M-type fuse.
4
LPJ-type fuse.
Battery Mounted Fuse Link
E206156
Fuse
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
225
Alternator.
2
125
Electronic power assist steering.
212
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
High Current Fuse Box
E206158
Fuse
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
60
Glow plug module.
2
125
Body control module.
3
50
Body control module.
4
-
5
100
Busbar through to power distribution box.
PTC heater (if fitted).
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located below and
outboard of the steering column behind
the access cover.
213
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E145984
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
Protected Components
1
10
2
7.5
3
20
4
5
5
20
6
10
2
Not used (spare).
7
10
2
Not used (spare).
8
10
2
Security horn.
9
10
2
Not used (spare).
10
5
11
5
1
Demand lamp / battery saver - overhead console,
automatic transmission gear shifter. glove box lamp,
sun visor, grab handle, Map lamps.
1
Not used (spare).
1
Driver door latch /fuel flap unlock relay. Door double/
aux lock relay.
Not used (spare).
1
1
Subwoofer amplifier.
2
Power liftgate module.
2
Interior motion sensor.
214
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
12
7.5
13
7.5
14
10
15
10
16
15
17
5
18
5
19
7.5
20
7.5
21
5
22
5
23
10
24
20
25
30
26
30
27
30
28
20
29
30
30
30
Protected Components
2
Electronic control panel, climate control module,
rear auxiliary module.
2
Instrument cluster, steering column control module,
smart data link connector.
2
Not used (spare).
2
Gateway module/smart data link connector, OBD II
(RHD).
1
Child lock.
2
Battery backed sounder.
2
Ignition switch.
2
Not used (spare).
2
Headlamp control module.
2
Humidity and in car temperature sensor.
2
Not used (spare).
1
Inverter, door lock switch, moon roof.
1
Central locking system.
1
Driver door control module (power window - one
touch up/down all doors)
Driver door power window switch memory (with one
touch up/down driver only)
1
Passenger door control module (power window)
(one touch up/down)
1
Moonroof.
1
Not used (spare).
1
Left rear door control module (power window) (one
touch up/down).
1
Right rear door control module (power window) (one
touch up/down).
215
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
Protected Components
31
15
32
10
33
20
34
30
35
5
36
15
1
Interior rear view mirror electrochromatic.
37
15
1
Not used (spare).
38
30
3
Power windows (without door control module) (one
touch up/down - driver only).
1
Not used (spare).
1
Radio transceiver module, SYNC, global positioning
system module, multi function display, door entry
remote.
1
Audio unit.
1
Run/start relay.
Restraints control module.
1
1
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
PTC fuse
WARNINGS
FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART
- 3.2L DURATORQ-TDCI
(148KW/200PS) - PUMA
To reduce risk of electrical shock,
always replace the cover to the
engine compartment fuse box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
Engine Compartment Fuse Box
The engine compartment fuse box has
high-current fuses that protect your
vehicle's main electrical systems from
overloads. When you disconnect and
reconnect the battery, you will need to
reset some features. See Changing the
12V Battery (page 234). Lift the release
levers at the rear of the cover to remove it.
WARNINGS
Always disconnect the battery before
servicing high-current fuses.
216
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E190797
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
-
Not used.
2
-
Starter motor solenoid relay.
3
15
4
-
Rear wiper, rain sensor.
1
Front blower motor relay.
5
20
Power point 3 (console rear).
6
-
Headlamp low beam relay (high intensity discharge).
7
20
8
9
3
1
Powertrain control module.
20
1
Power train control module - volumetric control valve,
EGR cooler bypass, TMAF.
-
Powertrain control module relay.
217
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
10
20
11
15
12
15
13
15
14
15
15
-
Protected Components
Power point 1 / cigar lighter.
3
2
2
Powertrain control module - NOX sensor (if fitted).
Powertrain control module - fan drive, glow plug control
module.
2
Not used.
2
Not used.
Run/start relay.
16
3
Power point 2 / cigar lighter .
20
17
20
3
Power point 4 - 3rd row power point .
18
10
1
Not used.
19
10
1
Electric power assisted steering.
20
10
1
Headlamp switch, headlamp levelling motor.
21
15
22
10
23
15
24
5
25
10
26
10
27
5
28
10
29
10
1
Transfer case control module - terrain management
switch.
Air conditioning compressor.
1
1
Parking aid rear view camera, blind spot monitoring
module, adaptive speed control radar and heads up
display (if fitted).
Exhaust emissions - rear dosing control module (if
fitted).
1
2
Anti-lock brake system.
2
Mirror adjust switch.
PTC Heater (if fitted).
1
1
Powertrain control module.
1
Rear window washer pump.
218
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
30
-
Not used.
31
-
Not used.
32
-
Not used.
33
-
Air conditioning clutch relay.
34
-
Not used.
35
15
36
-
1
Transmission control module.
Not used.
37
10
Heated exterior mirror.
38
-
Not used.
39
-
Not used.
40
-
Fuel pump relay.
41
-
Horn relay.
42
-
Seat third row power fold relay.
43
15
44
25
Headlamp washer pump.
45
-
Not used.
46
10
47
10
48
20
49
5
50
15
Exhaust emissions - rear dosing control module (if
fitted).
51
-
Not used.
52
-
Not used.
53
-
Not used.
1
1
Exhaust emissions - rear dosing control module (if
fitted).
1
2
Not used.
2
Brake pedal switch.
1
Horn.
Not used.
1
1
219
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse/Relay
Number
Fuse Amp
Rating
54
10
2
55
10
2
86
-
Protected Components
Exhaust emissions - rear dosing control module (if
fitted).
Exhaust emissions - rear dosing control module (if
fitted).
Rear blower motor relay.
1
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
M-type fuse.
2. Raise the rear side of the fuse box from
the cradle.
Power Distribution Box - Bottom
There are fuses located on the bottom of
the fuse box. To access the bottom of the
fuse box, do the following:
1
A
3
5
2
1
5
E206174
3. Move the fuse box toward the rear side
of the engine compartment and rotate
as shown in the graphics.
4. Pivot the rear side of the fuse box to
access the bottom side.
5. Release the two latches to open the
fuse cover.
E206171
A
1.
Towards the front side of the
vehicle.
Release the two latches, located on
both sides of the fuse box.
220
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E190798
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
Protected Components
56
30
Fuel pump control module.
57
-
Not used.
58
-
Not used.
3
59
-
Not used.
60
-
Not used.
61
-
Not used.
62
50
Body control module 1
(lighting).
63
-
Not used.
64
4
20
3
221
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Trailer auxilliary.
Fuses
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
65
20
66
-
3
Protected Components
Heated front seats.
Not used.
67
50
68
40
69
30
70
20
71
-
4
3
3
Body control module 2
(lighting).
Rear window defroster.
Antilock brake system
valves.
3
Passenger power seat.
3
Not used.
72
30
Third row power fold seat.
73
-
Not used.
3
74
20
Driver power seat.
75
25
3
Rear blower motor.
76
20
3
Left-hand low beam highintensity discharge headlamps (if fitted).
77
25
3
Four-wheel drive module.
78
25
3
Four-wheel drive module.
79
40
4
Blower motor.
80
20
3
Right-hand low beam highintensity discharge headlamps (if fitted).
81
40
3
Inverter.
82
60
4
Anti-lock brake system
pump.
83
25
3
Windshield wiper motor.
84
30
3
Starter motor solenoid.
222
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
1
Fuse/Relay Number
Fuse Amp Rating
85
30
87
40
Protected Components
3
Power lift gate module.
4
Trailer module.
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
M-type fuse.
4
LPJ-type fuse.
Battery Mounted Fuse Link
E206156
Fuse
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
225
Alternator.
2
125
Electronic power assist steering.
223
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
High Current Fuse Box
E206158
Fuse
Fuse Amp
Rating
Protected Components
1
60
Glow plug module.
2
125
Body control module.
3
50
Body control module.
4
-
5
100
Busbar through to power distribution box.
PTC Heater (if fitted).
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box
The fuse box is located below and
outboard of the steering column behind
the access cover.
224
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
E145984
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
1
10
2
7.5
3
20
4
5
5
20
6
10
7
10
8
10
9
10
10
5
11
5
Protected Components
1
Demand lamp / battery saver - overhead console,
automatic transmission gear shifter. glove box lamp,
sun visor, grab handle, Map lamps.
1
Not used (spare).
1
Driver door latch /fuel flap unlock relay. Door double/
aux lock relay.
Not used (spare).
1
1
Subwoofer amplifier.
2
Not used (spare).
2
Not used (spare).
2
Security horn.
2
Not used (spare).
2
Power liftgate module.
2
Interior motion sensor.
225
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
12
7.5
13
7.5
14
Protected Components
2
Electronic control panel, climate control module,
rear auxiliary module.
2
Instrument cluster, steering column control module,
smart data link connector.
10
2
Not used (spare).
15
10
2
Gateway module/smart data link connector - OBD
II (RHD).
16
15
1
Child lock.
17
5
18
5
19
7.5
20
7.5
21
5
22
5
23
10
24
20
25
30
26
30
27
30
28
20
29
30
30
30
2
Battery backed sounder.
2
Ignition switch.
2
Not used (spare).
2
Headlamp control module.
2
Humidity and in car temperature sensor.
2
Not used (spare).
1
Inverter, door lock switch, moon roof, driver door
window switch (one touch up/down all doors.
1
Central locking system.
1
Driver door control module (power window one
touch up/down all doors) Driver door power window
switch memory (with one touch up/down driver only)
1
Passenger door control module (power window one touch up/down).
1
Moonroof.
1
Not used (spare).
1
Left rear door control module (power window - one
touch up/down).
1
Right rear door control module (power window - one
touch up/down).
226
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Fuses
Fuse
Fuse Amp Rating
31
15
32
10
33
20
34
30
35
5
36
15
37
15
38
30
Protected Components
1
Not used (spare).
1
Radio transceiver module, SYNC, global positioning
system module, multi function display, door entry
remote.
1
Audio unit.
1
Run/start relay.
Restraints control module.
1
1
Interior rear view mirror electrochromatic.
1
Not used (spare).
3
Power windows (without door control module - with
one touch up/down driver only).
1
Micro fuse.
2
Dual micro fuse.
3
PTC fuse
227
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
GENERAL INFORMATION
•
Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale
value. There is a large network of Ford
authorized repairers that are there to help
you with their professional servicing
expertise. Authorized repairers are best
qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly, with a wide range of highly
specialized tools.
•
In addition to regular servicing, we
recommend that you carry out the
following checks.
•
•
Washer fluid level. See Washer Fluid
Check (page 233).
Tire pressures (when cold). See
Technical Specifications (page 260).
Tire condition. See Wheels and Tires
(page 246).
Note: Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
Monthly Checks
•
•
•
•
•
WARNINGS
Switch the ignition off before
touching or attempting adjustment
of any kind.
Do not touch the electronic ignition
system parts after you have switched
the ignition on or when the engine is
running. The system operates at high
voltage.
Engine coolant level (engine cold). See
Engine Coolant Check (page 231).
Pipes, hoses and reservoirs for leaks.
Air conditioning operation.
Parking brake operation.
Horn operation.
Tightness of lug nuts. See Technical
Specifications (page 260).
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Keep your hands and clothing clear
of the engine cooling fan. Under
certain conditions, the fan may
continue to run for several minutes after
you have switched the engine off.
Opening the Hood
Make sure that you fit filler caps
securely after carrying out
maintenance checks.
Daily Checks
•
•
•
Exterior lamps.
Interior lamps.
Warning lamps and indicators.
Check When Refueling
•
•
Engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check
(page 231).
Brake fluid level. See Brake and
Clutch Fluid Check (page 232).
1
E206129
228
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
1.
Pull the hood release lever. See At a
Glance (page 11).
4
2
E201861
3
5. The hood strut automatically supports
the hood.
E207690
2. Slightly lift the hood.
3. Move the catch to the left for vehicles
with left hand drive. Move the catch to
the right for vehicle with right hand
drive.
4. Open the hood.
Closing the Hood
1.
2. If necessary, apply a downward force
on the leading edge of the hood prior
to engage with the latch, to latch the
hood fully.
Note: Make sure that the hood is correctly
closed.
229
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Lower the hood and allow it to drop
under its own weight for the last
20–30 cm.
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
A
I
B
C
D
H
G
E
F
E200848
A
Engine coolant reservoir cap. See Engine Coolant Check (page 231).
B
Brake and clutch fluid reservoir cap. See Brake and Clutch Fluid Check (page
232).
C
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 231).
D
Fuel filter water drain. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 233).
E
Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 203).
F
Battery. See Maintenance (page 228).
G
Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 231).
H
Washer fluid reservoir cap. See Washer Fluid Check (page 233).
I
Air Cleaner.
230
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
Adding Oil
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK
A
WARNINGS
Only add oil when the engine is cold.
If the engine is hot, wait 10 minutes
for the engine to cool down. Failure
to take care may result in personal injury.
B
Do not remove the filler cap when
the engine is running. Failure to take
care may result in personal injury.
E71362
A
MIN
B
MAX
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add oil that meets Ford specifications.
3. Replace the filler cap. Turn it until you
feel a strong resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
ENGINE OIL CHECK
1.
Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Switch off the engine and wait 10
minutes for the oil to drain into the oil
pan.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with
a clean, lint free cloth. Replace the
dipstick and remove it again to check
the oil level.
Note: Soak up any spillage with an
absorbent cloth immediately.
ENGINE COOLANT CHECK
WARNINGS
Do not dispose of engine coolant in
the household refuse or the public
sewage system. Use an authorized
waste disposal facility.
If the oil level is at the minimum mark, add
oil immediately.
Do not put engine coolant in the
windshield washer fluid container. If
sprayed on the windshield, engine
coolant could make it difficult to see
through the windshield.
Note: Check the oil level before starting the
engine.
Note: Make sure that the oil level is
between the minimum and the maximum
marks.
Note: Do not use oil additives or other
engine treatments. Under certain conditions,
they may damage the engine.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3000 miles (5000 kilometers).
231
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
WARNINGS
Undiluted coolant is flammable and
may ignite if spilled on a hot exhaust.
Ford Motor Company does not recommend
the use of recycled engine coolant since a
Ford-approved recycling process is not yet
available.
Do not mix different colors or types of
coolant in your vehicle.
Note: Add a 50/50 mixture of antifreeze
and water or prediluted engine coolant that
meets the correct specification.
Note: Use fluids which meet the
specifications or requirements defined. Use
of other fluids may lead to damage which
is not covered by your vehicle's Warranty.
E206128
Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and MAX marks on the
coolant reservoir. If the coolant level is at
or below the minimum mark, add coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the
following:
1.
Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
will escape as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add engine coolant to the MAX mark,
do not overfill.
3. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
it clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: In case of emergency, you can add
water without engine coolant in order to
reach a vehicle service location.
Maintain coolant concentration within
48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze
point between -29°C and -34°C.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants or additives as they can
cause damage to the engine cooling or
heating systems.
Adding Engine Coolant
Note: Prolonged use of an incorrect dilution
of engine coolant can cause engine damage,
such as corrosion, overheating or freezing.
WARNINGS
Never remove the coolant reservoir
cap while the engine is running or hot.
BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID
CHECK
Only add coolant when the engine is
cold. If the engine is hot, wait 10
minutes for the engine to cool down.
WARNINGS
Use of any fluid other than the
recommended brake fluid may
reduce brake efficiency and not meet
Ford's performance standards.
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
232
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
WARNINGS
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your doctor.
If the level is at the MIN mark, top up
immediately. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 265).
Clean the filler cap before removing.
Use only fluid that meets Ford
specifications and from a sealed
container.
Note: Do not add fluid further than the MAX
mark.
Adding Power Steering Fluid
1. Remove the filler cap.
2. Add fluid that meets Ford
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 265).
3. Replace the filler cap.
Note: Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials may result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
WASHER FLUID CHECK
Note: The brake and the clutch systems are
supplied from the same reservoir.
Note: The reservoir supplies the front and
rear washer systems.
The fluid level will drop slowly as the
brakes wear, and will rise when the brake
components are replaced.
When adding fluid, use a mixture of washer
fluid and water to help prevent freezing in
cold weather and improve the cleaning
capability. We recommend that you use
only high quality washer fluid.
Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX
lines are within the normal operating range;
there is no need to add fluid.
If the fluid levels are outside of the normal
operating range, the performance of the
system could be compromised; seek
service from you authorized dealer
immediately.
For information on fluid dilution, refer to
the product instructions.
DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER
WATER TRAP
Top up with fluid that meets the Ford
specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 265).
WARNING
Do not dispose of diesel in household
refuse or the public sewage system.
Use your local authorised waste
disposal facilities.
POWER STEERING FLUID
CHECK
WARNING
Note: Only add fuel that meets the Ford
specification. See Fuel Quality (page 122).
Do not allow the fluid to touch your
skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the
affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
Note: The in-tank pump will turn off
automatically after approximately 40
seconds.
Note: Make sure that the fluid level is
between the MIN and the MAX marks.
233
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
Note: Where applicable you must
reprogram the audio system using the
keycode.
A
The battery is located in the engine
compartment. See Maintenance (page
228).
CHECKING THE WIPER
BLADES
E208053
A
Front of Vehicle
For item location: See Under Hood
Overview (page 230).
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Connect and secure a suitable hose on
the filter drain plug.
3. Route the other end of the hose to a
suitable container.
4. Loosen the drain plug by approximately
1.5 turns.
5. Switch the ignition on to activate the
in-tank pump.
6. Allow the water to drain.
7. Switch the ignition off.
8. Tighten the drain plug and remove the
hose.
9. Start the engine and check for leaks.
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
CHANGING THE WIPER
BLADES
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades
Note: The windshield wiper blades are
different in length. If you install wiper blades
of the wrong length, the wiper blades can
clash damaging the wiper system.
Note: The water-in-fuel indicator lamp will
go out after approximately 2 seconds, with
the engine running.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
WARNING
For vehicles with start-stop the
battery requirement is different. You
must replace the battery with one of
exactly the same specification.
234
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
1.
Move the wiper arms to the service
position manually.
E170913
1.
Move the wiper arms to the service
position manually.
2
E206062
2. Tightly hold the blade assembly at the
top and rotate it anti-clockwise till the
blade assembly disengages from the
wiper arm.
1
E72899
2. Press and hold the locking button.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. Install in the reverse order.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade
E206063
3. Align the new blade assembly with the
wiper arm groove and clip them
together.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
E175222
235
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs
Note: When the rear wiper blade requires
replacement, the whole blade assembly has
to be replaced.
WARNING
Handle a halogen headlamp bulb
carefully and keep out of children’s
reach. Grasp the bulb by only its
plastic base and do not touch the glass.
The oil from your hand could cause the
bulb to break the next time the headlamps
are operated.
REMOVING A HEADLAMP
Contact an authorized dealer.
CHANGING A BULB
Lamp Assembly Condensation
Note: For replacement of HID type
headlamp globes, see your authorized
dealer.
Exterior lamps are vented to
accommodate normal changes in pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product
of this design. When moist air enters the
lamp assembly through the vents, there is
a possibility that condensation can occur
when the temperature is cold. When
normal condensation occurs, a thin film of
mist can form on the interior of the lens.
The thin mist eventually clears and exits
through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours
under dry weather conditions.
Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it
should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol
before being used.
A
B
C
Examples of acceptable condensation are:
• Presence of thin mist (no streaks, drip
marks or droplets).
• Fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
Examples of unacceptable moisture
(usually caused by a lamp water leak) are:
• Water puddle inside the lamp.
• Large water droplets, drip marks or
streaks present on the interior of the
lens.
D
E205822
Headlamp assembly:
A. Front parking lamp bulb
B. High beam headlamp bulb/ Daytime
running lamp bulb
C. Low beam headlamp bulb
D. Direction indicator lamp bulb
Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer
for service if any of the above conditions
of unacceptable moisture are present.
236
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
4. Release the retainer spring and remove
the bulb from the headlamp assembly
2
by pulling it straight out.
Replacing the High Beam Headlamp
Bulb
1
- Projector type headlamp assembly.
2
- Reflector type headlamp assembly.
Replacing the Front Parking Bulb
1.
E205833
3
Turn the bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it from
the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove the bulb by gently pulling it
straight out of the socket.
3. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
1
1. Remove the service cap.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Remove the bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise and pull it straight
1
out.
Replacing the Direction Indicator Lamp
Bulb
1.
Turn the bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it from
the headlamp assembly.
2. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket
by gently pushing it into the socket and
turning it counterclockwise.
3. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.
Replacing the Low Beam Headlamp
Bulb
Side Repeater
2
3
1
1
E205825
1. Remove the service cap.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3. Remove the bulb from the headlamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise and pull it straight
1
out.
E133682
1.
Slide the lens to the rear and remove
it.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
237
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
Approach Lamp and Side Repeater
B
E133683
A
Side repeater
B
Approach lamp
A
Note: These lamps are not serviceable,
contact an authorized dealer if it fails.
Front Fog Lamps
E205849
3. Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise
and remove it.
Note: You cannot separate the fog lamp
bulb from the bulb holder.
Replacing the Tail, Brake, HighMount Brake Lamp, and Turn
Signal Lamp Bulbs
Type 1
2
E205847
1.
Remove the screws from the splash
shield at the wheel well to gain access
to the lamp assembly.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector.
3
E206198
238
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
1.
Make sure the headlamp control is in
OFF position and open the liftgate.
2. Remove the tail lamp cover starting
from the outboard edge using a flat tip
screw driver.
3. Remove the two bolts from the lamp
assembly.
4. Disconnect the electrical connector
and gently pull out the lamp assembly.
A
Note: If your vehicle is fitted with LED
Stop/Rear Position Lamps these are
designed to last the life of the vehicle and
only the Rear Direction Indicator bulb is
replaceable.
Type 2
Tail, Brake, Reversing Lamp and
Direction Indicator
A
B
B
C
1
E206199
E133685
C
A
Rear direction indicator.
B
Stop/Rear Position Lamp.
C
Rear Position lamp.
Direction indicator
B
Tail and brake lamp
C
Reversing lamp
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the lamp lens.
3. Remove the bulb.
1.
Remove the bulb socket from the lamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
2. Remove the bulb by;
• Rear direction indicator- Gently
pushing it into the socket and
turning it counterclockwise.
• Stop/Rear Position Lamp- Gently
pushing it into the socket and
turning it counterclockwise.
• Rear position lamp- Gently pulling
the bulb from the socket.
Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Remove lift gate inner grab handle
cover using a standard flat tip screw
driver.
3. Rremove the handle by unsrewing the
two screws using a standard cross tip
screw driver.
4. Remove the lift gate inner trim panel
to access the reverse lamp
5. Remove the bulb socket from the lamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
Install the new bulbs in reverse order from
the steps above.
239
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A
Maintenance
6. Remove the bulb by gently pulling it
from the socket.
Install the new bulb in reverse order.
1. Carefully release the spring clip.
2. Remove the lamp.
3. Remove the bulb.
Replacing the Rear Fog Lamp Bulb
Type 2
3
2
1
1
E133687
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the lamp lens.
3. Remove the bulb.
E206200
1.
Remove the bulb socket from the lamp
assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
2. Remove the bulb by gently pulling it
from the socket.
License Plate Lamp
Type 1
Install the new bulbs in reverse order from
the steps above.
Replacing the License Plate Lamp
Bulb
2
Type 1
3
2
3
1
1
E133686
1.
Carefully release the spring clip and
remove the lamp.
2. Remove the connector with bulb.
E72789
240
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
3. Remove the bulb.
1. Remove the screws.
2. Remove the lamp lens.
3. Remove the bulb.
Type 2
3
2
1
E133687
BULB SPECIFICATION CHART
Bulb
+
Headlamp low beam.
++
Headlamp low beam.
Headlamp high beam.
*
Headlamp high beam.
**
Daytime running lamps.
Front position lamp.
Front fog lamp.
Specification
Power ( Watts)
H7
H11
55
55
H15
HB3
55
60
H15
15
W5W
5
H8
35
P21W
21
Side direction indicator.
1
-
Rear direction indicator.
PY21W
21
Front direction indicator.
Rear position lamp.
Rear position/Stop lamp
Central high mounted brake
lamp.
Reversing lamp.
W5W
5
P21/5W
21/5
LED
-
W16W
16
241
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
Bulb
Specification
Power ( Watts)
Rear fog lamp.
P21W
21
License plate lamp.
W5W
5
+
Reflector type.
++
*
Projector type.
With Daytime running lamps.
**
Without Daytime running lamps.
1
Bulb replacement is not possible as the bulb is an integral part of the unit. The side
direction indicator lamp unit has to be replaced
•
*
242
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Maintenance
2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
Take care to avoid other surrounding
components while lifting.
3. Remove the air filter element from the
air filter housing.
4. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
5. Install a new air filter element. Be
careful not to crimp the filter element
edges between the air filter housing
and cover.
6. Install the air filter housing cover.
7. Engage the clamps to secure the air
filter housing cover to the air filter
housing.
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR
FILTER
WARNING
To reduce the risk of vehicle damage
and personal burn injuries, do not
start your engine with the air cleaner
removed and do not remove it while the
engine is running.
When changing the air filter element, use
only the air filter element listed.
When servicing the air cleaner, it is
important that no foreign material enter
the air induction system. The engine and
turbocharger are susceptible to damage
from even small particles.
Change the air filter element at the proper
intervals.
Note: Failure to use the correct air filter
element may result in severe engine
damage. Resulting component damage may
not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
2
1
E197418
1.
Release the clamps that secure the air
filter cover to the housing.
243
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Vehicle Care
Note: Industrial-strength (heavy-duty)
cleaners, or cleaning chemicals, may cause
damage over a period of time.
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
Note: If you use a car wash with a waxing
cycle, make sure that you remove the wax
from the windshield and the wiper blades.
Body Paintwork Preservation
Note: Prior to using a car wash facility
check the suitability of it for your vehicle.
WARNINGS
Do not polish your vehicle in strong
sunshine.
Note: Some car washes use water at high
pressure. Due to this, water droplets may
enter inside your vehicle and could also
damage certain parts of your vehicle.
Do not allow polish to touch plastic
surfaces. It could be difficult to
remove.
Note: Remove the aerial before using an
automatic car wash.
Note: Switch the heater blower off to
prevent contamination of the fresh air filter.
Do not apply polish to the windshield
or rear window. This could cause the
wipers to become noisy and they
may not clear the window properly.
We recommend that you wash your vehicle
with a sponge and lukewarm water
containing a car shampoo.
We recommend that you wax the
paintwork once or twice a year.
Cleaning the Headlamps
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
Note: Do not scrape the headlamp lenses
or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or
chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not allow air fresheners and hand
sanitizers to spill on interior surfaces. If a
spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Damage
may not be covered by your warranty.
Note: Do not wipe the headlamps when
they are dry.
Seatbelts
Cleaning the Rear Window
Note: Do not use abrasives, or chemical
solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not scrape the inside of the rear
window or use abrasives or chemical
solvents to clean it.
Note: Do not allow moisture to penetrate
the seatbelt retractor mechanism.
Use a clean, lint free cloth or a damp
chamois leather to clean the inside of the
rear window.
Note: Cleaning may safely be carried out
using mild soap and water . Let them dry
naturally, away from artificial heat.
Cleaning the Chrome Trim
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD
Screens and Radio Screens
Note: Do not use abrasives or chemical
solvents. Use soapy water.
Note: Do not use abrasives, alcoholic
solvents or chemical solvents to clean the
instrument cluster screens, LCD screens or
radio screens. These cleaning products can
damage the screens.
Note: Do not apply cleaning product to hot
surfaces and do not leave cleaning product
on chrome surfaces for a period of time
exceeding that which is recommended.
244
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Vehicle Care
Clean the instrument panel and cluster
lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth,
then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry
these areas.
Rear Windows
Note: Do not use any abrasive materials to
clean the interior of the rear windows.
Note: Do not install stickers or labels to the
interior of the rear windows.
245
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire
pressure gauge, as automatic service
station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford
recommends the use of a digital or
dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a
stick-type tire pressure gauge.
GENERAL INFORMATION
A decal with tire pressure data is located
in the driver’s door opening or on the B
pillar.
Check and set the tire pressure at the
ambient temperature in which you are
intending to drive your vehicle and when
the tires are cold.
Use the recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire performance and
wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may
cause uneven treadwear patterns.
Note: Check your tire pressures regularly to
optimize fuel economy.
WARNING
Under-inflation is the most common
cause of tire failures and may result
in severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal damage to the
tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire
stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can lose up
to half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
Note: Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could damage your
vehicle and will make the National Type
Approval invalid.
Note: If you change the diameter of the tires
from that fitted at the factory, the
speedometer may not display the correct
speed. Take your vehicle to an authorized
dealer to have the engine management
system reprogrammed.
TIRE CARE
Tire Care
Always inflate your tires to the Ford
recommended inflation pressure even if it
is less than the maximum inflation
pressure information found on the tire. The
Ford recommended tire inflation pressure
is found on the Tire Label located on door
opening or on the B-pillar. Failure to follow
the tire pressure recommendations can
cause uneven treadwear patterns and
adversely affect the way your vehicle
handles.
Inflating Your Tires
Safe operation of your vehicle requires that
your tires are properly inflated. Remember
that a tire can lose up to half of its air
pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check your tires.
If one looks lower than the others, use a
tire gauge to check the pressure of all tires
and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long
trips, inspect each tire and check the tire
pressure with a tire gauge (including spare,
if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation
pressure recommended by the Ford Motor
Company.
246
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
Note: Do not reduce tire pressure to change
the ride characteristics of the vehicle. If you
do not maintain the inflation pressure at the
levels specified by Ford, your vehicle may
experience a condition known as shimmy.
Shimmy is a severe vibration and oscillation
in the steering wheel after the vehicle travels
over a bump or dip in the road that does not
dampen out by itself. Shimmy may result
from significant under-inflation of the tires,
improper tires (load range, size, or type), or
vehicle modifications such as lift-kits. In the
event that your vehicle experiences shimmy,
you should slowly reduce speed by either
lifting off the accelerator pedal or lightly
applying the brakes. The shimmy will cease
as the vehicle speed decreases.
Note: If you are checking tire pressure when
the tire is hot, (for example, driven more
than 1 mile [1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or
reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from
driving and it is normal for pressures to
increase above recommended cold
pressures. A hot tire at or below
recommended cold inflation pressure could
be significantly under-inflated.
Note: If you have to drive a distance to get
air for your tire(s), check and record the tire
pressure first and add the appropriate air
pressure when you get to the pump. It is
normal for tires to heat up and the air
pressure inside to go up as you drive.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one
tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto
the valve and measure the pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire
manufacturer's maximum permissible
pressure and the pressure at which the
maximum load can be carried by the tire.
This pressure is normally higher than the
manufacturer’s recommended cold
inflation pressure which can be found next
to the driver's seat on the Tire Label
located on the B-pillar or the edge of the
driver's door. The cold inflation pressure
should never be set lower than the
recommended pressure on the Safety
Compliance Certification Label or Tire
Label.
3. Add enough air to reach the
recommended air pressure.
Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by
pressing on the metal stem in the center of
the valve. Then recheck the pressure with
your tire gauge.
4. Replace the valve cap.
5. Repeat this procedure for each tire,
including the spare.
Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher
inflation pressure than the other tires. For
full-size and dissimilar spare tires, see the
Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
information for a description. Store and
maintain at the higher of the front and rear
inflation pressure as shown on the Tire
Label.
When weather temperature changes
occur, tire inflation pressures also change.
A 10°F (6°C) temperature drop can cause
a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in
inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures
frequently and adjust them to the proper
pressure which can be found on the Tire
Label.
6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure
there are no nails or other objects
embedded that could poke a hole in the
tire and cause an air leak.
To check the pressure in your tire(s):
1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning
they are not hot from driving even a mile.
7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there
are no gouges, cuts or bulges.
247
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
Damage
Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve
Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads and
sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in
the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread
groove and separation in the tread or
sidewall). If damage is observed or
suspected have the tire inspected by a tire
professional. Tires can be damaged during
off-road use, so inspection after off-road
use is also recommended.
Periodically inspect the tire treads for
uneven or excessive wear and remove
objects such as stones, nails or glass that
may be wedged in the tread grooves.
Check the tire and valve stems for holes,
cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage
and repair or replace the tire and replace
the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls
for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs
of damage or excessive wear. If internal
damage to the tire is suspected, have the
tire demounted and inspected in case it
needs to be repaired or replaced. For your
safety, tires that are damaged or show
signs of excessive wear should not be used
because they are more likely to blow out
or fail.
Age
WARNING
Tires degrade over time depending
on many factors such as weather,
storage conditions, and conditions
of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the
tires experience throughout their lives.
Improper or inadequate vehicle
maintenance can cause tires to wear
abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including
the spare, frequently, and replace them if
one or more of the following conditions
exist:
In general, tires should be replaced after
six years regardless of tread wear.
However, heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can
accelerate the aging process and may
require tires to be replaced more
frequently.
Tire Wear
You should replace your spare tire when
you replace the road tires or after six years
due to aging even if it has not been used.
Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride and
handling capability.
WARNINGS
Only use replacement tires and
wheels that are the same size, load
index, speed rating and type (such
as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season
versus all-terrain) as those originally
provided by Ford. The recommended tire
and wheel size may be found on the Tire
Label. Refer to See Technical
Specifications (page 260). If this
E142546
Tire wear indicators are moulded in to the
bottom of the tread grooves to aid in
determining when to replace the tire. Tires
should be replaced before the tread wears
down to the same height as the wear
indicators.
248
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
WARNINGS
information is not found on these labels
then you should contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire
or wheel not recommended by Ford can
affect the safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could result in an increased
risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
Additionally the use of non-recommended
tires and wheels could cause steering,
suspension, axle, transfer case or power
transfer unit failure. If you have questions
regarding tire replacement, contact your
authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Safety Practices
To reduce the risk of serious injury,
when mounting replacement tires
and wheels, you should not exceed
the maximum pressure indicated on the
sidewall of the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed below. If the
beads do not seat at the maximum
pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try
again.
*Observe posted speed limits
WARNINGS
If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud,
or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires;
spinning the tires can tear the tire
and cause an explosion. A tire can explode
in as little as three to five seconds.
Do not spin the wheels at over 35
mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail
and injure a passenger or bystander.
Driving habits have a great deal to do
with your tire mileage and safety.
*Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
*Avoid potholes and objects on the road
*Do not run over curbs or hit the tire
against a curb when parking
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive there’s
always the possibility that you may
eventually have a flat tire on the highway.
Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of
traffic. This may further damage the flat
tire, but your safety is more important.
Important: Remember to replace the
wheel valve stems when the road tires are
replaced on your vehicle.
The two front tires or two rear tires should
generally be replaced as a pair.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride
disturbance while driving, or you suspect
your tire or vehicle has been damaged,
immediately reduce your speed. Drive with
caution until you can safely pull off the
road. Stop and inspect the tires for
damage. If a tire is under-inflated or
damaged, deflate it, remove wheel and
replace it with your spare tire and wheel.
If you cannot detect a cause, have the
vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility
or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in the
wheels are not designed to be used in
aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended by Ford Motor Company
may affect the operation of your tire
pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system
indicator is flashing, the system is
malfunctioning. Your replacement tire
might be incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or some
component of the system may be
damaged.
249
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with
a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire
assembly that is different in brand, size or
appearance from the road tires and wheels.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire
assembly it is intended for temporary use
only and should not be used in a tire
rotation.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole
can cause the front end of your vehicle to
become misaligned or cause damage to
your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to
one side when you’re driving, the wheels
may be out of alignment. Have an
authorized dealer check the wheel
alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear
can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of
your tires and should be corrected by an
authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive
vehicles and those with an independent
rear suspension may require alignment of
all four wheels.
Note: After having your tires rotated,
inflation pressure must be checked and
adjusted to the vehicle requirements.
Rotating your tires at the recommended
interval of between 5000km to 10000km
will help your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance and
longer tire life.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel
assembly may result in irregular tire wear.
Rear-wheel drive vehicles and four-wheel
drive vehicles (front tires at left of
diagram)
Tire Rotation
WARNING
If the tire label shows different tire
pressures for the front and rear tires
and the vehicle is equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system, then the
settings for the system sensors need to be
updated. Always perform the system reset
procedure after tire rotation. If the system
is not reset, it may not provide a low tire
pressure warning when necessary. See the
tire pressure monitoring system reset
procedure in this chapter.
E142548
Sometimes irregular tire wear can be
corrected by rotating the tires.
Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask
an authorized dealer to check for and correct
any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or
mechanical problem involved before tire
rotation.
WARNING
Do not scrub the sidewalls of the
tires when you are parking.
If you have to mount a curb, do so slowly
and approach it with the wheels at
right-angles to the curb.
250
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
Examine the tires regularly for cuts, foreign
objects and uneven wear of the tread.
Uneven wear could mean that the wheel
alignment is outside specification.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM
WARNING
Check the tire pressures (including the
spare) when cold, every two weeks.
The tire pressure monitoring system
is not a substitute for manually
checking tire pressures. You should
periodically check tire pressures using a
pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNINGS
Do not exceed 50 km/h.
Do not use snow chains on snow-free
roads.
Only fit snow chains to specified
tires. See Technical Specifications
(page 260).
You must check the tire pressures
(including the spare tire where applicable)
every two weeks when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has wheel trims,
remove them before fitting snow
chains.
You must inflate the tires to the correct
pressure.
See Wheels and Tires (page 246). The tire
pressures are also on the tire inflation
pressure label (located on the edge of
driver door or the B-Pillar).
Only use snow chains of 10 millimeters or
smaller.
Only use snow chains on the rear axle.
As a driver assistance feature, your vehicle
has a tire pressure monitoring system. A
warning lamp will illuminate when one or
more of the tires are significantly
under-inflated. If the low tire pressure
warning lamp illuminates, you should stop
your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so,
check the tires and inflate them to the
correct pressure.
Note: The anti-lock brake system will
continue to operate normally.
Vehicles with Stability Control
When stability control is on, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics. To reduce this, switch
traction control off. See Using Traction
Control (page 144).
Driving on under-inflated tires can:
• Cause them to overheat.
• Lead to tire failure.
• Reduce fuel efficiency.
• Reduce tire life.
• Affect vehicle handling or stopping
ability.
251
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
If the vehicle is stationary overnight and
the temperature significantly lower than
the daytime temperature, tire pressures
may decrease by up to 0.2 bar when there
is a drop in the ambient temperature of
31°F (17°C) or more. The system detects
this pressure decrease as being
significantly below the correct inflation
pressure and the warning lamp illuminates.
The system is not a substitute for correct
tire maintenance.
You must maintain the correct tire
pressures, even if low tire pressure has not
illuminated the warning lamp.
The tire pressure monitoring system has a
system malfunction indicator to warn you
when the system is not operating correctly.
The malfunction indicator and low tire
pressure warning lamp have a combined
function. When the system detects a
malfunction, the warning lamp will flash
for approximately one minute and then
remain illuminated. This sequence will
occur every time you switch the ignition on
while the malfunction remains. The system
has detected a fault that requires service.
Changing Tires With a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be able
to detect or signal low tire pressures. A
malfunction may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of a
replacement tire or wheel that prevents
the system from functioning correctly.
Always check the tire pressure monitoring
system malfunction warning after
replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle. Make sure the replacement
tires or wheels allow the system to
continue to function correctly. See When
the Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
in this section.
E142549
You should always have tires serviced by
an authorized dealer.
Note: Each road wheel and tire is fitted with
a tire pressure sensor located inside the
wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure
sensor attaches to the valve stem. The tire
covers the pressure sensor and it is not
visible unless the tire is removed. Take care
when changing the tire to avoid damaging
the sensor.
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures
Under normal driving conditions tire
pressures may increase by up to 0.3 bar
from a cold start situation.
Understanding the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System
The system measures the pressure in the
four road tires and sends the tire pressure
readings to your vehicle.
The system detects this lower pressure as
being significantly below the correct
inflation pressure and the warning lamp
illuminates. You must inflate the tires to
the correct pressure.
252
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
When the Temporary Spare Tire is
Installed
When You Believe the System is Not
Operating Correctly
If you need to replace a road wheel and
tire with the temporary spare wheel, the
system will continue to identify a defect.
This is to remind you to repair the damaged
road wheel and tire and refit the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly to your
vehicle. To restore the correct operation
of the system, you must have the repaired
road wheel and tire assembly refitted to
your vehicle.
The main function of the system is to warn
you when the tire pressures are low. It can
also warn you in the event the system is
no longer capable of operating correctly.
See the following chart for information
concerning the system:
When Inflating the Tires
When inflating the tires the system may
not respond immediately to the air added
to the tires.
253
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
System Warning Lamps
Warning lamp
Description
Action
Solid warning lamp Tire(s) under-inflated
Spare tire in use
1.
Make sure tires are at the correct
pressure. See Wheels and Tires
(page 246). The tire pressures are also
on the tire inflation pressure label
(located on the edge of driver door
or the B-Pillar).
2. After inflating the tires to the correct
pressure you must carry out the tire
pressure monitoring system reset
procedure. See Tire Pressure
Monitoring System Reset
Procedure in this chapter.
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
system malfunction
spare tire is not in use but the light
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Solid warning lamp Spare tire in use
initially followed by
a flashing warning
lamp
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire
and refit the repaired road wheel and tire
assembly to your vehicle to restore the
correct operation of the system.
Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are correctly inflated and the
spare tire is not in use but the light
system malfunction
remains on, the system has detected a
fault that requires service.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Reset Procedure
If the Warning Lamp is On:
1.
Check each tire to verify that none are
flat.
2. If one or more tires are flat, repair as
necessary.
3. Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
4. Carry out the tire pressure monitoring
system reset procedure.
Overview
You must carry out the system reset
procedure after each tire replacement or
adjustment of the tire pressures.
254
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
To maintain your vehicle load carrying
capability, your vehicle requires different
tire pressures in the front tires compared
to the rear tires.
Carrying Out the System Reset
Procedure
1.
Check the tire pressures and inflate all
the tires to the correct pressure.
2. Use the information display controls
on the steering wheel or instrument
panel. See Information Displays
(page 70).
The system illuminates the warning lamp
at different pressures for the front and rear
tires.
The tires need to be periodically rotated
to provide consistent performance and
maximum tire life, the system needs to
know when the tires have been rotated to
determine which set of tires are on the
front and rear axles. With this information,
the system can detect and correctly warn
of low tire pressures.
To reset the tire pressure monitoring system, scroll to:
Message
Description and Action
Settings
Press the OK button.
Driver assist
Press the OK button.
Tire Monitor
Press and hold the OK button until confirmation appears.
Alternatively, if your vehicle has a tire pressure monitoring
system reset button, press and hold the button until
confirmation appears.
Vehicle Jack
Type Approvals
Refer to for Tire Pressure Monitoring
Sensor Radio Frequency Compliance
details.
WARNINGS
Ensure screwthread is adequately
lubricated before use.
CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL
The jack should be used on level firm
ground wherever possible.
Lug Nuts
Switch the ignition off and apply park
brake fully before lifting vehicle.
You can obtain replacement locking lug
nuts or a locking lug nut key using the from
your authorised Ford dealer, using the
reference number certificate.
It is recommended that the wheels
of the vehicle be chocked, and that
no person should remain in a vehicle
that is being jacked.
No person should place any portion
of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
255
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
3. Rotate the retaining nut and remove
the jack.
WARNINGS
WARNING: Do not get under a
vehicle that is supported by a jack.
Spare Wheel
Note: The spare wheel is located
underneath the rear of the vehicle.
1.
Assemble the wheel brace and the
winch extension tool.
2. Lower the third row seat-back to assist
spare wheel winch operation. See
Technical Specifications (page 260).
E166722
WARNING
3
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for
changing wheels. Do not use the
vehicle jack other than when you are
changing a wheel in an emergency.
2
The jack, wheel brace, and winch extension
tool are located in the stowage
compartment under the rear floor.
E206440
2
3. In the rear storage compartment, lift
rubber cover to expose wheel winch.
4. Insert the assembled wheel brace and
winch extension tool into the guide
hole and make sure it locates correctly.
Turn the wheel brace
counter-clockwise until the spare
wheel lowers from underneath the
vehicle and rests on the ground, and
there is slack in the cable.
1
E206399
1. Lift the stowage bin lid.
2. Remove the locking strap and remove
the tools.
256
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
5. Pass the bracket and cable through the
wheel opening.
E133590
Jacking and Lifting Points
A
B
E206244
257
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
A
Emergency use only (vehicle jack).
B
Maintenance (trolley jack).
WARNINGS
Make sure that the jack is vertical to
the jacking point and the base is flat
on the ground.
Never place anything between the
vehicle jack and your vehicle.
Note: Do not lay alloy road wheels face
down on the ground.
1
2
E134692
WARNING
Use only the specified jacking points.
If you use other positions, you may
damage the body, steering,
suspension, engine, braking system or the
fuel lines.
3
E79153
1.
Assemble the wheel brace and winch
extension tool.
2. Insert the assembled wheel brace and
winch extension tool into the vehicle
jack and raise your vehicle until the tire
is clear of the ground.
Removing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Park your vehicle in such a position
that neither the traffic nor you are
hindered or endangered.
Make sure that the wheels are
pointing straight ahead.
If your vehicle has a manual
transmission, move the selector lever
to first or reverse gear. If it has an
automatic transmission, move the selector
lever to position (P).
Secure the diagonally opposite
wheel with an appropriate block or
wheel chock.
258
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Wheels and Tires
1
3
6
5
2
4
E79156
4. Install all of the lug nuts and partially
tighten them in the sequence shown.
5. Lower your vehicle and remove the
vehicle jack.
6. Fully tighten all of the lug nuts in the
sequence shown using the wheel
brace. See Technical Specifications
(page 260).
7. Position the projection of the cap and
the projection of the hub correctly.
E134693
3. Using the wheel brace, remove the lug
nuts and the road wheel.
Installing a Road Wheel
WARNINGS
Use only approved wheel and tire
sizes. Using other sizes could
damage your vehicle and cause
irregular handling and operating
characteristics. See Technical
Specifications (page 260).
WARNING
Have the lug nuts checked for
tightness and the tire pressure
checked as soon as possible.
Make sure there is no grease or oil on
the threads or the surface between
the wheel lugs and nuts. This can
cause the lug nuts to loosen while driving.
Note: If the spare wheel is different in size
or construction to the road wheels, have this
corrected as soon as possible.
Have the tightening torque of the
wheel nuts and the tire pressure
checked as soon as possible.
Stowing the Flat Tire
WARNING
Note: Make sure the wheel and hub contact
surfaces are free from foreign matter.
Do not raise the spare wheel carrier
without the wheel attached. Damage
can occur to the winch mechanism
if lowered without a wheel attached.
Note: Make sure that the cones on the lug
nuts are against the wheel.
1. Install the wheel.
2. Install the lug nuts and finger tight.
3. Install the locking lug nut key.
1.
259
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Place the wheel flat on the ground,
with the outer face of the wheel facing
down down.
Wheels and Tires
2. Tilt the bracket, and pass it through the
center of the wheel.
3. Insert the winch extension tool into the
winch and turn clockwise.
4. Stow the wheel brace, vehicle jack and
winch extension tool away.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Wheel Nut Torque
Vehicle Type
Torque
All
135 Nm
Tire Pressures (Cold Tires)
Normal Load
Tire Size
265/65
*
R17 112T
265/60
*
R18 110T
265/50
R20 107T
*
ECO
Full Load
**
Front
Rear
Front
210 kPa /
30 psi
210 kPa /
30 psi
240 kPa /35
psi
240 kPa /35 240 kPa / 300 kPa /
psi
35 psi
44 psi
210 kPa /
30 psi
210 kPa /
30 psi
240 kPa /35
psi
240 kPa /35 240 kPa / 300 kPa /
psi
35 psi
44 psi
240 kPa / 240 kPa /
35 psi
35 psi
N/A
Rear
N/A
Front
240 kPa / 300 kPa /
35 psi
44 psi
*Only fit snow chains to specified tires.
** ECO tire inflation pressures are recommended for optimal fuel consumption.
260
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Rear
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE DIMENSIONS
D
A
C
F
E
B
E200432
Callout
Dimension Description
mm
A
Maximum length.
4,892 mm
B
Overall width including
exterior mirrors.
2,180 mm
C
Overall height
1,837 mm
261
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
Callout
Dimension Description
mm
D
Wheelbase.
2,850 mm
E
Front track.
1,560 mm
F
Rear track.
1,564 mm
262
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
B
A
C
D
E213504
A
Model
B
Paint Code
C
"Built Date"
D
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
"Built Date"
The label with your vehicle built date is
located on the bottom of the lock side of
the passenger door aperture.
"Built date" means the calendar month
and the year in which the body shell and
power train sub-assemblies are conjoined
and the vehicle is driven or moved from the
production line.
263
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE NUMBER
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
2.0L Engine Number
The vehicle identification number is on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
B
E206722
The engine number is stamped on the
cylinder block.
E133363
2.0L Engine sticker
A
The vehicle identification number is also
stamped beneath the front door on the
chassis, on the right-hand side.
E214683
There are engine stickers on the valve
cover and engine front cover.
264
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
2.2L Engine Number
2.2L Engine sticker
E210233
E210232
The engine number is stamped on the
cylinder block.
There are engine stickers on the engine
front cover.
Vehicle fluids
Part
Recommended fluid
Specification
Engine oil -Gasoline
5W-20
WSS-M2C946-A
*
5W-30
WSS-M2C913-C
WSS-M2C913-D
**
5W-30
WSS-M2C921-A
WSS-M2C913-D
Transmission oil - Manual
Castrol - BOT350-M3
WSS-M2C200-D2
Transmission oil - Automatic
Motorcraft MERCON® LV
WSS-M2C938-A (XT-10
QLV)
Brake and clutch fluid
Global DOT4 - 16M Clariant
Safebrake
WSS-M6C65-A2 Super
Dot4-14M
Power assisted steering fluid
Motorcraft MERCON® LV
WSS-M2C938-A (XT-10
QLV)
Coolant
Chevron / Arteco
WSS-M97B44-D (XLC0F02)
Front axle oil
-
WSP-M2C197-A
Rear axle oil
-
WSP-M2C197-A
Engine oil - Diesel
Engine oil - Diesel
265
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
*
Part
Recommended fluid
Specification
Transfer case oil
Motorcraft MERCON® LV
WSS-M2C938-A (XT-10
QLV)
Air conditioning refrigerant
R134A
WSH-M17B19-A
Air conditioning Compressor
lubricant
POLYALKYLENE GLYCOL
WSH-M1C231-B
For markets with low sulphur content (less than 350 ppm)
**
For markets with high sulphur content (more than 350 ppm)
Engine oil - Diesel (for markets with
high sulphur content greater than 350
ppm): If you are unable to find an oil that
meets the specification defined in the
vehicle fluids table, you must use SAE
10W-30 that meets the specification
defined by API CH-4.
Your engine has been designed to be used
with Ford Engine Oil, which gives a fuel
economy benefit whilst maintaining the
durability of your engine.
Topping up the oil:
Engine oil - Diesel (for markets with
low sulphur content less than 350
ppm): If you are unable to find an oil that
meets the specification defined in the
vehicle fluids table, you must use SAE
5W-30 that meets the specification
defined by ACEA A5/B5.
Using topping up oils other than the one
specified can result in longer engine
cranking periods, reduced engine
performance, reduced fuel economy and
increased emission levels.
Capacities
Variant
Item
Capacity
2.0 Ecoboost
Engine oil with filter
5.2 L
2.0 Ecoboost
Engine oil without filter
-
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
Engine oil with filter
8.6 L
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi
Engine oil without filter
-
3.2L Duratorq-TDCi
Engine oil with filter
9.75 L
3.2L Duratorq-TDCi
Engine oil without filter
-
Manual transmission
Clutch fluid
Between the MIN line
and the MAX line
Manual transmission
Manual transmission oil
2.7 L
Automatic transmission (dry)
Automatic transmission oil
10.5 L
266
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Capacities and Specifications
Variant
Item
Capacity
Automatic transmission (wet)
Automatic transmission oil
9L
4x4
Transfer Case
1.45 L
Air conditioning
Air conditioning
compressor lubricant
200 ml
Air conditioning
Air conditioning system
refrigerant
All
Brake fluid
Between the MIN line
and the MAX line
0.975 ± 0.025 kg
2.0 Ecoboost
Engine coolant
11.5 L
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi (MT82)
Engine coolant
11.5 L
2.2L Duratorq-TDCi (AT)
Engine coolant
11.9 L
3.2L Duratorq-TDCi
Engine coolant
13.5 L
All
Windshield washer fluid
5.5 L
All
Power assisted steering
fluid
1.2 L
267
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
GENERAL INFORMATION
Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Radio reception factors
Distance and Strength
The further you travel away from an FM station, the weaker
the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway
overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload
When you pass near a radio transmission tower, a stronger
signal can override a weaker signal and can cause interference in the audio system.
MP3 and WMA Track and Folder
Structure
CD and CD Player Information
Note: CD units play commercially pressed
4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact
discs only. Due to technical incompatibility,
certain recordable and re-recordable
compact discs may not function correctly
when used in Ford CD players.
Audio systems capable of recognizing and
playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks
and folder structures work as follows:
• There are two different modes for MP3
and WMA disc playback: MP3 and
WMA track mode (system default) and
MP3 and WMA folder mode.
• MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any
folder structure on the MP3 and WMA
disc. The player numbers each MP3
and WMA track on the disc (noted by
the MP3 or WMA file extension) from
T001 to a maximum of T255. The
maximum number of playable MP3 and
WMA files may be less depending on
the structure of the CD and exact
model of radio present.
Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade
paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player
as the label may peel and cause the CD to
become jammed. You should use a
permanent felt tip marker rather than
adhesive labels on your homemade CDs.
Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please
contact an authorized dealer for further
information.
Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped
discs or discs with a scratch protection film
attached.
Always handle discs by their edges only.
Clean the disc with an approved CD
cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the
disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a
circular motion.
Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or
heat sources for extended periods.
268
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
•
•
MP3 and WMA folder mode represents
a folder structure consisting of one
level of folders. The CD player numbers
all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc
(noted by the MP3 or WMA file
extension) and all folders containing
MP3 and WMA files, from F001 (folder)
T001 (track) to F253 T255.
Creating discs with only one level of
folders helps with navigation through
the disc files.
In track mode, the system displays and
plays the structure as if it were only one
level deep (all MP3 and WMA files play,
regardless of being in a specific folder). In
folder mode, the system only plays the
MP3 and WMA files in the current folder.
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA
discs, it is important to understand how
the system reads the structures you create.
While various files may be present, (files
with extensions other than MP3 and
WMA), only files with the MP3 and WMA
extension are played; other files are
ignored by the system. This enables you to
use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a
variety of tasks on your work computer,
home computer and your in-vehicle
system.
269
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
X
W
H
2
1
V
U
T
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
I
J
0
+
S
E135352
R
Q
P
O
K
L
N
M
A
Function button 1: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode (i.e. radio or CD) you are in.
B
Function button 2: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode (i.e. radio or CD) you are in.
C
Seek down: Press the button to go to the next station down the radio frequency
band or the previous track on a CD.
D
On, Off and Volume: Press the button to switch the audio system on or off.
Turn the dial to adjust the volume.
E
Seek up: Press the button to go to the next station up the radio frequency band
or the next track on a CD.
F
Function button 3: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode (i.e. radio or CD) you are in.
G
Function button 4: Press the button to select different functions of the audio
system depending on which mode (i.e. radio or CD) you are in.
270
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
H
OK: Press the button to confirm on-screen selections.
I
Numeric keypad: Press the button to recall a previously stored station. To
store a favorite station press and hold until the sound returns. In CD mode, press
a number to select a track. In phone mode, use the buttons to dial a phone
number. In Navigation mode, use the buttons to enter the destination.
J
Clock: Press the button to set the clock.
K
TA: Press the button to turn traffic announcements on or off and cancels
announcements during an active announcement.
L
Cursor arrows: Press a button to scroll through on-screen choices.
M
MAP: Press the button to view the map.
N
INFO: Press the button to access radio, CD, USB and IPod information.
O
Door lock indicator.
P
Hazard warning flasher switch.
Q
Door lock button.
R
NAV: Press the button to navigate the route.
S
MENU: Press the button to access different audio system features.
T
PHONE: Press the button to access the phone feature of the SYNC system.
U
AUX: Press the button to access the AUX and SYNC features, it will also cancel
the menu or list browsing.
V
RADIO: Press the button to select different radio bands, it will also cancel the
menu or list browsing.
W
Eject: Press the button to eject a CD.
X
CD: Press the button to change source to CD, it will also cancel the menu or
list browsing.
Note: An integrated multi-function display,
located above the audio system shows
important information about your audio
system controls.
271
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Station Tuning Control
Seek Tuning
Select a waveband and briefly press one
of the seek buttons. The unit will stop at
the first station it finds in the direction you
have chosen.
Manual Tuning
1
2
4
A
E104157
A
3
1. Press function button 2.
2. Use the left and right arrow buttons to
tune down or up the waveband in small
increments or press and hold to
increment quickly, until you find a
station you want to listen to.
3. Press OK to continue listening to a
station.
Scan Tuning
Scan allows you to listen to a few seconds
of each station detected.
Descriptions for function buttons
1-4
1. Press function button 3.
2. Use the seek buttons to scan up or
down the selected waveband.
3. Press function button 3 again or OK
to continue listening to a station.
Function buttons 1 to 4 are context
dependent, and change according to the
current unit mode. The description for the
function displays in the screen.
On, Off Control
Station Preset Buttons
Press the On, Off control. This will also
operate the unit for up to one hour with the
ignition turned off.
This feature allows you to store your
favorite stations, they can be recalled by
selecting the appropriate waveband and
pressing one of the preset buttons.
The radio will switch off automatically
after one hour.
1. Select a waveband.
2. Tune to the station required.
3. Press and hold one of the preset
buttons until you hear a beep. When
the station has been stored, the preset
number along with the station name
or frequency is displayed for
confirmation.
Waveband Button
Press the RADIO button to select from the
wavebands available.
You can use the selector to return to radio
reception when you have been listening to
another source.
Alternatively, press the left arrow button
to display the available wavebands. Scroll
to the required waveband and press OK.
You can repeat this on each waveband and
for each preset button.
272
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Note: If TA is on and you select a preset or
manual tune to a non TA station no traffic
announcement will be heard.
Note: When you drive to another part of the
country, stations that broadcast on
alternative frequencies and are stored on
preset buttons, may be updated with the
correct frequency and station name for that
area.
Note: When you are listening to a non
traffic announcement station and turn
traffic announcement off and on again a TP
seek will occur.
Autostore Control
Traffic Announcement Volume
This will store up to a maximum of the six
strongest signals available, either from the
AM or the FM waveband and overwrite the
previously stored stations. You can also
store stations manually in the same way
as other wavebands.
Traffic announcements interrupt normal
broadcasts at a preset minimum level that
is usually louder than normal listening
volumes.
To adjust the preset volume:
Press and hold function button 1 or
the RADIO button.
2. When the search is complete, sound is
restored and the strongest signals are
stored on the autostore presets.
1.
•
Traffic Information Control
Use the volume control to make the
necessary adjustment during an
incoming traffic announcement
broadcast. The display will show the
level selected.
Ending Traffic Announcements
Many stations that broadcast on the FM
waveband have a TP code to signify that
they carry traffic program information.
The audio unit will return to normal
operation at the end of each traffic
announcement. To end the announcement
prematurely, press TA or TRAFFIC during
the announcement.
Turning Traffic Announcements On and
Off
Note: If you press TA or TRAFFIC at any
other time it will switch all announcements
off.
Before you can receive traffic
announcements, you must press either the
TA or TRAFFIC button. A TA display will
appear to show the feature is switched on.
Automatic Volume Control
If you are already tuned to a station that
broadcasts traffic information, TP will also
be displayed. Otherwise the unit will search
for a traffic program.
When available, automatic volume control
(AVC) adjusts the volume level to
compensate for engine noise and road
speed noise.
When traffic information is broadcast, it
will automatically interrupt normal radio
or CD playback and Traffic
announcement will appear in the display.
1.
Press the MENU button and select
AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
2. Select AVC LEVEL or ADAPTIVE
VOL.
3. Use the left or right arrow button to
adjust the setting.
4. Press the OK button to confirm your
selection.
If a non-traffic station is selected or
recalled using a preset button, the audio
unit will remain on that station unless TA
or TRAFFIC is turned off, then on again.
273
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
5. Press the MENU button to return.
It will restore radio reception when it finds
one or if one is not found, the unit will
return to the original stored frequency.
News Broadcasts
When selected, AF will be shown in the
display.
Your audio unit may interrupt normal
reception to broadcast news bulletins from
stations on the FM waveband, radio data
system (RDS) or other enhanced network
linked stations.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to ALTERNAT FREQ. or
ALTERNATIVE FREQ. and turn on or
off with the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
The display will indicate there is an
incoming announcement, during news
broadcasts. When the audio unit interrupts
for a news broadcast the preset volume
level will be the same as traffic
announcements.
Regional Mode
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to NEWS and turn on or off with
the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
Regional mode controls the behavior of
alternative frequencies switching between
regionally related networks of a parent
broadcaster. A broadcaster may run a fairly
large network across a large part of the
country. At various times of the day this
large network may be broken down into a
number of smaller regional networks,
typically centered on major towns or cities.
When the network is not split into regional
variants, the whole network carries the
same programming.
Alternative Frequencies
The majority of programs that broadcast
on the FM waveband have a program
identification code, it can be recognized by
audio units.
Regional mode ON: This prevents random
alternative frequency switches when
neighboring regional networks are not
carrying the same programming.
When your vehicle moves from one
transmission area to another with the
alternative frequencies tuning switched
on, this function will search for the
strongest station signal.
Regional mode OFF: This allows a larger
coverage area if neighboring regional
networks are carrying the same
programming, but can cause random
alternative frequency switches if they are
not.
Under certain conditions, alternative
frequencies tuning may temporarily disrupt
normal reception.
When selected, the unit continually
evaluates signal strength and, if a better
signal becomes available, the unit will
switch to that alternative. It mutes while
it checks a list of alternative frequencies
and if necessary, it will search once across
the selected waveband for a genuine
alternative frequency.
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Select AUDIO or AUDIO SETTINGS.
3. Scroll to RDS REGIONAL and turn on
or off with the OK button.
4. Press the MENU button to return.
274
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, your system may look different
from what you see here.
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING
Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite
radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
275
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
T
S
G
R
H
Q
I
P
J
O
K
N
L
M
E200469
276
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
A
CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the
radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle.
B
SOUND: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade
and Balance. Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings.
When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change
the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. Sound settings can be set
for each audio source independently.
C
MUTE / TA: Press the button to mute the playing media / Press this button to
turn Traffic Announcement on or off.
D
Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow
controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing
the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings.
E
Display screen: Shows audio and SYNC information.
F
Number block: In radio mode, store your favorite stations for later access.
When tuned to any station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns.
In CD mode, press a button to select a track. In phone mode, press the buttons
to enter a phone number.
G
Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending
on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode).
H
Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly
to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button
to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward
through the current track.
I
TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments.
J
End phone call: Press this button to end a phone call.
K
Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the
various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow
buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit.
L
Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.
M
CD slot: Insert a CD.
N
Play/Pause: Press to either play or pause a track when listening to a CD.
O
Pick-up or Make phone call: Press this button to either pick-up an incoming
phone call or to make a phone call.
p
Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this button. The system
stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold the button to move
quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press
this button to select the previous track. Press and hold the button to move
quickly backward through the current track.
277
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Q
VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to
adjust the volume.
R
MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. See Menu
Structure later in this section.
S
PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC® system.
T
MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary inputs or switch between
bluetooth audio devices you plug into the input jack or USB port.
U
RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequencies
bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different
radio functions.
AUDIO UNIT
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
278
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
B
A
C
F
D
E
E200470
A
VOL and Power: Press this button to turn the system off and on. Turn it to
adjust the volume.
B
CD slot: Insert a CD.
C
TUNE: Once you select a frequency band, turn the control to find the desired
station manually.
D
Seek and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press
this button. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset.
In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button
to move quickly forward through the current track.
E
Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.
F
Seek and Reverse: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press this
button. The system stops at the first station down the band. Press and hold
the button to move quickly to the previous strong radio station or memory
preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the previous track. Press and
hold the button to move quickly backward through the current track.
279
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
4. Make sure that the complete Keycode
is correct before pressing either the *
key or OK button to confirm it.
AUDIO SYSTEM SECURITY
Security Code
Each unit incorporates a unique code that
is needed to activate the audio system
when the vehicle battery has been
disconnected and reconnected. The 4 digit
code is included in the owner information
pack.
AUDIO UNIT CLOCK AND DATE
DISPLAYS
Changing the Time
The clock can be set at any time when the
system is in the one hour mode or the
ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position.
If the security code is not available, see an
authorized dealer.
Note: Vehicles with AM/FM/CD: The time
can be adjusted using the hour and minute
buttons on the screen.
Entering a Security Code
If ‘CODE - - - -’, ‘CODE 0000’ or ‘Enter
Keycode’ appears in the display when you
switch on the audio unit, you must enter
the Keycode using the station preset
buttons.
To advance the hours, press the HOUR
SET button. To advance the minutes, press
the MINUTE SET button while the time is
flashing.
Audio System with AM/FM/CD
Note: Vehicles with Bluetooth/NAV: The
time can be adjusted using the clock button
on the audio control panel.
1.
Press numeric key 1 repeatedly until the
first digit of your Keycode is shown in
the display.
2. Press numeric keys 2, 3 and 4 in the
same way for remaining three digits.
3. Make sure that the complete Keycode
is correct before pressing numeric key
5 to confirm it except 1500RDS press
the AM/FM button.
Note: The time can be adjusted using the
cursor arrow buttons on the audio control
panel.
Vehicles with AM/FM/USB/Bluetooth
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Use the up and down arrow button to
select the clock settings..
3. Short press the OK button or right
arrow button to enter the clock
settings.
4. Use the up and down arrow button to
select the set time.
5. Use the up and down arrow button to
adjust hours.
6. Use the right and left arrow button to
scroll to the minutes.
7. Use the up and down arrow button to
adjust minutes.
8. Use the OK button to save the settings.
Audio System with Bluetooth/NAV
1.
Press the numeric key corresponding
to the first digit of your Keycode.
2. Press the numeric key corresponding
to the second digit of your Keycode.
Repeat for digits 3 and 4 in the same
way.
3. If you make a mistake entering the
code, you may re-enter the digits by
continuing to select buttons 0-9. The
display will advance from digit position
1 to 4 and then back again.
280
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Vehicles with AM/FM/CD/SYNC
COMPACT DISC PLAYER
1. Press the MENU button.
2. Use the up and down arrow button to
select the clock settings.
3. Press OK button or right arrow button
to enter clock settings.
4. Use the up and down arrow button to
select the set time.
5. Use the up and down arrow button to
adjust hours.
6. Use the right and left arrow button to
scroll to the minutes.
7. Use the up and down arrow button to
adjust minutes.
8. Use the OK button to save the settings.
Compact Disc Playback
Note: During playback, the display indicates
the disc, track and time that have elapsed
since the start of the track.
During radio reception, press CD once to
start CD playback.
After a disc is loaded, playback starts
immediately.
Track Selection
•
•
Vehicles with AM/FM/CD/SYNC 2
Exact Hour Adjustment
•
You can set the time to the beginning of
an hour using this feature.
•
•
•
Press the CLOCK button for about two
seconds until a beep is heard. The
clock's current time will flash.
Press the CLOCK button again and the
time will be adjusted as follows:
•
Press the up or down arrow to select
the required track, then press OK.
You can select a track by using the numeric
keypad. Dial the required track number
until complete (for example, 1 then 2 for
track 12), or dial the number and directly
press OK.
Example
•
Press the seek up once to move to the
next track or press it repeatedly to
access later tracks.
Press the seek down once to replay the
current track. If pressed within two
seconds of the start of a track, the
previous track plays.
Press the seek down repeatedly to
select previous tracks.
Current set time between 12:01 and
12:29 will change to 12:00 exactly.
Current set time between 12:30 and
12:59 will change to 1:00 exactly.
Fast Forward and Reverse
Press and hold the seek down or up to
search backward or forward within the
tracks on the disc.
Note: If the power supply to the unit is
interrupted (if the fuse blows or the vehicle's
battery is disconnected), the clock will need
to be reset.
Shuffle and Random
Random track playback, also known as
shuffle, plays all tracks on the CD in
random order.
Type 1
Press the SHUFFLE in CD mode.
281
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system repeat the current track or
all tracks within the current folder. Pressing
function button 1 toggles these options.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system shuffle tracks for the whole
CD, or within the current folder.
Type 2
Compact Disc Track Scanning
Press the MENU and select CD MODE.
Select SHUFFLE, which then enables the
function to be selected on or off.
The Scan function allows you to preview
each track for approximately 8 seconds.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system shuffle tracks for the whole
CD, or within the current folder.
Type 1
Press CD to select CD MODE.
Short press SCAN button to scan CD.
Type 3
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system scan tracks on the CD or
within the current folder. Pressing
SCAN/AS button toggles these options.
Press function button 2.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system shuffle tracks for the whole
CD, or within the current folder. Pressing
function button 2 toggles these options.
Type 2
Use the seek up or down button to select
the next track to shuffle, if required.
Various scan modes are possible,
according to the type of CD currently
playing.
Repeat Compact Disc Tracks
Press the MENU button and select CD
MODE.
Type 1
Select SCAN, which then enables the
function to be selected on or off.
Press REPEAT in CD mode.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system repeat the current track or
all tracks within the current folder.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system scan tracks on the CD or
within the current folder. Pressing OK button
toggles these options.
Type 2
Press the MENU button and select CD
MODE.
Type 3
Select REPEAT, which then enables the
function to be selected on or off. The track
will replay once ended.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system scan tracks on the CD or
within the current folder. Pressing function
button 3 toggles these options.
Press function button 3.
Note: When an MP3 CD is playing, you can
have the system repeat the current track or
all tracks within the current folder.
MP3 File Playback
MP3 (MPEG 1 Audio Layer-3) is a standard
technology and format for compressing
audio data. This allows a more efficient
use of the media.
Type 3
Press function button 1.
282
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
You can play MP3 files recorded on
CD-ROM, CD-R and CD-RW formats. The
disc must be in the ISO 9660 level 1 or level
2 format, or Joliet or Romeo in the
expansion format. You can also use a disc
recorded in multi session.
File Formats
With formats other than ISO 9660 level 1
and level 2, folder names or file names may
not display correctly.
When naming, be sure to add the file
extension MP3 to the file name.
ISO 9660 Format
If you put the extension MP3 to a file other
than MP3, the unit cannot recognize the
file correctly and generates random noise
that could damage your speakers.
This is the most common international
standard for the logical format of files and
folders on a CD-ROM.
There are several specification levels. In
Level 1, file names must be in the 8.3
format (no more than eight characters in
the name, no more than three characters
in the extension MP3 and WMA) and in
capital letters.
The following discs take a longer time to
start playback.
•
•
•
Folder names can be no longer than eight
characters. There can be no more than
eight folder levels (trees). Level 2
specifications allow file names up to 31
characters long.
Playing a Multi Session Disc
When the first track of the first session is
audio CD data only, the audio CD data of
the first session plays. Non-audio CD data,
MP3 file information (such as track number
and time) displays with no sound.
Each folder can have up to eight trees.
For Joliet or Romeo in the expansion
format, consider these restrictions when
configuring your CD writing software.
When the first track of the first session is
not audio CD data:
Multi Session
•
This recording method enables adding of
data using the track-at-once method.
Conventional CDs begin at a CD control
area called the lead-in and end at an area
called lead-out. A multi session CD is a CD
having multiple sessions, with each
segment from lead-in to lead-out regarded
as a single session.
•
If an MP3 file is on the disc, the system
skips these file and other data. Audio
CD data is not recognized.
If no MP3 file is in the disc, nothing
plays. Audio CD data is not recognized.
MP3 Files Playback Order
The playback order of the folders and files
are as shown.
CD-Extra: The format that records audio
(audio CD data) as tracks on session 1, and
records data as tracks on session 2.
Note: The system skips any folder that does
not include an MP3 file.
Mixed CD: In this format, data records as
track 1 and audio (audio CD data) records
as track 2.
To specify a desired playback order before
the folder or file name, input the order by
number (for example, 01 or 02) then record
the contents onto a disc. The order differs
depending on the writing software.
283
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
A disc recorded with complicated tree
structure.
A disc recorded in multi session.
A non-finalized disc, where you can add
more data.
Audio System
MP3 Navigation
You can record MP3 tracks on the CD in
several ways. You can place them in the
root directory like a conventional audio CD,
or in folders that may represent categories,
such as album, artist, or genre.
The normal playing sequence on CDs with
multiple folders is:
•
•
•
Play the tracks within the root (top
level) first
Then the tracks in any folder(s) within
the root
Then move onto the second folder, and
so forth.
To navigate to a track:
1.
Press the up or down arrow buttons to
enter the track list.
2. Navigate the hierarchy using the arrow
buttons to select another folder or
track (file).
3. Press OK to select a highlighted track.
E104206
ID3 Tag Version 2
MP3 Display Options
The following occurs when an MP3 file
containing a tag plays:
•
•
•
When an MP3 disc is playing, certain
information encoded in each track can
display. Such information normally
includes:
When skipping a portion of a tag (at
the beginning of the track) there is no
sound output. Skip time changes
depending on the tag capacity.
Example: At 64 kbytes, it is about 2
seconds (with RealJukebox).
The displayed elapsed playing time
when skipping a portion of the tag is
inaccurate. For MP3 files of a bit rate
other than 128 kbps, time does not
display accurately during playback.
When an MP3 file is created with MP3
conversion software (such as
RealJukebox - a registered trademark
of RealNetworks Inc.), the tag
generates automatically.
•
•
•
The unit normally shows the file name that
is playing. To select one of the other items
of information, press INFO repeatedly until
the required item appears in the display.
CD Text Display Options
When an audio disc with CD text is playing,
limited information encoded in each track
can display. Such information normally
includes:
284
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
The file name.
The folder name.
ID3 information, which might be the
album or artist name.
Audio System
•
•
•
The disc name.
The artist name.
The track name.
WARNINGS
Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a collision or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.
Note: You can select these display options
in the same way as MP3 displays.
Ending Compact Disc Playback
To restore radio reception on all units,
press RADIO.
Note: The CD does not eject. The disc
pauses at the point where radio reception
returned.
To resume CD playback, press CD again.
AUDIO INPUT JACK
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
E149149
The auxiliary input jack allows you to
connect and play music from your portable
music player through your vehicle speakers.
You can use any portable music player
designed for use with headphones. Your
audio extension cable must have male
1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at
each end.
For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.
1.
Switch off the engine, radio and
portable music player. Set the parking
brake and put the transmission in
position P (vehicle with an automatic
transmission) or neutral (vehicle with
a manual transmission).
2. Plug the extension cable from the
portable music player into the auxiliary
input jack.
3. Switch the radio on. Select either a
tuned FM station or a CD.
4. Adjust the volume as desired.
285
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Audio System
5. Switch your portable music player on
and adjust its volume to half its
maximum level.
6. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN
appears in the display. You should hear
music from your device even if it is low.
7. Adjust the volume on your portable
music player until it reaches the volume
level of the FM station or CD. Do this
by switching back and forth between
the AUX and FM or CD controls.
The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge
devices (if supported).
MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)
The media hub is located in front of the
gearshift.
A
B
USB PORT (If Equipped)
E170492
C
A
Line in.
B
USB ports.
C
SD card slot.
E149148
AUDIO TROUBLESHOOTING
Audio unit display
Rectification
Please check CD
General error message for CD fault conditions, for
example cannot read the CD, data-CD inserted, etc.
Make sure the disc is loaded correctly. Clean and re-try,
or replace disc with known music disc. If error persists
contact an authorized dealer.
CD drive malfunction
General error message for CD fault conditions. For
example a mechanism fault.
CD drive high temp.
Ambient temperature too hot – unit will not work until
it has cooled down.
286
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
GENERAL INFORMATION
E142598
SYNC is an in-vehicle communications
system that works with your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone and
portable media player.
•
This allows you to:
• Make and receive calls
• Access and play music from your
media player
• Use Emergency Assistance and
*
applications, via SYNC Applink
*
•
Support
•
•
•
These features are not available in all
markets and may require activation.
Available AppLink enabled apps vary by
market.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Access phonebook contacts and music
using voice commands
Stream music from your connected cell
phone
Select pre-defined text messages (if
your device supports this)
For further support, see an authorized
dealer. For more information, visit the
regional Ford website.
287
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Use the advanced voice recognition
system
Charge your USB device (if your device
supports this)
SYNC™
Safety Information
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. The log profile and other
system data may be used to improve the
system and help diagnose any problems
that may occur.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
The cell phone profile, media player index
and development log will remain in the
system unless deleted. They are generally
accessible in your vehicle only when you
connect your cell phone or media player.
If you no longer plan to use the system or
your vehicle, we recommend you complete
a master reset to erase all stored
information. See SYNC™ (page 287).
Special equipment is required to access
system data. Access to your vehicle's
SYNC module is also required. We will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described without consent.
Examples where system data can be
accessed are for a court order, where
required by law enforcement, other
government authorities or other third
parties acting with lawful authority. Other
parties may seek to access the information
independently of us. Further privacy
information is available. See SYNC™
Applications and Services (page 304).
When using SYNC:
• Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Carefully place cords and
cables where you cannot step on them
or they do not interfere with the
operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
• Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. Refer to
your device's manual for further
information.
• Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. See an authorized dealer.
USING VOICE RECOGNITION
Privacy Information
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
steering wheel and focus on what is in front
of you.
When a cell phone is connected to SYNC,
the system creates a profile that is linked
to that cell phone. The system creates the
profile to offer you more mobile features
and to operate more efficiently. Among
other things, this profile may contain data
about your phonebook, text messages
(read and unread) and call history. This
will include the history of calls when your
cell phone was not connected to the
system. If you connect a media player, the
system creates and retains an index of
Helpful Hints
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as
quiet as possible. Wind noise from open
windows and road vibrations may prevent
the system from correctly recognizing
spoken commands.
288
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Before giving a voice command, wait for
the system announcement to finish
followed by a single beep. Any command
spoken before this does not register with
the system.
You can interrupt the system at any time
while it is speaking by pressing the voice
button. You can also cancel a voice session
at any time by pressing and holding the
voice button.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
Initiating a Voice Session
Press the voice button located
on the steering wheel. A list of
E142599
available commands appears in
the display.
Global voice commands
(cancel | stop | exit)
This command ends the voice session. You
can also cancel a session by holding the
voice button for two or more seconds.
help
This command provides you with hints,
examples and instructions.
main menu
This command restarts the voice session
from the initial starting point.
The default setting is to a higher level of
interaction in order to help you learn to use
the system. You can change these settings
at any time.
System Interaction and Feedback
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and your chosen level of
interaction. You can customize the voice
recognition system to provide more or less
instruction and feedback.
Adjusting the Interaction Level
Press the voice button. When
prompted:
E142599
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the interaction level.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description
interaction mode
advanced
Provides less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
interaction mode novice
Provides more detailed interaction and guidance.
289
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Confirmation prompts are short questions
the system asks when it is not sure of your
request or when there is more than one
possible response to your request. For
example, the system may ask if the
command phone is correct.
Press the voice button. When prompted:
Command
voice settings
Description
Provides access to change the confirmation prompt setting.
Then any of the following:
Command
Description
confirmation prompts off Makes a best guess from the command. You may still occasionally be asked to confirm settings.
confirmation prompts on Clarifies your voice command with a short question.
The system creates suggestion lists when
it has the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice commands.
When switched on, the system may
prompt you with as many as four
possibilities for clarification.
Command
Description
media candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the media suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
media candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for media suggestions.
phone candidate lists off Makes a best guess from the cell phone suggestion list. The
system may occasionally ask you questions.
phone candidate lists on Clarifies your voice command for cell phone suggestions.
Press the MENU button.
Changing the Voice Settings
You can change the voice settings using
the information and entertainment display.
290
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
You can then select the following:
Action
Message
SYNC-Settings
Voice settings
Enters menu for voice options.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates that no phones
are paired, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the
pairing process.
4. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
5. Wait until the PIN appears on the
phone display. Compare the PIN on the
phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the
phone and the vehicle display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request
to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN
provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. While the system
supports a variety of features, many are
dependent on your cell phone's
functionality.
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Using privacy mode.
• Dialing a number.
• Redialing.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Other features such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download are cell phone dependent
features. To check your cell phone's
compatibility, refer to your device's manual
or visit the regional Ford website.
Depending on your cell phone's capability
and your market, the system may prompt
you with questions such as setting the
current cell phone as the primary cell
phone (the cell phone the system
automatically tries to connect with first
when you switch the ignition on) or
downloading your phonebook.
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
291
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth devices.
4. Press the OK button.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device to start the
pairing process.
7. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
8. Wait until the PIN appears on the
phone display. Compare the PIN on the
phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the
phone and the vehicle display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Note: In some cases the phone will request
to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN
provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
The information display may show your
cell phone's battery charge level and signal
strength.
Using Voice Commands
E142599
Make sure to switch on your phone's
Bluetooth feature before starting the
search. See your device's manual if
necessary.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Voice Command
Action and Description
(pair ([Bluetooth] Follow the instrucdevice | phone |
tions on the audio
Bluetooth [audio]) display.
| add phone)
Words in square brackets [ ] are optional
and do not have to be spoken for the
system to understand the command.
The system may prompt you with
questions such as setting the current cell
phone as the primary cell phone or
downloading your phonebook.
Depending on your phone's capability and
your market, the system may prompt you
with questions, such as setting the current
phone as the primary phone (the phone
SYNC automatically tries to connect with
first upon vehicle start-up) and
downloading your phonebook.
Cell Phone Voice Commands
E142599
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Press the voice button and when prompted
say:
Wirelessly pairing your cell phone with the
system allows you to make and receive
hands-free calls.
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
Note: To scroll through the menus, press
the up or down arrows on your audio system.
292
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Voice Command
Voice Command
(mute [call] off | Unmute [call])
2
(phone | Blackberry | iPhone | Mobile)
(turn ringer on | silent mode off)
Then say any of the following:
(turn ringer off | silent mode [on])
call (___)
[text] (messages | message)
call ___ at home
Help
call ___ ([at] work | [(in | at) [the]] office)
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it
could be the name of anything, such as a
group, artist or song. For example you
could say "Play artist The Beetles".
call ___ on (mobile | cell)
call ___ on other
dial [[a] number]
1
1
([go to] privacy [on] | transfer to
phone | handsfree off)
See Dial table below.
2
2
2
3
join (call | calls)
2
Dial Commands
mute [call] [on]
2
(hold call [on] | (put | place) call on
hold)
Voice Command
3
These commands are only valid while in
a phone call.
See the text message table below.
Press the voice button and when prompted
say any of the following commands:
Action and Description
Pound
This will add a # symbol to the number or name.
Number
0 (zero) to 9 (nine)
Asterisk or Star
This will add a * symbol to the number or name.
clear
Deletes all entered digits
(delete | correct)
Deletes the last set of entered digits.
Plus
This will add a + symbol to the number or name.
Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the phone button or any button on the audio unit.
Phonebook Hints
To hear how the SYNC system speaks a
name browse phonebook, select a contact
and press:
293
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
To end the call, press the end call button
on the steering wheel or select the end call
option in the audio display and press OK.
Menu Item
Hear it
Receiving a Call
Making a Call
When receiving a call, you can:
• Answer the call by pressing the accept
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the accept call option in the
audio display and pressing the OK
button.
• Reject the call by pressing the reject
call button on the steering wheel or by
selecting the reject call option in the
audio display and pressing the OK
button.
• Ignore the call by doing nothing.
Press the voice button and when prompted
say either:
Voice
Command
Action and Description
call
(someone
| [[a]
name])
dial [[a]
number]
SYNC prompts you to say
the numbers that you wish
to dial. After you say the
numbers, the system
confirms it.
Cell Phone Options During an
Active Call
During an active call, you have extra menu
features which become available, for
example putting a call on hold.
When the system has stated the
number, you say any of the following:
Voice
Command
To access this menu, choose one of the
options available at the bottom of the
audio display or select the option for more.
Action and Description
(dial |
send)
This initiates the call.
(delete |
correct)
To erase the last spoken
digit.
clear
To erase all spoken digits.
Menu Item
Action and Description
Mic. off
Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone
on, select the option again.
Privacy
Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your
cell phone for a more private conversation. When selected,
the audio display will indicate the call is private.
Hold
Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display
will indicate the call is on hold.
294
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Dial a number
Enter numbers using the audio system numeric keypad, for
example numbers for passwords.
Join calls
Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of
three callers on a multi-party or conference call.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Access the desired contact through the system or use
voice commands to place the second call. Once actively
in the second call, select the option for more.
3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button.
Phonebook
Access your phonebook contacts.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK
button.
3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access your call history log.
1. Select the option for more.
2. Scroll to the option until call history appears. Press the
OK button.
3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming,
outgoing or missed).
4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
The system attempts to automatically
re-download your phonebook and call
history each time your cell phone connects
to the system. You must turn on the auto
download feature if your cell phone
supports it.
Accessing Features Through the
Cell Phone Menu
You can access your call history,
phonebook, sent text messages as well as
access cell phone and system settings.
You can also access advanced features
such as emergency assistance.
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
1.
295
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Press the PHONE button to enter the
cell phone menu.
SYNC™
2. Select one of the options available.
Menu Item
Action and Description
Dial a number
Dial a number using the audio system numeric keypad.
Redial
Redial the last number called (if available). Press the OK
button to select.
Phonebook
Access your downloaded phonebook.
1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use
the options at the bottom of the screen to quickly access
an alphabetical category. You can also use the letters on
the keypad to jump in the list.
2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts.
3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection
appears in the audio display.
4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Call history
Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls.
1. Press the OK button to select.
2. Scroll to select either incoming calls, outgoing calls or
missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection.
3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.
Speed Dial
Select one of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry,
go to the phonebook and press and hold one of the numbers
on the audio system numeric keypad.
Text messaging
Send, download and delete text messages.
BT Devices
Access the following option for Bluetooth device menu listings:
Add
Delete
Conn.
Discon.
Master
Phone settings
View various settings and features on your cell phone.
296
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Text Messaging
Receiving a Text Message
Note: This is a phone-dependent feature.
Your phone must support downloading text
messages using Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
WARNING
Local laws may prohibit some or all
of the text messaging functions while
driving. Check your local road rules
before using these functions.
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature
and is only available when your vehicle is
traveling at 5 km/h or less.
The system allows you to receive, send,
download and delete text messages. The
system can also read incoming text
messages to you so that you do not have
to take your eyes off the road.
When a new message arrives, an audible
tone sounds and the audio display
indicates you have a new message.
To hear the message you can say:
Note: This is a cell phone dependent
feature.
Voice command
Action and Description
(listen to | read)
([text] message)
Select this option
to have the system
read the message
to you.
Using the screen you also have the following options:
Menu
Item
Action and Description
Ignore
Select this option, or do nothing, and the message goes into your text message
inbox.
View
Select the view option to open the text message. Once selected, you have
the ability to have the message read to you, to view other messages. For
additional options select:
More...
If you select this option, use the arrow button to scroll through the
following options:
Reply to
sender
Press the OK button to access, and then scroll
through a list of pre-defined messages to send.
Call sender
Press the OK button to call the sender of the
message.
Forward
msg.
Press the OK button to forward the message to
anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can
also choose to enter a number.
297
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Sending, Downloading and Deleting
Your Text Messages
2. Select the text messaging option, then
press the OK button.
1.
Choose from the following:
Press the PHONE button.
Menu Item
Action and Description
New
When you select the option to send a text message, a list of
pre-defined messages appear in the audio display. Allows
you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set
of 15 messages.
View
Allows you to read the full message and in addition provides
the option to have the message read out to you by the system.
To go to the next message select the more option. This allows
you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the
message.
Delete
Allows you to delete current text messages from the system
(not your cell phone). The audio display indicates when all
your text messages have been deleted.
More...
Allows you to delete all messages or to manually trigger a
download of all unread messages from your cell phone.
Note: Only one recipient is allowed per text
message.
Sending a Text Message
1.
Select the send option when the
desired selection is highlighted in the
audio display.
2. Select the confirmation option when
the contact appears and press the OK
button again to confirm when the
system asks if you would like to send
the message. Each text message is
sent with a pre-defined signature.
Note: You can send text messages two
ways. You can chose a contact from your
phonebook, call history or by entering a
phone number and selecting the text option
from the audio display. You can also reply
to a received message in the inbox.
Accessing Your Cell Phone
Settings
These are cell phone dependent features.
Your cell phone settings allow you to
access and adjust features such as your
ringtone, text message notification, modify
your phonebook and set up automatic
download.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the phone settings option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
298
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Set as master
If this option is checked, the system will use this cell phone
as the master when there is more than one cell phone paired
to the system. This option can be changed for all paired cell
phones (not only for the active one) using the Bluetooth
devices menu.
Phone status
See the cell phone name, provider name, cell phone number,
signal level and battery level. When done, press the left arrow
button to return to the cell phone status menu.
Set ringtone
Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one
of the system's or your cell phone's). If your cell phone
supports in-band ringing, your cell phone's ringtone sounds
when you choose the cell phone ringtone option.
1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each
ringtone.
2. Press the OK button to select.
Text msg notify
Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when
a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn the
audible tone on or off.
Phonebook pref.
Modify the contents of your phonebook, e.g. add, delete,
download. Press the OK button to select and scroll between
the options in the table below.
To modify the phone book preferences,
choose from the following:
299
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Add contacts
Push the desired contacts on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK
button to add more contacts from your phonebook.
Delete
When a message asking you to delete appears, select the
option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current
phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to
the menu for phone settings.
Download now
Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook
to the system.
Auto-download
When automatic download is switched on, any changes,
additions or deletions saved in the system since your last
download are deleted.
When automatic download is switched off, your phonebook
will not be downloaded when your cell phone connects to
the system.
Your phonebook, call history and text messages can only be
accessed when your paired cell phone is connected to the
system.
Check or uncheck this option to automatically download your
phonebook each time your cell phone connects to the system.
Downloading times are cell phone dependent and quantity
dependent.
Bluetooth Devices Menu Options
Bluetooth Devices
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the Bluetooth device option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
This menu provides access to your
Bluetooth devices. Use the arrow buttons
to scroll through the menu options. It
allows you to add, connect and delete
devices and set a cell phone as primary.
Menu Item
Add
Action and Description
Pair additional cell phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your cell phone. Refer to your
device's manual if necessary.
3. Select SYNC on your cell phone.
300
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
4. Wait until the PIN appears on the phone display. Compare
the PIN on the phone with the PIN shown in the audio
display and accept the request on the phones and the
vehicles display. The display indicates when the pairing
*
is successful.
5. When the option to set the cell phone as the primary cell
phone appears, select either yes or no.
6. Depending on the functionality of your cell phone, the
system may ask you extra questions (for example, if you
would like to download your phonebook). Select either
yes or no to confirm your response.
Delete
After deleting a cell phone from the list, the cell phone can
only be connected again by repeating the full pairing process.
Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks
to delete the selected device.
Master
The system attempts to connect with the primary cell phone
every time you switch the ignition on. When a cell phone is
selected as primary, it appears first in the list and is marked
with an asterisk.
Set a previously paired cell phone as your primary cell phone.
Select the master option to confirm the primary cell phone.
Conn.
Connect a previously paired cell phone. You can only have
one cell phone connected at a time to use the cell phone
functionality. When another cell phone is connected, the
previous cell phone will be disconnected from the telephone
services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth
devices for the cell phone functionality and the Bluetooth
audio music playback feature at the same time.
Discon.
Disconnects the selected cell phone. Select this option and
confirm when asked to. After disconnecting a cell phone, it
can be connected again without repeating the full pairing
process.
*
In some cases the phone will request to enter a PIN. Enter the six-digit PIN provided by
the system in the audio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
2. Select the SYNC settings option, then
press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
System Settings
1.
Press the MENU button.
301
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Menu Item
Action and Description
Bluetooth on
Check or uncheck this option to turn the Bluetooth interface
of the system on or off. Select this option then press the OK
button to change the option's status.
Set defaults
This selection does not erase your indexed information
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices).
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. Return to the factory default settings.
Master reset
Completely erase all information stored on the system
(phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices)
and return to the factory default settings.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. The display indicates when complete and the system
takes you back to the previous menu.
Install on SYNC
Install applications or software updates you have downloaded.
Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio
display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update
available on the USB thumb drive in order to finish an
installation successfully.
System info
Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial
number.
Press the OK button to select.
Voice settings
The voice settings submenu contains various options. See
Using Voice Recognition (page 288).
Browse USB
Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB
device. Press the OK button and use the up or down arrows
to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right
arrows to enter and leave a folder. Media content can be
directly selected for playback from this menu.
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your cell
phone's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates that no phones
are paired, select the option to add.
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
PHONE
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
302
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the
pairing process.
4. When prompted on your cell phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
5. Select the option to add. This starts
the pairing process.
6. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your device to start the
pairing process.
7. When prompted on your cell phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
Bluetooth Devices
1.
Bluetooth Devices Menu Options
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your cell
phone's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button.
3. Select the option for Bluetooth devices.
4. Press the OK button.
1. Press the PHONE button.
2. Scroll until the Bluetooth device option
appears, then press the OK button.
3. Scroll to select from the following
options:
If You Select
Add
You Can
Pair extra cell phones to the system.
1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process.
2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio
display, search for SYNC on your cell phone. Refer to your
cell phone's manual if necessary.
3. When prompted on your cell phone's display, enter the
six-digit PIN provided by the system in the audio display.
The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
4. When the option to set the cell phone as the primary
cell phone appears, select either yes or no.
5. Depending on the functionality of your cell phone, you
may be asked extra questions (for example. if you would
like to download your phonebook). Select either yes or no
to confirm your response.
303
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Each application may have its own specific
settings.
SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND
SERVICES
Press the MENU button to enter the
system menu.
A list of available applications appears.
Message
SYNC-Apps
Description and Action
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the
fuel pump shut off, the system may
contact emergency services through a
paired and connected cell phone. For more
information about the system and
Emergency Assistance, visit the regional
Ford website.
SYNC Emergency Assistance
WARNINGS
For this feature to work, your cell
phone must have Bluetooth and be
compatible with the system.
Always place your cell phone in a
secure location inside your vehicle.
Failure to do so may cause serious
injury to someone or damage the cell
phone which could prevent this feature
from working correctly.
Note: Before selecting this feature, you
must read the Emergency Assistance privacy
notice later in this section for important
information.
Note: When you switch this feature on or
off, that setting applies for all paired cell
phones. If you have turned this feature off
and a previously paired phone connects
when you switch on the ignition, either a
voice message plays, a display message or
icon is shown, or both.
Unless the feature setting is switched
on prior to a crash, the system will
not attempt to place an emergency
call which could delay the response time,
potentially increasing the risk of serious
injury or death. Do not wait for the system
to make an emergency call if you can do it
yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid a delayed response
time. If you do not hear Emergency
Assistance within five seconds of the crash,
the system or cell phone may be damaged
or non-functional.
Note: Every cell phone operates differently.
While this feature works with most cell
phones, some cell phones may experience
difficulties using this feature.
Note: Make sure you are familiar with the
information about airbag deployment. See
Supplementary Restraints System (page
27).
Switching Emergency Assistance
On and Off
Press the MENU button then select:
304
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Message
Action
SYNC-Apps
Press OK.
Emerg. assist
Press OK. Select the option you require and press OK.
Note: This feature only works in countries
or regions where SYNC Emergency
Assistance can call the local emergency
services. Visit the regional Ford website for
details.
Display Options
If you switch on this feature, a confirmation
message appears in the display.
If you switch off this feature, a dialog will
appear in the display, which allows you to
set a voice reminder.
In the Event of a Crash
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or
triggers the fuel pump shut off (which may
turn on Emergency Assistance). However,
if Emergency Assistance is triggered the
system tries to contact the emergency
services. If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses connection to the system,
it searches for and tries to connect to any
available previously paired cell phone. The
system attempts to make an emergency
call.
Off with voice reminder provides a display
and voice reminder when your cell phone
connects and your vehicle starts.
Off without voice reminder provides a
display reminder only without a voice
reminder when your cell phone connects.
To make sure that Emergency Assistance
works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
working correctly at the time of the
crash and during feature activation and
use.
• You must switch on the feature before
a crash.
• You must have a cell phone connected
to the system.
• In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
registered SIM card with credit in order
to place and maintain an emergency
call.
• A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
outgoing call at the time of the crash.
• A connected cell phone must have
adequate network coverage, battery
power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
Before making a call:
• If you do not cancel the call and SYNC
makes a successful call, an
introductory message plays for the
emergency operator. After this
message, there is hands-free
communication between your vehicle's
occupants and the operator.
• The system provides a short time
window (approximately 10 seconds)
to cancel the call. If you do not cancel
the call, the system attempts to make
an emergency call.
• The system plays a message letting
you know when it attempts to make an
emergency call. You can cancel the call
by selecting the relevant function
button or by pressing the end call
button on the steering wheel.
305
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
During a call:
• Emergency Assistance uses your
vehicle GPS or cellular network
information when available to
determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
emergency operator of the crash and
delivers the introductory message. This
may include your vehicle GPS
coordinates.
• The language the system uses to
interact with the occupants of your
vehicle may differ from the language
used to deliver information to the
emergency operator.
• After the delivery of the introductory
message the voice line opens so that
you can speak hands-free with the
emergency operator.
• When the line is connected, you must
be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location
information immediately.
Note: The emergency operator may also
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell
phone location and cell phone carrier name
independent from SYNC Emergency
Assistance.
Emergency Assistance may not work if:
• Your cell phone or Emergency
Assistance hardware sustains damage
in the crash.
• The vehicle battery or the system has
no power.
• A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
• You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
• You are in a country or region where
the SYNC Emergency Assistance
cannot place the call. Visit the regional
Ford website for details.
Important Information about the
Emergency Assistance Feature
Note: While the system provides
information to the emergency operator, the
system plays a message letting you know
it is sending important information. It then
lets you know when the line is open to start
hands-free communication.
Emergency Assistance does not currently
call emergency services in some countries.
Visit the regional Ford website for the
latest details.
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
an emergency priority screen appears which
contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
available.
When you switch on Emergency
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
emergency operator or other details about
your vehicle or crash to provide the most
appropriate emergency services.
Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch on the feature.
306
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
SYNC AppLink
The system enables voice and manual
control of SYNC AppLink enabled
smartphone apps. Once an app is running
through AppLink, you can control main
features of the app through voice
commands and manual controls.
Note: Make sure you have an active account
for the app that you have downloaded.
Some apps will work automatically with no
setup. Other apps will want you to configure
your personal settings and personalize your
experience by creating stations or favorites.
We recommend you do this at home or
outside of your vehicle.
Note: You must pair and connect your
smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink.
To Access Using the SYNC Menu
Scroll through the list of available
applications and press OK to select an
app. Once an app is running through SYNC,
press the right arrow button to access the
app menu. You can access various app
features from here, for example thumbs
up and thumbs down. Press the left arrow
button to exit the app menu.
Note: iPhone users need to connect the
phone to the USB port.
Note: Android users need to connect the
phone to SYNC using Bluetooth.
Note: For information on available apps,
supported smartphone devices and
troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford
website.
Message
Press the MENU button then select:
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
Scroll to this option, and then press OK.
Find new Apps
Select this option if the app required is not listed.
Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app cannot be found, make sure the required app is
running on the mobile device.
To Access Using Voice Commands
Press the voice button and when prompted
say:
Command
mobile (apps | applications)
Description and Action
Say the name of the application after the tone. The application will start. While an app is running through SYNC, you can
press the voice button and speak commands specific to the
app.
The following voice commands are always
available:
307
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Command
Description and Action
[main menu] help
Use this command to hear a list of available voice commands.
mobile (apps | applications)
The system will prompt you to say the name of the app to
start it.
list [mobile] (apps |
applications)
The system will list all of the currently available mobile apps.
find [new] [mobile]
(apps | applications)
The system will search your connected mobile device for
SYNC compatible apps.
(quit | exit | close)
Use this command followed by the name of the app.
Enabling and Disabling Push
Notifications
You can also say the name of any SYNC
compitable app to start it on SYNC. To see
a list of the available voice commands for
an app, say the name of an app followed
by help. For example you could say
"Spotify help".
Some apps can send push notifications. A
push notification is an alert from an app
running in the background and is delivered
by voice, pop up or both. This may be
particularly useful for news or location
based apps.
Press the MENU button then select:
Message
Description and Action
SYNC-Apps
Mobile Apps
SYNC-Settings
All Apps
If push notifications are supported, this setting will be listed.
Select to enable or disable the feature as required.
Data is sent to Ford in the United States
through the connected device. The
information is encrypted and includes your
VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous
usage statistics and debugging
information. Updates may take place
automatically.
Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps
To use the system you must consent to
send and receive app authorization
information and updates, using the data
plan associated with the connected device.
Note: You must enable mobile apps for
each connected device the first time you
select a mobile app using the system.
308
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
App Status
Note: Standard data rates will apply. Ford
is not responsible for any additional charges
you may receive from your service provider,
when your vehicle sends or receives data
through the connected device. This includes
any additional charges incurred due to
driving in areas when roaming out of a home
network.
Message
You can view the current status of an app
in the settings menu. There are three
possible statuses:
Description and Action
Update needed
The system has detected a new app requiring authorization
or a general permissions update is required.
Up-to-date
No update is required.
Updating...
The system is trying to receive an update.
Options in the settings menu:
Message
Description and Action
Request Update
If an update is required and you want to manually request
the update, for example when you are in a Wi-Fi hotspot.
Disable Updates
Select this option to disable automatic updates.
When you launch an app using SYNC, the
system may ask you to grant certain
permissions, for example:
• To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle
information to the app including, but
not limited to: Fuel level, fuel
consumption, engine speed, battery
voltage, odometer, VIN, external
temperature, gear position, tire
pressure, ambient temperature, date
and time.
• To allow your vehicle to provide driving
characteristic information, including,
but not limited to: MyKey, seatbelt
status, engine speeds, braking events,
brake pedal switch, acceleration,
accelerator pedal position, clutch pedal
switch, trip length, trip time, trip cost,
percent engine on time, and percent of
time at speed.
App Permissions
Permissions are divided by groups. You can
grant these group permissions individually.
You can change a permission group status
any time when not driving, by using the
settings menu.
309
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
•
To allow your vehicle to provide
location information, including: GPS
and speed.
To allow the app to send push
notifications using the vehicle display
and voice capabilities while running in
a background state.
•
Confirm that the USB device has been
formatted correctly and has the following
specifications:
• USB 2.0.
• File format must be FAT16/32.
Note: NTFS file format is not supported.
The format of the audio files on the USB
device must be:
• MP3.
• Non DRM protected WMA.
• WAV.
• AAC.
Note: You will only need to grant
permissions the first time you use an app
with SYNC.
Note: We are not responsible or liable for
any damages or loss of privacy relating to
usage of an app, or dissemination of any
vehicle data that you approve us to provide
to an app.
Connecting Your Media Player to
the USB Port
USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR
MEDIA PLAYER
Note: If your media player has a power
switch, make sure you switch on the device.
You can access and play music from your
media player through your vehicle's
speaker system using the system's media
menu or voice commands. You can also
sort and play your music by specific
categories, for example artist or albums.
To Connect Using Voice Commands
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
2. Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
media player including: iPod, Zune, Plays
from device players, and most USB drives.
SYNC also supports audio formats, for
example MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC.
Voice Command
Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands. Refer to the media voice commands.
Words in brackets [ ] are optional and do not have to be spoken for the system to
understand the command. For example, for where (USB [stick] | iPOD | MP3 [player])
appears, you can say USB or USB stick.
2. Press the Media button (next to the
audio display) until an initializing
message appears in the display.
To Connect Using the System Menu
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
310
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
Depending on how many media files are on your connected
device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When
indexing is complete, the screen returns to the playback menu.
Choose from the following:
Message
Play all
Playlists
Songs
Artists
Albums
Genres
Browse USB
Reset USB
Exit
Media Voice Commands
What's Playing?
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
At any time during playback, you can press
the voice button and ask the system what
is playing. The system reads the metadata
tags of the current track, if populated.
E142599
Voice Command
Description and Action
(USB [stick] | iPod | MP3 You can now play music by saying any of the appropriate
[player])
voice commands.
You can say any of the voice commands that appear within open and close brackets that
are separated by |. For example, where; (what's | what is) appears you say; what's or
what is.
You must say any of the voice commands that appear outside of open and close brackets.
For example, where; who plays this (what's | what is) playing, you must say; who plays
this (what's or what is) playing.
311
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Then any of the following:
Voice Command
play
pause
play all
play [artist]
*
play [album]
*
play genre
*
play next track
play playlist
*
play previous
play song , song name
*
repeat off
repeat one
(browse | search | show) album
(browse | search | show) artist
(browse | search | show) genre
(browse | search | show) playlist
(browse | search | show) all (album | albums)
(browse | search | show) all (artist | artists)
(browse | search | show) all (genre | genres)
(browse | search | show) all (playlist | playlists)
(browse | search | show) all (song | songs | title | titles | file | files | track | tracks)
shuffle all
shuffle off
312
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Voice Command
play similar
((who's | who is) this | who plays this | (what's | what is) playing [now] | (what | which)
(song | track | artist) is this | (who's | who is) playing | (what's | what is) this)
* This voice command is not available until indexing is complete.
Voice Command Guide
Voice Command
Description and Action
(browse | search | show) The system searches all the data from your indexed music
genre
and if available, begins to play the chosen type of music.
play similar music, more
like this
The system compiles a playlist and then plays similar music
to what is currently playing from the USB port using indexed
metadata information.
(browse | search | show) The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from
artist
the music indexed through the USB port.
(browse | search | show) The system searches for a specific artist, track or album from
album
the music indexed through the USB port.
To switch the Bluetooth audio on, use the
MEDIA button (next to the audio display)
or Source button, or press the voice button
and when prompted say:
The system is also capable of playing
music from your cell phone through
Bluetooth.
Voice Command
Description and Action
bluetooth audio
Then any of the following:
Voice Command
Description and Action
pause
play
play next
play previous
313
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Media Menu Features
genre, shuffle or repeat, and to find similar
music or reset the index of your USB
devices.
The media menu allows you to select how
to play your music, for example by artist,
Press AUX to select USB playback.
Message
Options
Description and Action
This will enter the media menu.
Then any of the following:
Message
Description and Action
Shuffle
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Repeat track
Choose to shuffle or repeat your music. Once you make your
choice, it remains on until you switch it off.
Similar music
You can play similar types of music to the current playlist
from the USB port. The system uses the metadata information of each track to compile a playlist. The system then
creates a new list of similar tracks and then begins playing.
Each track must have the metadata tags populated for this
feature. With certain playing devices, if your metadata tags
are not populated, the tracks will not be available in voice
recognition, the play menu or this option. However, if you
place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage
device mode they are available in voice recognition, the play
menu or this option. The system places unknowns into any
unpopulated metadata tag.
Reset SYNC USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
2. Press MEDIA button (next to the audio
display) to select USB playback.
Accessing Your USB Song Library
1.
Plug the device into your vehicle's USB
port.
Message
Browse USB
Description and Action
This menu allows you to select and play your media files by
artist, album, genre, playlist and track or even to browse what
is on your USB device.
314
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
If there are no media files to access, the
display indicates there is no media. If there
are media files, you have the following
options to scroll through and select:
Message
Play all
Description and Action
Play all indexed media files from your playing device one at
*
a time in numerical order.
1. Press OK to select. The first track title appears in the
display.
Playlists
Access your playlists from formats, ASX, M3U, WPL or MTP.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press OK.
Songs
Search for and play a specific indexed track.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press OK.
Artists
Sort all indexed media files by artist. Once selected, the
system lists and then plays all artists and tracks alphabetic-
*
*
*
ally.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press OK.
Albums
Sort all indexed media files by albums.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired albums, and then press OK.
Genres
Sort indexed music by genre type.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press OK.
*
*
315
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Message
Description and Action
Browse USB
Browse all supported media files on your media player
connected to the USB port. You can only view media files
that are compatible with SYNC; other saved files are not
visible.
1. Press OK to select.
2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on your flash drive,
and then press OK.
Reset USB
Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete,
you can choose what to play from the USB song library.
*
You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain
alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the numeric keypad to jump
in the list.
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
You can access these menus using the
audio display. See Using SYNC™ With
Your Media Player (page 310).
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, please refer to the
tables below.
To check your cell phone's compatibility,
visit the regional Ford website.
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
A lot of background noise
during a phone
call.
The audio control
settings on your cell
phone may be affecting
SYNC performance.
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
During a call, I
can hear the
Possible cell phone
other person
malfunction.
but they cannot
hear me.
SYNC is not
able to download my phonebook.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
is not set to off.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
316
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
The system
says "Phonebook downloaded" but my Limitations on your cell
phone's capability.
SYNC phonebook is empty or
is missing
contacts.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, try moving them to your cell
phone's memory.
Remove any pictures or special ring tones
associated with the missing contact.
You must switch on your cell phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
cell phone to
SYNC.
Possible cell phone
malfunction.
Try deleting your device from SYNC and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on your cell phone.
Update your cell phone's firmware.
Switch off the auto download setting.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Text messaging Possible cell phone
is not working
malfunction.
on SYNC.
iPhone
Check your cell phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your cell phone, resetting
it or removing the battery, then trying again.
•
•
317
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Go to your cell phone's Settings.
Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
SYNC™
Cell phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
•
•
•
•
Make sure the connection status shows
Not Connected.
Press the blue circle to enter the next
menu.
Turn on Show Notifications.
Turn on Sync Contacts.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC.
Repeat these steps for every other Sync
vehicle you are connected to.
Your iPhone will only forward incoming text
messages to SYNC if it is unlocked.
Replying to text messages using SYNC is
not supported by iPhone.
Text messages from WhatsApp and Facebook Messenger are not supported.
Your cell phone must support downloading
text messages through Bluetooth to receive
incoming text messages.
This is a cell phonedependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
cell phone.
Access the text messaging menu of SYNC
to see if your cell phone supports the
feature. Press the PHONE button and then
scroll and select the option for text
messaging, then press OK.
Because each cell phone is different, refer
to your device's manual for the specific cell
This is a cell phone limita- phone you are pairing. In fact, there can be
tion.
differences between cell phones due to
brand, model, service provider and software
version.
318
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try switching off the device, resetting it or
removing the battery, then trying again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Possible device malfunc- Make sure you correctly insert the USB
tion.
cable in to the device and your vehicle's
USB port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
SYNC does not
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
recognize my
This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
device when I
temperatures.
start my vehicle.
This is a deviceBluetooth audio dependent feature.
does not
The device is not
stream.
connected.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
and press play on your device.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated.
information.
SYNC does not
recognize music
The file may be
that is on my
corrupted.
device.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
319
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
When I connect
my iPhone or
iPod Touch
through the
USB and
This is a device limitation.
Bluetooth Audio
at the same
time, I sometimes do not
hear any sound.
From the iPhone or iPod Touch music now
playing screen, select the audio device
airplay icon at the very bottom of your
iPhone or iPod Touch screen.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through Bluetooth Audio, select SYNC.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through USB, select Dock Connector.
Voice command issues
Issue
SYNC does not
understand
what I am
saying.
Possible cause
Possible solution
Review the cell phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
You may be speaking too The microphone for the system is either in
your rear view mirror or in the headliner just
soon or at the wrong
time.
above the windshield.
You may be using the
Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
SYNC does not
understand the
name of a song You may not be saying
the name exactly as the
or artist.
system saved it.
Say the song or artist exactly as the system
saved it. If you say, "Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music by Prince and
the Revolution or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If the song titles are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
320
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
The system may not be
reading the name the
Do not use special characters in the title,
same way you are saying as the system does not recognize them.
it.
Review the cell phone voice commands at
the beginning of the cell phone section.
You can also use the cell phone and media
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. suggestion lists to get a list of possible
suggestions when the system cannot fully
understand you. See Using Voice Recognition (page 288).
Make sure you are saying the name exactly
as the system saved it. For example, if the
contact name is Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe
Wilson".
SYNC does not
understand or is You may not be saying
the name exactly as the
calling the
wrong contact system saved it.
when I want to
make a call.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign names
stored on my
cell phone.
The system works better if you list full
names such as "Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
Contacts in your phonebook may be very short
and similar or they may
contain special characters.
Do not use special characters such as 123
or ICE as the system does not recognize
them.
Your phonebook
contacts may be in
capital letters.
If the contacts are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. JAKE requires you to
say "Call J-A-K-E".
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your cell phone.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
321
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
Voice command issues
Issue
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign tracks,
artists, albums,
genres and
playlist names
from my media
player or USB
flash drive.
Possible cause
Possible solution
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
SYNC uses a synthetically generated voice
rather than pre-recorded human voice.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
SYNC uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt
ation of some
technology.
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
My previous
Bluetooth voice
control system
allowed me to
control the
radio, CD, and
climate control
systems. Why
can I not control
these systems
with SYNC?
SYNC offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
The focus of SYNC is to
control your mobile
devices and the content
stored on them.
SYNC offers significant capability beyond
the previous system such as dialing a
contact name directly from the phonebook
without pre-recording (for example, “call
John Smith”) or selecting a track, artist,
album, genre or playlist directly from your
media player (for example, "play artist
Madonna").
322
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
General
Issue
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC remains in the
current active language.
SYNC does not support
the currently selected
language for the instrument cluster and inform- SYNC offers several new voice control
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
display.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
323
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
AppLink Mobile An AppLink capable
Applications:
phone is not connected
When I select
to SYNC.
"Find New
Apps", SYNC
does not find
any applications.
Ensure you have a compatible smartphone;
an Android with OS 2.3 or higher or an
iPhone 3GS or newer with iOS 5.0 or higher.
Additionally, ensure your phone is paired
and connected to SYNC in order to find
AppLink-capable apps on your device.
iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's
USB port with an Apple USB cable.
My phone is
connected, but
I still cannot find
any apps.
AppLink-enabled apps
are not installed and
running on your mobile
device.
Ensure you have downloaded and installed
the latest version of the app from your
phone's app store. Ensure the app is running
on your phone. Some apps require you to
register or login on the app on the phone
before using them with AppLink. Also, some
may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check
the app's settings menu on the phone.
My phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, but I
still cannot find
any apps.
Sometime apps do not
properly close and reopen their connection to
SYNC, over ignition
cycles, for example.
Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC
find the application if you cannot discover
it inside the vehicle. On an Android device,
if apps have an 'Exit' or 'Quit' option, select
that and then restart the app. If the app
does not have that option, you can also
manually "Force Close" the app by going
to the phone's settings menu, selecting
'Apps.' then finding the particular app and
choosing 'Force stop'. Don't forget to restart
the app afterwards, then select "Find New
Apps" on SYNC.
On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an
app, double tab the home button then
swipe up on the app to close it. Tap the
home button again, then select the app
again to restart it. After a few seconds, the
app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile
App's Menu.
324
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™
AppLink issues
Issue
Possible cause(s)
Possible solution(s)
My Android
phone is
connected, my
app(s) are
running, I
restarted them,
but I still cannot
find any apps.
There is a Bluetooth bug
on some older versions
of the Android OS that
may cause apps that
were found on your
previous vehicle drive to
not be found again if you
have not turned off
Bluetooth.
Reset the Bluetooth on your phone by
turning it off and then turning Bluetooth
back on. If you are in your vehicle, SYNC
should be able to automatically re-connect
to your phone if you press the "Phone"
button.
My iPhone is
The USB connection to
connected, my SYNC may need to be
app is running, I reset.
restarted the
app but I still
cannot find it on
SYNC.
Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait
a moment, and plug the USB cable back in
to the phone. After a few seconds, the app
should appear in SYNC's Mobile Apps
Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application
and restart it.
I have an
The Bluetooth volume on
Android phone. the phone may be low.
I found and
started my
media app on
SYNC, but there
is no sound or
the sound is
very low.
Try increasing the Bluetooth volume of the
device by using the device's volume control
buttons which are most often found on the
side of the device.
I can only see
some of the
AppLink apps
running on my
phone listed in
SYNC's Mobile
Apps Menu.
Force close or uninstall the apps you do not
want SYNC to find. If the app has a "Ford
SYNC" setting, disable that setting in the
app's settings menu on the phone.
Some Android devices
have a limited number of
Bluetooth ports apps can
use to connect. If you
have more AppLink apps
on your phone than the
number of availble
Bluetooth ports, you will
not see all of your apps
listed in SYNC's mobile
apps menu.
325
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
GENERAL INFORMATION
E142598
Note: This manual describes product
features and options available throughout
the range, sometimes even before they are
generally available. It may describe options
not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
•
•
SYNC 2 uses Bluetooth wireless
technology to pass information between
your vehicle and your phone. You can use
voice commands and other simple
controls, such as steering wheel buttons,
to make and receive calls or listen to text
messages. Whatever your phone can do,
SYNC lets you do so you can keep your
hands on the wheel and your eyes on the
road.
•
•
•
Like a universal remote control, SYNC
controls other systems besides your phone.
SYNC connects you to:
326
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Entertainment, including AM/FM
radio, DAB Radio (if equipped), or
music on USB, SD Card, and other
external devices
Navigation assistance (if equipped),
including maps
Information such as traffic (if
equipped), notification, calendar and
more through SYNC Application and
Services (if equipped)
Climate controls
Settings
SYNC™ 2
SYNC is customized in each vehicle, so the
design is different, but the basics are the
same. In vehicles with SYNC 2, the 8-inch
touchscreen in the center console lets you
view information and adjust Phone,
Entertainment, Navigation (if equipped),
and Climate settings.
WARNINGS
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.
Note: Make sure that you refer your device's
user guide before using it with SYNC.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Note: Your SYNC system performs regular
system maintenance in the background
while you are not using the car.
WARNINGS
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
A
G
B
F
E
E161891
327
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
D
C
SYNC™ 2
NAVIGATION
Item
Message
A
Phone
B
Navigation
C
Climate
D
Settings
E
Home
F
Information
G
Entertainment
Press to select any of the following:
Message
My Home
Favorites
Previous Destinations
Place of Interest
Emergency
Address
This system uses a four-corner strategy to
provide quick access to several vehicle
features and settings. The touchscreen
provides easy interaction with your mobile
phone, multimedia, climate control and
navigation system. The corners display any
active modes within those menus, such as
phone status or the climate temperature.
Junction
Town Center
Map
Edit Route
Cancel Route
Note: Some features are not available while
your vehicle is moving.
CLIMATE
Press the corresponding icons to control
the following options:
Note: Your system is equipped with a
feature that allows you to access and
control audio features for 10 minutes after
you switch the ignition off (and no doors
open).
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PHONE
Press to select any of the following:
Message
Phone
Speed Dial
Phonebook
Call History
Messaging
Settings
328
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Driver Settings.
Recirculated Air.
Auto.
Dual.
Passenger Settings.
A/C.
Defrost.
SYNC™ 2
SETTINGS
INFORMATION
E142607
E142608
Press to select any of the following:
Press to select any of the following:
Message
Message
Clock
Traffic
Display
Notifications
Sound
Calendar
Vehicle
Apps
Settings
Where Am I?
Help
ENTERTAINMENT
HOME
Press to select any of the following:
Message
E142613
AM
Press to access your home screen.
Depending on your vehicle’s option
package and software, your screens may
vary in appearance from the descriptions
in this section. Your features may also be
limited depending on your market. Check
with an authorized dealer for availability.
FM
DAB
*
CD
USB
BT Stereo
SD Card
Line In
*
329
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
If equipped.
SYNC™ 2
Using the Audio Controls
Depending on your vehicle, it may also have the following controls:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Power
Switch the media features on or off.
Vol
Adjust the volume of playing media.
Seek
Use as you normally would in media modes.
Tune
Use as you normally would in media modes.
Eject
Eject CD from the entertainment system.
Display
Press this button to switch the display screen off. Press again,
or touch the screen to switch the display screen on.
Source
Touch the control repeatedly to switch between media
modes.
Sound
Adjust the settings for:
Bass
Treble
Midrange
Set Balance and Fade
DSP
Speed Compensated Volume
Using the Steering Wheel Controls
Depending on your vehicle and option
package, you can use your steering wheel
controls to interact with the touchscreen
system.
•
•
•
VOL: Control the volume of audio
output.
Mute: Mute the audio output.
Voice: Press to start a voice session.
Press again and hold to end a voice
session.
330
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
•
•
Safety Information
SEEK and PHONE ACCEPT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets or press
and hold to seek between stations.
• While in USB or CD mode, press to
seek between tracks or press and
hold to fast seek.
• While in phone mode, press to
answer a call, or to switch between
calls.
SEEK and PHONE REJECT:
• While in radio mode, press to seek
between memory presets or press
and hold to seek between stations.
• While in USB or CD mode, press to
seek between tracks or press and
hold to fast seek.
• While in phone mode, press to end
a call, or to reject an incoming call.
WARNING
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
•
•
See Steering Wheel (page 43).
Cleaning the Touchscreen Display
Use a dry, clean, soft cloth. If dirt or
fingerprints are still visible, apply a small
amount of alcohol to the cloth. Do not pour
or spray alcohol onto the display. Do not
use detergent or any type of solvent to
clean the display.
•
Support
•
For further support, contact an authorized
dealer. For more information, visit the
regional Ford website.
Do not attempt to service or repair the
system. Have an authorized dealer
check your vehicle.
Do not operate playing devices if the
power cords or cables are broken, split
or damaged. Place cords and cables
out of the way, so they do not interfere
with the operation of pedals, seats,
compartments or safe driving abilities.
Do not leave playing devices in your
vehicle during extreme conditions as it
could cause them damage. See your
device's user guide for further
information.
For your safety, some SYNC functions
are speed-dependent. Their use is
limited to when your vehicle is traveling
at speeds under 8 km/h.
Make sure that you review your device's
manual before using it with SYNC.
Speed-restricted Features
Some features of this system may be too
difficult to use while your vehicle is moving
so they are restricted from use unless your
vehicle is stationary.
See the following chart for more specific
examples.
331
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Restricted Features
System Functionality
Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park
assist are active.
Text Messages
Composing text messages.
Editing preset text messages.
Navigation
Demo navigation route.
Special equipment is required to access
system data. Access to your vehicle's
SYNC module is also required. We will not
access the system data for any purpose
other than as described without consent.
Examples where we can access system
data are for a court order, where required
by law enforcement, other government
authorities or other third parties acting with
lawful authority. Other parties may seek
to access the information independently
of us. Further privacy information is
available.
Privacy Information
When a mobile phone connects to SYNC,
the system creates a profile that links to
that mobile phone. The system creates the
profile to offer you more mobile features
and to operate more efficiently. Among
other things, this profile may contain data
about your phonebook, text messages
(read and unread) and call history. This
includes the history of calls when your
mobile phone was not connected to the
system. If you connect a media player, the
system creates and retains an index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short development log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent
system activity. Use the log profile and
other system data to improve the system
and help diagnose any problems that may
occur.
Using Voice Recognition
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is in front of you.
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction (voice settings).
The mobile phone profile, media player
index and development log remain in the
system unless deleted. They are generally
accessible in your vehicle only when you
connect your mobile phone or media
player. If you no longer plan to use the
system or your vehicle, we recommend you
complete a master reset to erase all stored
information. See Information Displays
(page 70).
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the lower left status
bar indicating the status of the voice
command session.
332
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Accessing a List of Available Voice
Commands
How to Use Voice Commands
To access a list of available voice
commands you can do either of the
following.
E142599
The following are some of the voice
commands that you can say at any time
during a voice command session.
Using the touchscreen, press:
Menu Item
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
Settings
Voice command
Help
Main Menu
Voice Command List
What Can I Say
Using the steering wheel control, press
the voice button and when prompted
say one of the following:
Previous Page
Go Back
Voice Commands
Help
List of Commands
Helpful Hints
•
•
•
•
Radio List of Commands
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken voice commands.
After pressing the voice command icon,
wait until after the tone sounds and a
message appears before saying a voice
command. Any voice command spoken
prior to this does not register with the
system.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
At any time, you can interrupt the
system while it is speaking by pressing
the voice command icon.
Phone List of Commands
Voice Instructions List of Commands
Voice Command Settings
These allow you to customize the level of
system interaction, help and feedback. The
system defaults to standard interaction
that uses candidate lists and confirmation
prompts as these provide the highest level
of guidance and feedback.
333
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Interaction Mode
Novice
In this mode the system provides
detailed interaction and guidance.
Advanced
This mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts.
Confirmation Prompts
The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice
command. If turned off, the system simply makes a best guess
as to what you requested. The system may still occasionally
ask you to confirm a voice command.
Phone Candidate Lists
Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice
commands. The system creates these lists when it has the
same confidence level of several options based on your voice
command.
Media Candidate Lists
Using Voice Commands with the
Touchscreen Options
Using the touchscreen, press the
settings icon, then press:
The voice command system has a dual
mode feature which allows you to switch
between using voice commands and
making on-screen selections. This is
available only when the system displays a
list of candidates generated during a voice
command session. For example, this can
be used when entering a street address or
trying to call a contact from a mobile
phone paired to the system.
Menu Item
Voice Settings
Voice Control
Select from the following:
Interaction Mode
Confirmation Prompts
Media Candidate Lists
GENERAL INFORMATION
Phone Candidate Lists
Using Voice Recognition
Voice Control Volume
This system helps you control many
features using voice commands. This
allows you to keep your hands on the
wheel and focus on what is in front of you.
The system provides feedback through
audible tones, prompts, questions and
spoken confirmations depending on the
situation and the chosen level of
interaction (voice settings).
334
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
The system also asks short questions
(confirmation prompts) when it is not sure
of your request or when there are multiple
possible responses to your request.
You can say any of the voice commands
that appear within open and close brackets
that are separated by |. For example,
"(cancel | stop | exit)" appears, you say
"cancel" or "stop" or "exit".
When using voice commands, words and
icons may appear in the lower left status
bar indicating the status of the voice
session (such as Listening, Success, Failed,
Paused or Try Again).
You must say any of the voice commands
that appear outside of open and close
brackets. For example, "what are my
(options | choices)" appears, you must say
"what are my", followed by either
"options" or "choices".
How to Use Voice Commands with Your
System
E142599
You do not need to say words that appear
within square brackets. For example, "what
can I say [available] commands" appears,
you can say "what can I say commands".
Press the voice icon. After the
tone, speak your command
clearly.
These commands can be said at any time during a voice session
"Cancel"
"Exit"
"Go back"
"List of commands"
"Main menu"
"Next page"
"Previous page"
"What can I say?"
"Help"
335
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
What Can I Say?
During a voice command session, press the help icon ? in the lower left status bar
of the screen, and when prompted say one of the following:
Voice command
Action and Description
What can I say
This will provide an on-screen listing of the possible voice
commands associated with your current voice command
session.
voice settings help
This will provide a spoken listing of the possible voice
commands associated with your current voice command
session.
Helpful Hints
•
•
•
•
Available voice commands
Make sure the interior of your vehicle is
as quiet as possible. Wind noise from
open windows and road vibrations may
prevent the system from correctly
recognizing spoken commands.
After pressing the voice icon, wait until
after the tone sounds and Listening
appears before saying a command. Any
command spoken before this does not
register with the system.
Speak naturally, without long pauses
between words.
At any time, you can interrupt the
system while it is speaking by pressing
the voice icon.
"Audio list of commands"
"Bluetooth audio list of commands"
"Browse list of commands"
"CD list of commands"
"Climate control list of commands"
"List of commands"
"Navigation list of commands"
"Phone list of commands"
"Radio list of commands"
"SD card list of commands"
Accessing a List of Available Commands
•
•
*
"USB list of commands"
If you use the touchscreen, press the
Settings icon > Help > Voice
Command List.
If you use the steering wheel control,
press the voice icon. After the tone,
speak your command clearly.
"Voice instructions list of commands"
"Voice settings list of commands"
"Help"
*
This command is only available when
your vehicle is equipped with the
navigation system, and the navigation
system SD card is in the card slot.
336
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Voice Command Settings
Using Voice Commands with the
Touchscreen Options
These allow you to customize the level of
system interaction, help and feedback. The
system defaults to standard interaction
that uses candidate lists and confirmation
prompts as these provide the highest level
of guidance and feedback.
•
•
•
Your voice system has a dual mode feature
which allows you to switch between using
voice commands and making on-screen
selections. This is available only when the
system displays a list of candidates
generated during a voice session. For
example, when entering in a street address
or trying to call a contact from the phone
you paired to the system.
Interaction Mode: Novice mode
provides detailed interaction and
guidance. Advanced mode has less
audible interaction and more tone
prompts.
Confirmation Prompts: The system
uses these short questions to confirm
your voice command. If turned off, the
system simply makes a best guess as
to what you requested. The system
may still occasionally ask you to
confirm a voice command.
Phone and Media Candidate Lists:
Candidate lists are lists of possible
results from your voice commands. The
system creates these lists when it has
the same confidence level of several
options based on your voice command.
337
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
SETTINGS
A
B
C
D
E
F
E161968
Item
Menu Item
A
Clock
B
Display
C
Sound
D
Vehicle
E
Settings
F
Help
Clock
E142607
Under this menu, you can set the clock,
access and adjust the display, sound and
vehicle settings as well as access settings
for specific modes or the help feature.
338
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Settings
Press the settings icon.
Clock
Press the + or - to adjust the time.
From this screen, you can also make other adjustments such
as 12-hour or 24-hour mode, activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time
zones.
You can also switch the outside air temperature display off
and on. It appears at the top center of the touchscreen, next
to the time and date.
Note: You cannot manually set the date. Your vehicle’s GPS does this for you.
Note: If the battery has been disconnected, your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to
update the clock. Once your vehicle acquires the signal, it may take a few minutes for the
update to display the correct time.
Display
E142607
You can adjust the display using the
touchscreen or the voice button on the
steering wheel controls.
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Display
Then select from the following:
Mode
Allows you to switch the display off. It also allows you to set the screen
to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based
on the outside light level.
If you also select:
Auto
Night
Edit Wallpaper
These features will allow you to adjust the dimming of
your screen.
Allows you to display the default photo or upload your own.
339
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Auto Dim
Action and Description
When set to On, lets you use the automatic dimming feature.
When set to Off you are able to adjust the brightness of the screen.
Brightness
Auto Dim
Manual Offset
Make the screen display brighter or dimmer.
Allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions
change from day to night.
Note: Photographs with extremely large
dimensions (such as 2048 x 1536) may not
be compatible and appear as a blank
(black) image on the display.
E142599
You can adjust the display settings using
the touchscreen or the voice button on the
steering wheel controls.
The system allows you to upload and view
up to 32 photos.
To make adjustments using the voice
button, press the button and when
prompted, say:
E142607
To access, press the settings button.
Voice command
Display Settings
Uploading Photos for Your Home
Screen Wallpaper
Note: You cannot load photos directly from
your camera. You must access the photos
either from your USB mass storage device
or from an SD card.
To upload your photos, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Display
Edit Wallpaper
Follow the system prompts to upload your photographs.
340
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Only the photograph(s), which meets the
following conditions display:
• Compatible file formats are as follows:
JPG, GIF, PNG, BMP.
• Each file must be 1.5 MB or less.
•
Recommended dimensions: 800 x 384.
Sound
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Sound
Then select from the following:
Bass
Midrange
Treble
Set Balance and Fade
DSP occupancy
Adaptive volume
Note: Your vehicle may not have all of these sound settings.
Vehicle
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Vehicle
Then select from the following:
Ambient light
Camera Settings
Enable Valet Mode
341
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Ambient Lighting (If Equipped)
lighting illuminates the footwells, media
bin, door release handles, and the door
map pockets with a choice of colors.
When you switch this feature on, ambient
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Vehicle
Ambient light
•
•
•
You can then touch the desired color.
Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity.
To switch the feature on or off, press the power button.
Camera Settings
E142607
This menu allows you to access settings
for your rear view camera.
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Vehicle
Camera Settings
Then select from the following:
Enhanced Park Pilot
Rear Camera Delay
You can find more information on the rear view camera system in another chapter. See
Parking Aids (page 149).
342
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
No information is accessible until the
system is unlocked with the correct PIN.
Enable Valet Mode
Note: If the system locks, and you need to
reset the PIN, contact an authorized dealer.
E142607
Valet mode allows you to lock the system.
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Vehicle
Enable Valet Mode
Then enter a four digit PIN twice, as prompted.
Continue
After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the
PIN again.
System
Settings
Access and adjust system settings, voice
features, as well as phone, navigation and
wireless settings.
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
System
Then select from the following:
Language
Select to have the touchscreen display and voice controls in
*
any of the selectable language options .
Distance
Select to display units in kilometers or miles.
Temperature
Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit.
System Prompt Volume
Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system.
Touch Screen Button
Beep
Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made
through the touchscreen.
Keyboard Layout
Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC
format.
343
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Install Applications
Install any downloaded applications or view the current
software licenses.
Master Reset
Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personal
settings and personal data.
*
Language options are region dependent. Some languages are only supported on screen,
not via voice. Visit the regional Ford website for details.
Voice Control
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Settings
Voice Control
Then select from the following:
Interaction Mode
Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction
and guidance. Advanced mode has less audible interaction
and more tone prompts.
Confirmation Prompts
Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly
heard or understood your request.
Note: Even with confirmation prompts turned off, the system
may occasionally ask you to confirm settings.
Media Candidate Lists
Candidate lists are possible results from your voice
commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your
request with these turned off.
Phone Candidate Lists
Candidate lists are possible results from your voice
commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your
request with these turned off.
Voice Control Volume
This allows you to adjust the system’s voice volume level.
Media Player
E142607
344
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Media Player
Then select from the following:
Autoplay
When this feature is on, the system automatically switches
to the media source upon initial connection. This allows you
to listen to music during the indexing process. When this
feature is off, the system does not automatically switch to
the inserted media source.
Bluetooth Devices
Select to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device. You
can also set a device as your favorite so that the system
automatically attempts to connect to that device at every
ignition cycle.
®
Gracenote Database
Info
This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote
Database.
®
Gracenote Management With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies
metadata information for your music files. This overrides
information from your device. This feature defaults to off.
Cover Art Priority
With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies cover
art for your music files. This overrides any art from your device.
This feature defaults to Media Player.
Navigation
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Navigation
Then select from the following:
Map Prefer- Switch breadcrumbs on and off.
ences
345
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top.
Switch the Parking POI notification on and off.
Route Pref- Select shortest route, fastest route or ecological route as your preferred
erences
route. This route displays first.
Always use preferred route. If set to yes, the system only calculates a single
route. This speeds up your destination entry process.
Select a low, medium or high cost for the calculated ecological route. This
may incur a time penalty.
Have the system avoid freeways.
Have the system avoid toll roads.
Have the system avoid ferries or car trains.
Have the system avoid tunnels.
Navigation Have the system use guidance prompts.
PreferHave the system automatically fill in Country information.
ences
Hazard Spot Warning
Have the system activate hazard spot warning in countries where legally
allowed.
Traffic
Preferences
Have the system avoid traffic problems automatically.
Switch traffic alert notifications on or off.
Have the system display accident icons.
Have the system display traffic jam icons.
Have the system display closed roads.
Have the system display road work icons.
Have the system display incident icons.
Have the system display icons for areas where difficult driving conditions
may occur.
Have the system display icons for areas where snow and ice on the road
may occur.
Have the system display any smog icons.
346
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Have the system display weather warning icons.
Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility.
Have the system display icons to recommend switching on your radio for
traffic announcements.
Avoid
Areas
Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation
routes.
Phone
E142607
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Phone
Then select from the following:
Bluetooth Devices
Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as save
it as a favorite.
Bluetooth
Switch Bluetooth on and off.
Do Not Disturb
Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside
your vehicle. With this feature turned on, text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your
vehicle.
Emergency Assistance
Switch on or turn off the Emergency Assistance feature. See
Information (page 369).
Phone Ringer
Select the type of notification for phone calls - ring tone,
beep, text to speech or silent.
Text Message Notification
Select the type of notification for text messages - alert tone,
beep, text to speech, or have it be silent.
347
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone, you can adjust your internet
data connection. Select to make your connection profile with
the personal area network or to switch off your connection.
You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the
system always connect, never connect when roaming, or
query on connect. Press ? for more information.
Manage Phonebook
Access features, such as automatic phonebook download,
re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your phone
as well as delete or upload your phonebook.
Roaming Warning
Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode.
feature, everyone in your vehicle can also
access the internet if you have a USB
mobile broadband connection inside your
vehicle, your phone supports personal area
networking or if you park outside a wireless
hotspot.
Wireless and Internet
E142607
Your system has a Wi-Fi feature that
creates a wireless network within your
vehicle, thereby allowing other devices
(such as personal computers or phones)
in your vehicle to speak to each other,
share files or play games. Using this Wi-Fi
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Settings
Action and Description
Press the settings icon.
Wireless & Internet
Then select from the following:
Wi-Fi Settings
Wi-Fi Network (Client) Mode
Turns the Wi-Fi feature on and off in your vehicle. Make sure
you switch it on for connectivity purposes.
Choose a Wireless Network
Allows you to use a previously stored wireless network. You
can categorize by alphabetical listing, priority and signal
strength. You can also choose to search for a network,
connect to a network, disconnect from a network, receive
more information, prioritize a network or delete a network.
348
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Gateway (Access Point) Mode
Makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when
turned on. This forms the local area network within your
vehicle for things, such as game playing, file transfer and
internet browsing. Press ? for more information.
Gateway (Access Point) Settings
Allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as
the internet gateway.
Gateway (Access Point) Devices List
Allows you to view recent connections to your Wi-Fi system.
USB Mobile Broadband
Instead of using Wi-Fi, your system can also use a USB mobile
broadband connection to access the internet. (You must
switch on your mobile broadband device on your personal
computer before connecting it to the system.) This screen
allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB
mobile broadband connection. (USB mobile broadband
settings may not display if the device is already on.) You can
select the following:
Country
Carrier
Phone Number
User Name
Password
Bluetooth Settings
Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you
your typical Bluetooth options to connect, disconnect, set as
favorite, delete and add device. Bluetooth is a registered
trademark of the Bluetooth SIG.
Prioritize Connection
Methods
Choose your connection methods and change them as
needed. You can select to change order and have the system
either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile
broadband or using Wi-Fi.
349
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
The Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Logo is the
certification mark of the Wi-Fi Alliance.
Help
E142607
E142626
To make adjustments using the touchscreen, select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Settings
Press the settings icon.
Help
Select Help
Then select from the following:
System Inform- Touchscreen system serial number
ation
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
Touchscreen system software version
Navigation system version
Map database version
Gracenote® Database Information and Library version
View Software
Licenses
View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your
system.
Driving Restric- Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving.
tions
Emergency
Assistance
Switch on and off the Emergency Assistance feature. See Information
(page 369).
In Case of Emergency (ICE) speed dial Allows you to save up to two
numbers as ICE contacts for
quick access if there is an
emergency.
350
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
The ICE contacts you select
appear at the end of the
Emergency Assistance call
process.
Select to access your phonebook and then select the
desired contacts. The
numbers then appear as
options on this screen for the
ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons.
Edit
Voice
Command List
View categorized lists of voice commands.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say:
E142599
You can also access Help using the voice
commands. The system provides
allowable voice commands for the current
mode.
Voice command
Help
You can say help at any time to get
assistance with commands, menus or
other information.
351
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
ENTERTAINMENT
A
B
G
C
D
E
H
F
E161892
Message
Message and Description
A
AM
B
FM
C
DAB
D
CD
E
USB
F
Touch this button to scroll
down for more options, such as
SD Card, BT Stereo and Line In.
Message
Message and Description
G
These buttons provide additional controls for the radio or
media source. See the AM/FM
radio controls table for more
information.
H
Radio memory presets and CD
controls.
Note: Some features may not be available
in your area. Contact an authorized dealer
for more information.
You can access these options using the
touchscreen or voice commands.
AM/FM/DAB Radio
E142611
The following controls are available for
AM/FM/DAB radio
352
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Controls
Item
Action and Description
AM
Touch either tab to listen to the radio. To change between AM, FM
and DAB presets, just touch the AM, FM or DAB tab.
FM
DAB
Presets
Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset
areas. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound
returns when finished.
Scan
Touch this button to go to the next strong AM, FM or DAB radio
station. The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on.
Information
(DAB
only)
Tune
For AM and FM only, touch this button to manually enter the desired
station number. Touch Enter when you are done.
TA
Turn on to receive traffic announcements.
Browse
See a list of all currently available radio stations.
When the info button is pressed, the system shows the
corresponding block number for the active DAB radio
station. If you press the info button a second time the
radio station name is displayed again.
Options
Menu Item
Sound Settings
Action and Description
Touch this button to adjust settings for:
Bass
Midrange
Treble
Set Balance and Fade
DSP occupancy
Adaptive volume
Radio Text
This allows you to view the information
broadcast by FM stations.
353
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
AST
AST (Autostore) allows you to have the
system automatically store the six
strongest stations in your current location.
News announcement
With news announcement option active,
the system interrupts active audio source
to provide incoming news announcements,
if currently tuned station (or last tuned
station in case of other media active)
supports news.
Regional
With Regional option active, the system
stays on the regional subprogram instead
of switching to a different frequency with
better reception.
Alternate Frequency
With alternative frequency option active,
the system re-tunes to a different
frequency with better reception for the
same station.
Service Linking
With Service Linking active, the system
automatically switches from DAB to FM, in
case DAB becomes unavailable.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.
Radio Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
Radio
Then you can say a command similar to the following:
FM
Say a frequency or preset.
DAB
Say a preset.
Off
Help
354
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
CD
To access, press the lower left corner
on the touchscreen, then select:
Menu Item
E142611
CD
Insert your CD then select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Repeat
Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track, all tracks
on the disc or switch the feature off if already on.
Shuffle
Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random
order, or switch the feature off if already on.
Scan
Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks.
More Info
Touch this button to see disc information.
Browse
Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks.
CD Voice Commands
To adjust the Sound Settings, select:
Menu Item
E142599
Options
If you are listening to a CD, press the voice
button on the steering wheel controls.
When prompted, say any of the following
commands.
Sound Settings
Then any of the following:
Bass
Midrange
Treble
Set Balance and Fade
DSP occupancy
Adaptive volume
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these
sound settings.
355
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
If you are not listening to a CD, press
the voice button and, after the tone,
say:
Voice command
CD
When listening to a CD you can say
many commands. Following are a few
examples of what you can say.
E175710
Voice command
To access and play music from your device,
press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen.
Play
Pause
Next Track
Previous Track
Help
SD Card Slot and USB Port
The SD card slot and USB port are located
in the Media Hub. See Navigation (page
377).
SD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
SD Card
USB Port
E142620
Note: Your SD card slot is spring-loaded.
To remove the SD card, press the card in
and the system ejects it. Do not attempt to
pull the card to remove it as this could cause
damage.
Note: The navigation system also uses this
card slot. See Navigation (page 377).
E175711
To access and play music from your device,
press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen.
356
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
This feature allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks, flash drives
or thumb drives, and charge devices if they
support this feature.
Playing Music from Your Device
Note: The system is capable of indexing up
to 30,000 songs.
E142611
Insert your device and select:
Message
USB
SD Card
Action and Description
Once the system recognizes your USB or SD card you can
then select from the following options:
Repeat
This feature replays the currently playing song or album.
Shuffle
Touch this button to play music on the selected album or
folder in random order.
Similar Music
This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is
currently playing.
More Info
Touch this button to see disc information, for example current
track, artist name, album and genre.
Options
Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings.
Sound
Sound settings allows you to adjust settings for:
Message
Action and Description
Bass
Midrange
Treble
Set Balance and Fade
DSP
Adaptive volume
Media Player Settings
Allows you to select more settings, which is under Media
Player. See Settings (page 338).
357
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Message
Action and Description
Device Information
Displays software and firmware information about the
currently connected media device.
Update Media Index
Indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and
each time the content changes (for example adding or
removing tracks) to make sure you have the latest voice
commands available for all media on the device.
Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings.
If you want to view song information, for
example Title, Artist, File, Folder, Album,
and Genre, touch the on-screen album art.
Browse
This feature allows you to view the
contents of the device. It also allows you
to search by categories, for example genre,
artist or album.
You can also select:
Message
Action and Description
What’s Playing?
To hear how the system pronounces the current band and
song. This can be helpful when using voice commands to
make sure the system correctly plays your request.
USB and SD Card Voice Commands
E142599
Press the voice button and when prompted say:
Voice command
SD Card
USB
Then commands such as the following:
Browse
Next Track
Pause
Play
Say the name of what you would like to listen to such as a band, song,
album or playlist.
358
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Voice command
Play Artist ___
*
Play Song ___
*
Similar Music
Help
*
___ is a dynamic listing, meaning that it could be the name of anything, such as a group,
artist or song. For example you could say "Play artist The Beatles" or "Play song Penny
Lane".
Supported Media Players, Formats
and Metadata Information
E142611
SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any
digital media player, including iPod,
Zune™, plays from device players, and
most USB drives. Supported audio formats
include MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC.
To access, press the lower left corner
on the touchscreen, then select:
Message
BT audio
It is also able to organize your indexed
media from your playing device by
metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are
descriptive software identifiers embedded
in the media files, provide information
about the file.
Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands
E142599
The voice system allows you to control
your media with a simple voice command.
For example to change songs, press the
voice button and follow the system
prompts.
If your indexed media files contain no
information embedded in these metadata
tags, SYNC may classify the empty
metadata tags as unknown.
Bluetooth Audio
Line In
The system allows you to stream audio
over your vehicle's speakers from your
connected, Bluetooth-enabled cell phone.
WARNINGS
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
359
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
WARNINGS
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
To use the auxiliary input jack feature,
make sure that your portable music player
is designed for use with headphones and
that it is fully charged. You also need an
audio extension cable with stereo male
1/8-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at
both ends.
For safety reasons, do not connect
or adjust the settings on your
portable music player while your
vehicle is moving.
1.
2.
Store the portable music player in a
secure location, such as the center
console or the glove box, when your
vehicle is moving. Hard objects may
become projectiles in a crash or sudden
stop, which may increase the risk of serious
injury. The audio extension cable must be
long enough to allow the portable music
player to be safely stored while your
vehicle is moving.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Switch off the engine, radio and
portable music player. Set the parking
brake and put the transmission in
position P.
Attach one end of the audio extension
cable to the headphone output of your
player and the other end into the
adapter in one of the jack inside the
center console.
Press the lower left corner on the
touchscreen. Select either a tuned FM
station or a CD (if there is a CD already
loaded into the system).
Adjust the volume as desired.
Turn the portable music player on and
adjust the volume to half of the
maximum.
Press the lower left corner on the
touchscreen. Then select:
Menu Item
Line In
E191800
Your auxiliary input jack allows you to play
music from your portable music player over
your vehicle's speakers. The jack is located
in the center console.
Press the lower left corner of the
touchscreen, and then select Line In.
360
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
You should hear audio
from your portable music
player although it may be
low.
SYNC™ 2
•
Menu Item
Adjust the sound on your
portable music player until
it reaches the level of the
FM station by switching
back and forth between
the controls.
•
Troubleshooting
•
•
Do not connect the audio input jack to
a line level output. The jack only works
correctly with devices that have a
headphone output with a volume
control.
Do not set the portable music player's
volume level higher than is necessary
to match the volume of the CD or FM
radio as this causes distortion and
reduces sound quality.
If the music sounds distorted at lower
listening levels, turn the portable music
player volume down. If the problem
persists, replace or recharge the
batteries in the portable media player.
Control the portable media player in
the same manner when used with
headphones, as the auxiliary input jack
does not provide control (such as Play
or Pause) over the attached portable
media player.
PHONE
A
B
C
D
E
F
E161968
Item
Menu Item
A
Phone
B
Speed dial
C
Phonebook
361
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Item
Menu Item
D
Call History
E
Messaging
F
Settings
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the
First Time
Hands-free calling is one of the main
features of SYNC. Once you pair your cell
phone, you can access many options using
the touchscreen or voice commands. While
the system supports a variety of features,
many are dependent on your cell phone’s
functionality.
WARNING
At a minimum, most cell phones with
Bluetooth wireless technology support the
following functions:
• Answering an incoming call.
• Ending a call.
• Dialing a number.
• Call waiting notification.
• Caller ID.
Driving while distracted can result in
loss of vehicle control, crash and
injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any handheld device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Other features, such as text messaging
using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook
download, are phone-dependent features.
To check your phone’s compatibility, see
your phone’s user manual or the local Ford
website.
The first thing you must do to use the
phone features of SYNC is to pair your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone with SYNC.
This allows you to use your cell phone in a
hands-free manner.
Touch the upper left corner of the touchscreen:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Pair phone
Find SYNC
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cell phone
is in the correct mode. See your cell phone’s manual if
necessary.
1. Select SYNC and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.
2. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does
not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN
displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the next step.
362
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm
that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone.
4. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options. For
more information on your cell phone's capability, see your
cell phone's manual and visit the website.
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones
Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and
that your cell phone is in the correct mode.
See your device's manual if necessary.
To pair a subsequent cell phone, select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Phone
Settings
Bluetooth Devices
Add Device
Find SYNC
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cell phone
is in the correct mode. See your cell phone’s manual if
necessary.
1. Select SYNC and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.
2. If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does
not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN
displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the next step.
3. When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm
that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed
on your cell phone.
4. The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
5. SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options. For
more information on your cell phone's capability, see your
cell phone's manual and visit the website.
363
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Making Calls
E142599
To reject the call, select:
Press the voice button and say a
command similar to the following:
Menu Item
Reject
Voice command
Note: You can also reject the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Call
Dial
Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC logs
it as a missed call.
You can say the name of a person from
your phone book to call or a say a number
to dial. For example "Call Jenny" or "Dial
867-5309".
Phone Menu Options
Press the top left corner on the
touchscreen to select from the following
options:
To end the call or exit phone mode, press
and hold the phone button.
Menu Item
Phone
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Call information appears in the
display if it is available.
Action and Description
Touch this button to access
the on-screen numerical pad
to enter a number and place
a call. During an active call,
you can also choose any of
these options:
Mute Call
Hold Call
To accept the call, select:
Hands-free off
Menu Item
Join Calls
Accept
End
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
Speed dial Select to call stored
contacts.
364
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Phonebook
Action and Description
Menu Item
Touch this button to access
and call any contacts in your
previously downloaded
phonebook. The system
places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen
Favorites
Settings
Phone
Settings
Touch this button to access
various phone settings, for
example turning Bluetooth
on and off, managing your
phonebook and more. See
Phone Settings later in this
section
Text Messaging
Manage Phonebook
Display Photos from Phonebook
WARNING
Local laws may prohibit some or all
of the text messaging functions while
driving. Check your local road rules
before using these functions.
Certain smart phones may
support transferring street
addresses when listed with
phonebook contact information. If your cell phone
supports this feature, you
can select and use these
addresses as destinations
and save them as favorites.
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Note: Certain features in text messaging
are speed-dependent and not available
when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over
8 km/h.
Note: This is a cell phonedependent feature. If your
cell phone does not support
downloading call history
using Bluetooth, SYNC keeps
track of calls made with the
SYNC system.
After you connect your
Bluetooth-enabled cell
phone to SYNC, you can
access any previously dialed,
received or missed calls. You
can also choose to save
these to:
Note: SYNC does not download read text
messages from your cell phone.
You can send and receive text messages
using Bluetooth, read them aloud and
translate text messaging acronyms, for
example LOL.
365
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Quick Dial
Messaging Send text messages using
the touchscreen. See Text
Messaging later in this
section.
To turn on contact picture
settings, if your device
supports this feature, select:
Call
History
Action and Description
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Touch the top left corner of the display,
then select:
View
Menu Item
Delete
Phone
Delete All
Messaging
Composing a Text Message
Then any of the following:
Note: This is a speed-dependent feature.
It is unavailable when your vehicle is
traveling at speeds over 8 km/h.
Listen (speaker icon)
Dial
Note: Downloading and sending text
messages using Bluetooth are cell
phone-dependent features.
Send Text
To compose and send a text message, select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Phone
Messaging
Send Text
Enter a cell phone number or choose from your phonebook.
Edit Text
Allows you to customize the pre-defined message or create
a message on your own.
Send
Sends the message as it is.
Messages
You can then preview the message, verify
the recipient as well as update the
message list, and send it to a connected
device, for example a USB drive.
I’m ahead of schedule, so I’ll be there
early.
I’m outside.
Text Message Options
I’ll call you when I get there.
Messages
OK
I’ll call you back in a few minutes.
Yes
I just left, I’ll be there soon.
No
Can you give me a call?
Thanks
I’m on my way.
I’m running a few minutes late.
366
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Messages
Messages
Stuck in traffic.
LOL
Call me later.
Receiving a Text Message
When a new message arrives, an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a
pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your cell phone. You can select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
View
To view the text message.
Listen
For SYNC to read the message to you.
Dial
To call the contact.
Ignore
To exit the screen.
Phone Settings
To enter the phone settings menu select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Phone
Settings
Then any of the following:
Bluetooth Devices
Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as save
it as a favorite.
Bluetooth
To turn Bluetooth off or on.
Do Not Disturb
If you want all calls to go directly to your voicemail and not
ring in the vehicle. When this feature is on, text message
notifications do not ring inside the cabin either.
Emergency Assistance
Switch the Emergency Assistance feature on or off. See
Information (page 369).
Phone Ringer
Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call.
Choose from possible system ring tones, your currently paired
cell phone’s ring tone, a beep, text-to-speech or a silent
notification.
367
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Text Message Notification
Action and Description
Select a text message notification, if supported by your cell
phone. Choose from possible system alert tones, text-tospeech or silent.
Internet Data Connection If your cell phone is compatible, use this screen to adjust your
internet data connection. Select to make your connection
profile with the personal area network or to turn off your
connection. You can also choose to adjust your settings or
have the system always connect, never connect when
roaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information.
Manage Phonebook
To access features such as automatic phonebook download,
re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your cell
phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook.
Roaming Warning
To have the system alert you when your cell phone is in
roaming mode.
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time - Vehicles with SYNC™
Phone Voice Commands
Note: You must switch the ignition and
radio on.
E142599
1.
Make sure the Bluetooth feature on
your cell phone is switched on before
starting the search. Refer to your cell
phone's manual if necessary.
2. Press the PHONE button. When the
audio display indicates that no phones
are paired, select the option to add.
3. When a message to begin pairing
appears in the audio display, search for
SYNC on your cell phone to start the
pairing process.
4. When prompted on your cell phone's
display, enter the six-digit PIN provided
by the system in the audio display. The
display indicates when the pairing is
successful.
Press the voice button and when
prompted say any of the following or a
similar command:
Voice command
Call Voicemail
Listen to Message
Reply to Message
Pair Phone
Help
PHONE
The first thing you must do to use the
phone features of SYNC is to pair your
Bluetooth-enabled cell phone with SYNC.
This allows you to use your cell phone in a
hands-free manner.
368
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Pairing a Cell Phone for the First Time - Vehicles with SYNC™ 2
Touch the upper left corner of the touchscreen:
Message
Action and Description
Pair phone
Find SYNC
Follow the on-screen instructions.
Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cell phone
is in the correct mode. See your cell phone’s manual if
necessary.
Select SYNC and a six-digit PIN appears on your device.
If you are prompted to enter a PIN on your device, it does not
support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN
displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the next step.
When prompted on your cell phone’s display, confirm that
the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your
cell phone.
The display indicates when the pairing is successful.
SYNC may prompt you with more cell phone options. For
more information on your cell phone's capability, see your
cell phone's manual and visit the website.
INFORMATION
A
B
C
D
E
E161889
369
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Item
Menu Item
A
Traffic
B
Notifications
C
Calendar
D
Apps
E
Where Am I?
If your vehicle is equipped with
Navigation, touch the I
(Information) button to access
these features. If your vehicle is not
equipped with Navigation, touch the corner
of the touchscreen with the green tab.
E142608
Notifications
Press Notifications, and then choose from any of the following services:
Menu Item
Action and Description
View
The complete message
Delete
The message
Delete All
Messages
Emergency Assistance (If Equipped)
This screen displays any system messages
(such as an SD card fault).
WARNINGS
For this feature to work, your mobile
phone must be Bluetooth capable
and compatible with the system.
Note: The system alerts you to any
messages by turning the information icon
yellow. After you read or delete the
messages, the icon returns to white.
Always place your mobile phone in
a secure location inside your vehicle.
Failure to do so may cause serious
injury to someone or damage the phone
which could prevent Emergency Assistance
from working correctly.
Calendar
Press Calendar. You can view the current
calendar by day, week or month.
370
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
If a crash deploys an airbag or triggers the
fuel pump shut off, the system may
contact emergency services by dialing the
emergency assistance number through a
paired and connected cell phone. For more
information about the system and
Emergency Assistance, visit the regional
Ford website.
WARNINGS
Unless the Emergency Assistance
setting is set to on prior to a collision,
the system will not attempt to place
an emergency call which could delay the
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death. Do not wait
for Emergency Assistance to make an
emergency call if you can do it yourself.
Dial emergency services immediately to
avoid a delayed response time. If you do
not hear Emergency Assistance within five
seconds of the crash, the system or cell
phone may be damaged or non-functional.
Note: In case of an emergency, Emergency
Assistance, as a means of communication
aid, can help you contact specific rescue
departments of public security. Emergency
Assistance does not implement the rescue
operations. The local public security
department deploys specific rescue
operations according to the actual situation.
Note: Before setting the feature on, please
read the important notice about the
Emergency Assistance feature and the
Emergency Assistance privacy notice later
in this section for important information.
See Supplementary Restraints System
(page 27). Important information
regarding airbag deployment is in this
chapter.
Note: When you switch Emergency
Assistance on or off, the setting applies to
all paired mobile phones. If you switch
Emergency Assistance off and a previously
paired phone connects when you switch the
ignition on, either a voice message plays, a
display message or icon is shown, or both.
See Roadside Emergencies (page 200).
Important information regarding the fuel
pump shut-off is in this chapter.
Setting Emergency Assistance On
From the information menu you can select
Apps and go to the Emergency Assistance
settings by pressing on Emergency Assist
. In the upcoming menu you can switch the
feature On or Off .
Note: Every mobile phone operates
differently. While Emergency Assistance
works with most mobile phones, some
mobile phones may experience difficulties
using this feature.
If you switch on this feature, a confirmation
message appears in the display when your
cell phone connects and your vehicle
starts.
Note: Ford is not the provider of the
emergency services contacted by SYNC
when an emergency call is initiated. Ford
does not accept any liability in relation to
the provision, quality or timeliness of those
services.
Menu Item
Apps
Emergency Assistance
On
If you switch off this feature, the dialog
allows you to set a reminder.
371
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Off with reminder provides a display and
voice reminder when your cell phone
connects and your vehicle starts.
In the Event of a Crash
Note: Not every crash deploys an airbag or
triggers the fuel pump shut off (which may
turn on Emergency Assistance). However,
if Emergency Assistance is triggered the
system tries to contact the emergency
services. If a connected cell phone sustains
damage or loses connection to the system,
it searches for and tries to connect to any
available previously paired cell phone. The
system attempts to dial the local
emergency services.
Off without reminder provides a display
reminder only without a voice reminder
when your cell phone connects.
To make sure that Emergency Assistance
works correctly:
• The system must have power and be
working correctly at the time of the
crash and during feature activation and
use.
• You must switch on the feature before
a crash.
• You must have a cell phone connected
to the system.
• In certain countries, it may be
necessary to have a valid and
registered SIM card with credit in order
to place and maintain an emergency
call.
• A connected cell phone must have the
ability to make and maintain an
outgoing call at the time of the crash.
• A connected cell phone must have
adequate network coverage, battery
power and signal strength.
• Your vehicle must have battery power.
Before making a call:
• The system provides a short time
window (approximately 10 seconds)
to cancel the call. If you do not cancel
the call, the system attempts to dial
the local emergency assistance service.
• The system plays a message letting
you know when it attempts to make an
emergency call. You can cancel the call
by selecting the relevant button or by
pressing the end call button on the
steering wheel.
• If you do not cancel the call and SYNC
makes a successful call, an
introductory message plays for the
emergency operator. After this
message, there is hands-free
communication between your vehicle's
occupants and the operator.
Note: This feature only works in countries
or regions where SYNC Emergency
Assistance can call the local emergency
services. Visit the regional Ford website for
details.
During a call:
• An introductory message plays for the
emergency operator.
• Emergency Assistance uses your
vehicle GPS or cellular network
information when available to
determine the most appropriate
language to use. It alerts the
emergency operator of the crash and
delivers the introductory message. This
may include your vehicle GPS
coordinates.
372
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
•
•
•
The language the system uses to
interact with the occupants of your
vehicle may differ from the language
used to deliver information to the
emergency operator.
After the delivery of the introductory
message the voice line opens so that
you can speak hands-free with the
emergency operator.
When the line is connected, you must
be prepared to provide your name,
phone number and location
information immediately.
Emergency Assistance may not work
if:
•
•
•
•
•
Note: While the system provides
information to the emergency operator, the
system plays a message letting you know
it is sending important information. It then
lets you know when the line is open to start
hands-free communication.
Important Information about the
Emergency Assistance Feature
Emergency Assistance does not currently
call emergency services in some countries.
Note: During an Emergency Assistance call,
an emergency priority screen appears which
contains vehicle GPS coordinates when
available.
Visit the regional Ford website for latest
details.
Note: It is possible that GPS location
information is not available at the time of
the crash; in this case, Emergency
Assistance will still attempt to place an
emergency call.
Emergency Assistance Privacy Notice
When you switch on Emergency
Assistance, it may disclose to emergency
services that your vehicle has been in a
crash involving the deployment of an
airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut
off. This feature has the capability to
disclose your location information to the
emergency operator or other details about
your vehicle or crash to provide the most
appropriate emergency services.
Note: It is possible that the emergency
services will not receive the GPS
coordinates; in this case, hands-free
communication with an emergency operator
is available.
Note: The emergency operator may also
receive information from the cellular
network such as cell phone number, cell
phone location and cell phone carrier name
independent from SYNC Emergency
Assistance.
If you do not want to disclose this
information, do not switch on the feature.
373
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Your cell phone or Emergency
Assistance hardware sustains damage
in the crash.
The vehicle battery or the system has
no power.
A crash ejects your cell phone from
your vehicle.
You do not have a valid and registered
SIM card with credit in your cell phone.
You are in a country or region where
the SYNC Emergency Assistance
cannot place the call. Visit the regional
Ford website for details.
SYNC™ 2
Where Am I?
For vehicle location and information select:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Information
Help
Then select:
View your vehicle's current location.
If your vehicle is equipped with navigation
this screen will show your location
coordinates and give your location information like the current street address.
If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation, you will only see the location coordinates.
Where Am I?
Note: You can switch temperature units
between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See
Settings (page 338).
CLIMATE
Press the lower right corner on the
touchscreen to access your climate control
features. Depending on your vehicle line
and option package, your climate screen
may look different from this screen.
A
B
J
C
K
E207390
D
E
F
374
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
G
H
I
L
SYNC™ 2
A
Power: Touch to switch the system off and on. Outside air cannot enter your
vehicle when you switch off the system.
B
Passenger settings: Touch + or – to adjust the temperature.
Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on.
Touch MyTemp to select your preset temperature setpoint. Touch and hold
MyTemp to save a new preset temperature setpoint.
C
Manual airflow distribution controls:
Floor and Defrost: Distributes air through the windshield defroster vents,
demister vents and floor vents.
Panel: Distributes air through the instrument panel vents.
Panel and Floor: Distributes air through the instrument panel vents, demister
vents, floor vents.
Floor: Distributes air through the demister vents and floor vents.
Defrost: Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice. When on, defrost
provides outside air to reduce window fogging and distributes air through the
windshield defroster vents and demister vents.
D
MAX Defrost: Touch to switch on maximum defrosting. Outside air flows
through the windshield vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, fan adjusts
to the highest speed and temperature is set to the full heat position. You can
also use this setting to defog or clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX
Defrost.
E
Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off.
F
AUTO: Touch to switch on automatic operation. Then set the temperature
using the temperature control. Fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning
operation, and outside or recirculated air are automatically adjusted to heat or
cool the vehicle to maintain the desired temperature. You can also turn off dual
zone mode by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds.
G
A/C: Touch to switch the air conditioning on or off. To improve the time to
reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open
until you feel cold air through the air vents. Use A/C with recirculated air to
improve cooling performance and efficiency.
H
MAX A/C: Touch for maximum cooling. Recirculated air flows through the
instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan
automatically adjusts to the highest speed. Touch again for normal A/C
operation. MAX A/C is more economical and efficient than normal A/C mode.
I
Recirculated air: Touch to switch between outside air and recirculated air.
The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This can reduce
the time needed to cool the interior(when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted
odors from entering your vehicle.
375
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
J
Driver settings: Touch + or – to adjust the temperature.
DUAL:Touch to switch on independent driver and passenger temperature
control.
Touch the heated seat icon to turn the heated seat off and on.
K
Fan speed: Touch + or - to adjust fan speed.
L
Rear Passenger Climate Control: Touch to toggle the rear passenger climate
control bar on or off.
Note: MAX DefrostTo prevent window
fogging, you cannot select recirculated air
when defrost is on.
Rear Passenger Climate Control Bar
A
B
C
D
E206113
A
Rear climate control lock:Touch to lock rear passenger climate control. Rear
climate control cannot be operated if this is switched on.
B
Rear temperature control:Touch to adjust the temperature of the rear
passenger compartment.
C
Rear climate control power:Touch to switch the system on and off.
D
Rear fan speed control:Touch to adjust the volume of air circulated to the
rear of the passenger compartment.
Climate Control Voice Commands
Press the voice button on the
steering wheel controls. When
E142599
prompted, say any of the
following or a similar command:
376
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Voice commands
Climate AUTO On
Climate Off
Climate, Set Temperature
Adjust the temperature to between 15°C - 30°C
Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To
remove the SD card, just push the card in
and release it. Do not attempt to pull the
card out to remove it; this could cause
damage.
NAVIGATION
Note: The navigation SD card must be in
the SD card slot to operate the navigation
system. If you need a replacement SD card,
contact an authorized dealer.
Your navigation system is comprised of
two main features, destination mode and
map mode.
Note: Handle the SD card with care to avoid
contamination or damage. Never touch the
metal contacts. Do not clean the SD card
with anything other than a soft cloth. Never
attempt to use an SD card that has been
cracked, deformed or repaired using
adhesive, as doing to may damage the
equipment. Do not put on any sticker or
write anything on the SD card. Do not
attempt to alter the data contained on the
SD card in any way.
Destination Mode
To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen, then press:
Menu Item
Dest.
Choose any of the following:
My Home
Favourites
Previous Destinations
Place of interest
Emergency
Address
377
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Junction
Town centre
*
Map
Edit Route
Cancel Route
*
- For some vehicles it may display "Latitude/Longitude".
To set your destination, enter the
necessary information into the highlighted
text fields (in any order).
For an address destination entry, press:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Go
Pressing this button makes the address
location appear on the map.
To choose a previous destination, press:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Previous Destinations
The last 20 destinations you have selected
appear.
Once you have chosen your destination press:
Menu Item
Action and Description
Set as Destination
This will start the route calculation and guidance.
Avoid Areas
Your pre-set selections are considered when your route is
calculated. For more information on these selections, see
Setting Your Navigation Preferences later in this chapter.
378
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Michelin Travel Guide (If Equipped)
Main categories
The Michelin travel guide is a service which
provides additional information about
certain places of interests (POI) such as
restaurants, hotels and touristic sites (if
available).
Shopping
If you have paired your phone with the
system, you can press the phone button
to directly establish a call with the selected
POI.
Emergency
Financial
Entertainment & Arts
Recreation & Sports
Community
Note: Not all features are available in all
languages and countries.
Government
Health & Medicine
Places of Interest (POI)
Categories
Domestic Services
Main categories
To expand these listings, press the + in
front of the listing.
Fuel Station
The system also allows you to sort
alphabetically or by distance.
Parking
Food, Drink and Dining
Setting Your Navigation
Preferences
Automotive
Travel and Transportation
E142607
To access the settings options, press:
Menu Item
Settings
Navigation
Then select any of the following:
379
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Select settings for the system to
take into account when planning
your route.
SYNC™ 2
Map Preferences
Menu Item
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Map Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Breadcrumbs
Display your vehicle’s previously traveled route with white dots.
You can switch this feature:
On
Turn List Format
Off
Have the system display your turn list:
Top to Bottom
Bottom to Top
Parking POI Notification When parking point of interest notification is on, the icons
display on the map when you get close to your destination.
This may not be very useful in dense areas, and may clutter
the map when other points of interest are displayed. Set the
automatic parking point of interest notification. You can switch
this feature:
On
Off
Route Preferences
Menu Item
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Route Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Preferred Route Choose to have the system display your chosen route type.
Shortest
Fastest
Eco
Always use
Bypass route selection in destination programming. The system only
Preferred Route calculates one route based on preferred route setting.
When activated, the system uses your selected route type to calculate
only one route to the desired destination.
Eco Time
Penalty
Select a level of cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the
setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route.
Avoid
When activated, you can choose to have the system avoid motorways,
toll roads, ferries, car trains and tunnels when planning your route.
380
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Navigation Preferences
Menu Item
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Navigation Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Guidance Prompts
Select the type of prompts the system uses.
Auto-fill country
Have the system automatically fill in the country based on
the information already entered into the system. You can
switch this feature:
On
Hazard Spot Warning
Off
Have the system activate hazard spot warning in countries
where legally allowed.
Traffic Preferences
Menu Item
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Traffic Preferences
Then select any of the following:
Avoid Traffic Problems
You can choose how you want the system to handle traffic
problems along your route.
Automatic
Have the system reroute you to avoid
traffic incidents that develop and
impact the current route. The system
does not provide a traffic alert notification
Manual
Have the system always provide a
traffic alert notification for traffic
incidents along the planned route.
You have a choice to accept or ignore
the notification before making the
route deviation.
Traffic alert notification Turn the traffic alert notifications on or off.
Traffic Icon Settings
You can choose to turn on any of the following Traffic alert
categories.
Have the system display accident information.
381
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Have the system display traffic jam information.
Have the system display closed roads.
Have the system display road work information.
Have the system display incident information.
Have the system display icons for areas where difficult driving
conditions may occur.
Have the system display icons for areas where snow and ice
on the road may occur.
Have the system display any smog information.
Have the system display weather warning information.
Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility.
Have the system display icons to recommend switching on
your radio for traffic announcements.
Avoid Area
Menu Item
Avoid Areas
Second Level Messages, Actions and Descriptions
Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when
calculating a route for you.
Then select any of the following:
Add
Once you make a selection, the system tries to avoid the
area(s) if possible for all routes. To program an entry, press:
Delete
To delete a section choose the listing on the screen. The screen
will change, then press:
2D city maps show detailed outlines of
buildings, visible land use and land
elements and detailed railway
infrastructure for the most essential cities
around the globe. These maps also contain
features, such as town blocks, building
footprints and railways.
Map Mode
Press the green bar in the upper right area
of the touchscreen to view map mode. Map
mode shows advanced viewing comprised
of both 2D city maps as well as 3D
landmarks (when available).
382
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
3D landmarks appear as clear, visible
objects that are typically recognizable and
have a certain tourist value. The 3D
landmarks appear in 3D map mode only.
Coverage varies and improves with
updated map releases.
You can also select the following
options:
Menu Items
Change the appearance of the
map display by repeatedly
pressing the arrow button in the
upper left corner of the screen. It toggles
between three different map modes:
View
Switches between
full map, street list
and exit view in
route guidance.
Menu
Displays a pop-up
box that allows
direct access to
navigation settings.
E174016
E142642
Heading up (2D map) This
always shows the direction of
forward travel to be upward on
the screen. This view is available
for map scales up to 5 km/h.
Press the speaker button on the
map to mute route guidance.
E174017
When the light on the button
illuminates, the feature is on. The speaker
button appears on the map only when
route guidance is active.
North up (2D map) always
shows the northern direction to
be upward on the screen.
E142643
Re-center the map by pressing
this icon whenever you scroll the
E146188
map away from your vehicle’s
current location.
3D map mode provides an
elevated perspective of the map.
This viewing angle can be
adjusted and the map can be
E142644
rotated 180 degrees by touching
the map twice, and then dragging your
finger along the shaded bar with arrows at
the bottom of the map.
Auto Zoom
Press the green bar to access map mode,
then select the + or - zoom button to bring
up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the
touchscreen. When you press Auto, Auto
Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the
bottom left corner of the screen in the map
scale. The map zoom level then
synchronizes with vehicle speed. The
slower your vehicle is traveling, the farther
the map zooms in; the faster your vehicle
is traveling, the farther the map zooms out.
To switch the feature off, just press the +
or - button again.
In 3D mode, rotate the map view by
swiping your finger across the shaded bar
with the arrows.
383
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
The ETA box under the zoom buttons
appears when a route is active and
displays the distance and time to your
destination. If the button is pressed, a pop
up appears with the destination listed (and
waypoint if applicable) along with mileage
and time to destination. You may also
select to have either the estimated time
to reach your destination or your estimated
arrival time.
POI (Point Of Interest) icons
indicate locations of any point
of interest categories you choose
E142650
to display on the map. You can
choose to display three point of
interest categories on the map at one time.
Starting point indicates the
starting point of a planned route.
E142651
Map Icons
E142646
Waypoint indicates the location
of a waypoint on the map. The
number inside the circle is
different for each waypoint and
E142652
represents the position of the
waypoint in the route list.
Vehicle mark shows the current
location of your vehicle. It stays
in the center of the map display,
except when in scroll mode.
Scroll cursor allows you to
scroll the map; the fixed icon is
in the center of the screen. The
map position closest to the
E142647
cursor is in a window on the top
center part of the screen.
Destination symbol indicates
the ending point of a planned
route.
E142653
Next maneuver point indicates
the location of the next turn on
the planned route.
Address book entry default
icon(s) indicates the location
on the map of an address book
entry. This is the default symbol
E142648
shown after the entry has been
stored to the Address Book by any method
other than the map. You can select from
any of the 22 icons available. You can use
each icon more than once.
E142654
No GPS symbol indicates that
insufficient GPS satellite signals
are available for accurate map
positioning. This icon may
E142655
display under normal operation
in an area with poor GPS access.
Home indicates the location on
the map currently stored as the
home position. You can only
save one address from the
E142649
Address Book as your Home
entry. You cannot change this icon.
Quick-touch Buttons
When in map mode, touch anywhere on
the map display to access the following
options:
384
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Menu Item
Action and Description
Set as Dest
Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as
your destination. You may scroll the map by pressing your index
finger on the map display. When you reach the desired location,
simply let go and then touch this button.
Set as Waypoint
Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint.
Save to Favorites
Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites.
POI Icons
Touch this button to select icons to display on the map. You
can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same
time. You can switch these features:
On
Off
Cancel Route
Touch this button to cancel the active route.
Traffic List
Touch this button to show a list of traffic incidents.
HERE is the digital map provider for the
navigation application. If you find map data
errors, you may report them directly to
HERE by going to www.here.com. HERE
evaluates all reported map errors and
responds with the result of their
investigation by e-mail.
View/Edit Route
Access these features when a route is
active:
Menu Item
View Route
Navigation Map Updates
Edit Destination/Waypoints
Annual navigation map updates are
available for purchase through your
dealership.
Edit Turn List
Detour
Navigation Voice Commands
Edit Route Preferences
Edit Traffic Preferences
E142599
Cancel Route
385
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
When in navigation mode, press
the voice button on the steering
wheel controls.
SYNC™ 2
After the tone, say any of the following or a similar command:
Voice command
Destination
Zoom Out
Zoom In
Where Am I
help
The following commands can only be used when a navigation route is active:
Voice command
Reroute
Cancel Route
Show whole route
Repeat last instruction
Show route summary
Traffic Information
One-shot Destination Street Address
Traffic information is provided through an
arrangement with Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd. For license terms and conditions
refer to the Appendices. Traffic information
is based on data provided with the
permission of one or more third parties.
Please note: Should Ford's arrangement
with Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd cease
for any reason, the ongoing provision of
traffic information cannot be guaranteed.
To set a destination with voice
commands, you can say:
Voice Command
Action and Description
Find an Address
The system asks
you to say the full
address and
displays an
example on-screen.
SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING
You can then speak the address naturally,
such as "One two three four Main Street,
Any town".
Your SYNC system is easy to use. However,
should questions arise, please refer to the
tables below.
386
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
To check your mobile phone's
compatibility, visit the regional Ford
website.
Mobile phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
A lot of background noise
during a phone
call.
The audio control
settings on your mobile
phone may be affecting
SYNC performance.
Refer to your device's manual about audio
adjustments.
During a call, I
can hear the
Possible mobile phone
other person
malfunction.
but they cannot
hear me.
This is a mobile phonedependent feature.
SYNC is not
able to download my phone- Possible mobile phone
book.
malfunction.
Try switching off your mobile phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying
again.
Make sure that the microphone for SYNC
is not set to off.
Check your mobile phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your mobile phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying
again.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
You must switch on your mobile phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
Try pushing your phonebook contacts to
SYNC by selecting the option to add.
The system
says "Phonebook downLimitations on your
loaded" but my
mobile phone's capabSYNC phoneility.
book is empty or
is missing
contacts.
If the missing contacts are stored on your
SIM card, try moving them to your mobile
phone's memory.
Remove any pictures or special ring tones
associated with the missing contact.
You must switch on your mobile phone and
the automatic phonebook download
feature on SYNC.
387
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Mobile phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
This is a mobile phonedependent feature.
Possible solution
Check your mobile phone's compatibility.
Try switching off your mobile phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying
again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
mobile phone to Possible mobile phone
malfunction.
SYNC.
Try deleting your device from SYNC and
deleting SYNC from your device, then trying
again.
Always check the security and auto accept
prompt settings relative to the SYNC
Bluetooth connection on your mobile
phone.
Update your mobile phone's firmware.
Switch off the auto download setting.
This is a mobile phonedependent feature.
Check your mobile phone's compatibility.
Possible mobile phone
malfunction.
Try switching off your mobile phone, resetting it or removing the battery, then trying
again.
iPhone
•
•
•
Text messaging
is not working
on SYNC.
•
•
•
Go to your mobile phone's Settings.
Go to the Bluetooth Menu.
Make sure the connection status shows
Not Connected.
Press the blue circle to enter the next
menu.
Turn on Show Notifications.
Turn on Sync Contacts.
Your iPhone is now set up to forward
incoming text messages to SYNC.
Repeat these steps for every other Sync
vehicle you are connected to.
Your iPhone will only forward incoming text
messages to SYNC if it is unlocked.
Replying to text messages using SYNC is
not supported by iPhone.
388
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Mobile phone issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Text messages from third party applications are not supported.
Your mobile phone must support downloading text messages through Bluetooth
to receive incoming text messages.
This is a mobile phonedependent feature.
Audible text
messages do
not work on my
mobile phone.
This is a mobile phone
limitation.
Access the text messaging menu of SYNC
to see if your mobile phone supports the
feature. Press the PHONE button and then
scroll and select the option for text
messaging, then press OK.
Because each mobile phone is different,
refer to your device's manual for the
specific mobile phone you are pairing. In
fact, there can be differences between
mobile phones due to brand, model, service
provider and software version.
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
Try switching off the device, resetting it or
removing the battery, then try again.
I am having
trouble
connecting my
device.
Make sure you are using the manufacturer's
cable.
Possible device malfunc- Make sure you correctly insert the USB
tion.
cable into the device and the vehicle USB
port.
Make sure that the device does not have
an auto-install program or active security
settings.
SYNC does not
Make sure you are not leaving the device in
recognize my
This is a device limitation. your vehicle during very hot or cold
device when I
temperatures.
start my vehicle.
389
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
USB and media issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
This is a deviceBluetooth audio dependent feature.
does not
The device is not
stream.
connected.
Make sure you connect the device to SYNC
and press play on your device.
Your music files may not
contain the correct artist, Make sure that all song details are popusong title, album or genre lated.
information.
SYNC does not
recognize music
The file may be
that is on my
corrupted.
device.
The song may have
copyright protection that
does not allow it to play.
When I connect
my iPhone or
iPod Touch
through the
USB and
This is a device limitation.
Bluetooth Audio
at the same
time, I sometimes do not
hear any sound.
Try replacing the corrupt file with a new
version.
Some devices require you to change the
USB settings from mass storage to media
transfer protocol class.
From the iPhone or iPod Touch music now
playing screen, select the audio device
airplay icon at the very bottom of your
iPhone or iPod Touch screen.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through Bluetooth Audio, select SYNC.
To listen to the iPhone or iPod Touch
through USB, select Dock Connector.
Voice command issues
Issue
SYNC does not
understand
what I am
saying.
Possible cause
Possible solution
Review the mobile phone voice commands
and the media voice commands at the
beginning of their respective sections.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. Refer to the audio display during an active
voice session to find a list of voice
commands there.
You may be speaking too Start speaking when the second SYNC tone
soon or at the wrong
sounds and the system is ready for voice
time.
input.
390
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Voice command issues
Issue
Possible cause
Possible solution
You may not be speaking Make sure you speak into the microphone.
into the microphone
It is located in the headliner just above the
windshield.
You may be using the
Review the media voice commands at the
wrong voice commands. beginning of the media section.
You may not be saying
SYNC does not
the name exactly as the
understand the
system saved it.
name of a song
or artist.
Say the song or artist exactly as the system
saved it. If you say, "Play Artist Prince", the
system does not play music by Prince and
the Revolution or Prince and the New
Power Generation.
Make sure you are saying the complete title
such as "California remix featuring Jennifer
Nettles".
If the song titles are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. LOLA requires you to
say "L-O-L-A".
The system may not be
Try to avoid using special characters as the
reading the name the
same way you are saying system does not recognize them.
it.
Review the mobile phone voice commands
at the beginning of the mobile phone
section.
You may be using the
wrong voice commands. You can also use the mobile phone and
media suggestion lists to get a list of
SYNC does not
possible suggestions when the system
understand or is
cannot fully understand you.
calling the
wrong contact
Make sure you are saying the name exactly
when I want to
as the system saved it. For example, if the
make a call.
contact name is Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe
You may not be saying
the name exactly as the Wilson".
system saved it.
The system works better if you list full
names such as "Joe Wilson" rather than
"Joe".
391
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
Voice command issues
Issue
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign names
stored on my
mobile phone.
The SYNC voice
control system
is having trouble
recognizing
foreign tracks,
artists, albums,
genres and
playlist names
from my media
player or USB
flash drive.
Possible cause
Possible solution
Contacts in your phonebook may be very short
and similar or they may
contain special characters.
Try to avoid using special characters as the
system does not recognize them.
Your phonebook
contacts may be in
capital letters.
If the contacts are in capital letters, you
have to spell them. JAKE requires you to
say "Call J-A-K-E".
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
You may be saying the
foreign names using the
currently selected
language for SYNC.
The system
generates voice
prompts and
SYNC uses text-tothe pronuncispeech voice prompt
ation of some
technology.
words may not
be accurate for
my language.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the
contact names stored on your mobile
phone.
Helpful Hint: You can select your contact
manually. Press PHONE. Select the option
for phonebook and then contact name.
Press the soft-key option to hear it. SYNC
will read the contact name to you, giving
you some idea of the pronunciation it is
expecting.
SYNC applies the phonetic pronunciation
rules of the selected language to the names
stored on your media player or USB flash
drive. It is able to make some exceptions
for very popular artist names (for example,
U2) such that you can always use the
English pronunciation for these artists.
SYNC uses a synthetically generated voice
rather than pre-recorded human voice.
SYNC offers several new voice control
features for a wide range of languages.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example," play
artist Madonna").
392
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
SYNC™ 2
General
Issue
The language
selected for the
instrument
cluster and
information and
entertainment
display does not
match the
SYNC language
(phone, USB,
Bluetooth
audio, voice
control and
voice prompts).
Possible cause
Possible solution
SYNC only supports four languages in a
single module for text display, voice control
and voice prompts. The country where you
bought your vehicle dictates the four
languages based on the most popular
languages spoken. If the selected language
is not available, SYNC remains in the
current active language.
SYNC does not support
the currently selected
language for the instrument cluster and inform- SYNC offers several new voice control
ation and entertainment features for a wide range of languages.
display.
Dialing a contact name directly from the
phonebook without pre-recording (for
example, “call John Smith”) or selecting a
track, artist, album, genre or playlist directly
from your media player (for example, "play
artist Madonna").
SYNC with Touchscreen System Reset
The system has a System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of your
Sync unit is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any
information previously stored in the system (such as paired devices, phonebook, call
history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold
the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. After
approximately 5 seconds the screen will go black. Allow a 1-2 minutes for the system
reset to complete. You may then resume using the SYNC system.
393
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNINGS
The radio frequency transmitter
equipment, for example cellular
telephones and amateur radio
transmitters, may only be fitted to your
vehicle if they keep to the parameters
shown in the table below. There are no
special provisions or conditions for
installations or use.
WARNINGS
Your vehicle has been tested and
certified to legislations relating to
electromagnetic compatibility
(72/245/EEC, UN ECE Regulation 10 or
other applicable local requirements). It is
your responsibility to make sure that any
equipment you have fitted complies with
applicable local legislations. Have any
equipment fitted by an authorized dealer.
Do not mount any transceiver,
microphones, speakers, or any other
item in the deployment path of the
airbag system.
Do not fasten antenna cables to
original vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and
brake pipes.
Keep antenna and power cables at
least 10 cm from any electronic
modules and airbags.
1
2
E199929
394
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
3
Appendices
Frequency Band Maximum output power Watt (Peak
MHz
RMS)
Antenna Positions
1-30
100 W
3
50-54
100 W
1
68-87.5
50 W
1
142-176
50 W
1
220-225
50 W
1
380-512
50 W
1
806-940
10 W
1
1200-1400
10 W
1
1710-1885
10 W
1
1885-2025
10 W
1
Note: After the installation of radio
frequency transmitters, check for
disturbances from and to all electrical
equipment in your vehicle, both in the
standby and transmit modes.
Check all electrical equipment:
• With the ignition on.
• With the engine running.
• During a road test at various speeds.
E207816
Argentina
Check that electromagnetic fields
generated inside your vehicle cabin by the
transmitter installed do not exceed
applicable human exposure requirements.
TYPE APPROVALS
RF Certification Logos
E207817
Brazil
Abu Dhabi, Dubai
395
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
E197509
E212162
E202555
E207818
Brazil
Jordan
E207818
E207819
European Union EU
E207820
Malaysia
396
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
E197811
E207822
Moldova
Singapore
E207821
E198002
Morocco
South Africa
E198001
Philippines
E203899
E197844
Serbia
397
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Changes or modifications to your device
not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance can void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
RX-42 - declaration of conformity
We, the party responsible for compliance,
declare under our sole responsibility that
the Handset Integration product RX-42 is
in conformity with the provisions of the
following Council Directive: 1999/5/EC. A
copy of the Declaration of Conformity can
be found at:
E203679
Taiwan
www.novero.com/declaration_of_conformity
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Ford Motor Company
is under license. Other trademarks and
trade names are those of their respective
owners.
TYPE APPROVALS
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.
TYPE APPROVALS
E198009
TYPE APPROVALS
FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE
E97713
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) this device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
FCC ID: WJLRX-42
IC: 7847A-RX42
398
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
•
E97714
SD Logo is a trademark.
END USER LICENSE
AGREEMENT
SYNC End User License Agreement
(EULA)
•
•
You have acquired a device ("DEVICE")
that includes software licensed by Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates
("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an
affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
("MS") . Those installed software
products of MS origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
•
399
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("MS SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE may interface with
and/or communicate with, or may be
later upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY. The additional
software and systems of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as
associated media, printed materials,
and "online" or electronic
documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE")
are protected by international
intellectual property laws and treaties.
The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not
sold. All rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD
SOFTWARE may interface with and/or
communicate with, or may be later
upgraded to interface with and/or
communicate with additional software
and/or systems provided by third party
software and service suppliers. The
additional software and services of
third party origin, as well as associated
media, printed materials, and "online"
or electronic documentation ("THIRD
PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by
international intellectual property laws
and treaties. The THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All
rights reserved.
The MS SOFTWARE, FORD
SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively
and individually will be referred to as
"SOFTWARE".
Appendices
IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END
USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA")
DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY
THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE
SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL
CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO
THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY
PREVIOUS CONSENT).
•
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This
EULA grants you the following license:
•
•
You may use the SOFTWARE as
installed on the DEVICE and as
otherwise interfacing with systems
and/or services provide by or through
FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third
party software and service providers.
Description of Other Rights and
Limitations
•
•
•
Speech Recognition: If the
SOFTWARE includes speech
recognition component(s), you should
understand that speech recognition is
an inherently statistical process and
that recognition errors are inherent in
the process. Neither FORD MOTOR
COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be
liable for any damages arising out of
errors in the speech recognition
process.
Limitations on Reverse Engineering,
Decompilation and Disassembly:
You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, or disassemble nor permit
others to reverse engineer, decompile
or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except
and only to the extent that such activity
is expressly permitted by applicable
law notwithstanding this limitation.
400
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
•
•
Limitations on Distributing,
Copying, Modifying and Creating
Derivative Works: You may not
distribute, copy, make modifications
to or create derivative works based on
the SOFTWARE, except and only to the
extent that such activity is expressly
permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.
Single EULA: The end user
documentation for the DEVICE and
related systems and services may
contain multiple EULAs, such as
multiple translations and/or multiple
media versions (e.g., in the user
documentation and in the software).
Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you
are licensed to use only one (1) copy of
the SOFTWARE.
SOFTWARE Transfer: You may
permanently transfer your rights under
this EULA only as part of a sale or
transfer of the DEVICE, provided you
retain no copies, you transfer all of the
SOFTWARE (including all component
parts, the media and printed materials,
any upgrades, and, if applicable, the
Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the
recipient agrees to the terms of this
EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade,
any transfer must include all prior
versions of the SOFTWARE.
Termination: Without prejudice to any
other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY
or MS may terminate this EULA if you
fail to comply with the terms and
conditions of this EULA.
Security Updates/Digital Rights
Management: Content owners use
the WMDRM technology included in
your DEVICE to protect their
intellectual property, included
copyrighted content. Portions of the
SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use
WMDRM software to access
WMDRM-protected content. If the
WMDRM software fails to protect the
Appendices
•
content, content owners may ask
Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's
ability to use WMDRM to play or copy
protected content. This action does
not affect unprotected content. When
your DEVICE downloads licenses for
protected content, you agree that
Microsoft may include a revocation list
with the licenses. Content owners may
require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE
on your DEVICE to access their content.
If you decline an upgrade, you will not
be able to access content that requires
the upgrade.
Consent to Use of Data: You agree
that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may collect and use technical
information gathered in any manner as
part of product support services related
to the SOFTWARE or related services.
MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and services suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may use this information solely to
improve their products or to provide
customized services or technologies to
you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and systems suppliers, their
affiliates and/or their designated agent
may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally
identifies you.
•
•
Internet-Based Services
Components: The SOFTWARE may
contain components that enable and
facilitate the use of certain
Internet-based services. You
acknowledge and agree that MS,
Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, their affiliates and/or
their designated agent may
automatically check the version of the
SOFTWARE and/or its components
that you are utilizing and may provide
upgrades or supplements to the
SOFTWARE that may be automatically
downloaded to your DEVICE.
Additional Software/Services: The
SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR
COMPANY, third party software and
service suppliers, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent to provide or make
available to you SOFTWARE updates,
supplements, add-on components, or
Internet-based services components
of the SOFTWARE after the date you
obtain your initial copy of the
SOFTWARE ("Supplemental
Components").
If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party
software and services suppliers provide or
make available to you Supplemental
Components and no other EULA terms are
provided along with the Supplemental
Components, then the terms of this EULA
shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates
and/or their designated agent make
available Supplemental Components, and
no other EULA terms are provided, then
the terms of this EULA shall apply, except
that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or
affiliate entity providing the Supplemental
Component(s) shall be the licensor of the
Supplemental Component(s).
401
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, their affiliates and/or their
designated agent reserve the right to
discontinue without liability any
Internet-based services provided to you or
made available to you through the use of
the SOFTWARE.
•
•
SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a
replacement copy for the existing
SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with
this EULA, including any additional EULA
terms accompanying the upgrade
SOFTWARE.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in
and to the SOFTWARE (including but not
limited to any images, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text and
"applets" incorporated into the
SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed
materials, and any copies of the
SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft
Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or
their affiliates or suppliers. The
SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may
not copy the printed materials
accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title
and intellectual property rights in and to
the content which may be accessed
through use of the SOFTWARE is the
property of the respective content owner
and may be protected by applicable
copyright or other intellectual property
laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no
rights to use such content. All rights not
specifically granted under this EULA are
reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation,
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party
software and service providers, their
affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line
services which may be accessed through
the SOFTWARE may be governed by the
respective terms of use relating to such
services. If this SOFTWARE contains
documentation that is provided only in
electronic form, you may print one copy of
such electronic documentation.
Links to Third Party Sites: The MS
SOFTWARE may provide you with the
ability to link to third party sites through
the use of the SOFTWARE. The third
party sites are not under the control of
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft
Corporation nor their affiliates nor their
designated agent are responsible for
(i) the contents of any third party sites,
any links contained in third party sites,
or any changes or updates to third
party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any
other form of transmission received
from any third party sites. If the
SOFTWARE provides links to third
party sites, those links are provided to
you only as a convenience, and the
inclusion of any link does not imply an
endorsement of the third party site by
MS, Microsoft Corporation, their
affiliates and/or their designated
agent.
Obligation to Drive Responsibly:
You recognize your obligation to drive
responsibly and keep attention on the
road. You will read and abide with the
DEVICE operating instructions
particularly as they pertain to safety
and assumes any risk associated with
the use of the DEVICE.
UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD
MOTOR COMPANY separate from the
DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD
ROM disk(s) or via web download or other
means, and is labeled "For Upgrade
Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes
Only" you may install one (1) copy of such
EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You
acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is
subject to U.S. and European Union export
jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all
applicable international and national laws
that apply to the SOFTWARE, including
402
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations,
as well as end-user, end-use and
destination restrictions issued by U.S. and
other governments. For additional
information, see
http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.
•
TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant
you any rights in connection with any
trademarks or service marks of FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft
Corporation, third party software or service
providers, their affiliates or suppliers.
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or
[AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems
Incorporated. This [Licensee Product]
contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license
from Adobe Systems Incorporated,
Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe
Macromedia Software LLC. All rights
reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are
trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Adobe
PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support
for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS,
its parent corporation Microsoft
Corporation, or their affiliates or
subsidiaries. For product support, please
refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY
instructions provided in the documentation
for the DEVICE. Should you have any
questions concerning this EULA, or if you
desire to contact FORD MOTOR
COMPANY for any other reason, please
refer to the address provided in the
documentation for the DEVICE.
End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for
Automotive Important Safety
Information
This system Ford SYNC contains software
that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD
MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of
Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license
agreement. Any removal, reproduction,
reverse engineering or other unauthorized
use of the software from this system in
violation of the license agreement is strictly
prohibited and may subject you to legal
action.
No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD
MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY
SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS,
MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND
THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS
LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS,
MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR
THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY
AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO
HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S.
$250.00).
Read and follow instructions: Before
using your Windows Automotive- based
system, read and follow all instructions
and safety information provided in this end
user manual ("User's Guide"). Not
following precautions found in this User's
Guide can lead to an accident or other
serious consequences.
403
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER
THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY
BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW
VEHICLE.
Appendices
Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level
where you can still hear outside traffic and
emergency signals while driving. Driving
while unable to hear these sounds could
cause an accident.
Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept
in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a
ready reference for you and other users
unfamiliar with the Windows
Automotive-based system. Please make
certain that before using the system for
the first time, all persons have access to
the User's Guide and read its instructions
and safety information carefully.
Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently
a statistical process which is subject to
errors. It is your responsibility to monitor
any speech recognition functions included
in the system and address any errors.
WARNING
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.
Navigation Features: Any navigation
features included in the system are
intended to provide turn by turn
instructions to get you to a desired
destination. Please make certain all
persons using this system carefully read
and follow instructions and safety
information fully.
Distraction Hazard: Any navigation
features may require manual (non-verbal)
setup. Attempting to perform such set-up
or insert data while driving can seriously
distract your attention and could cause an
accident or other serious consequences.
Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner
before attempting these operations.
General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions
within the Windows Automotive-based
system may be accomplished using only
voice commands. Using voice commands
while driving allows you to operate the
system without removing your hands from
the wheel.
Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any
navigation features are provided only as
an aid. Make your driving decisions based
on your observations of local conditions
and existing traffic regulations. Any such
feature is not a substitute for your personal
judgment. Any route suggestions made by
this system should never replace any local
traffic regulations or your personal
judgment or knowledge of safe driving
practices.
Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not
access any function requiring a prolonged
view of the screen while you are driving.
Pull over in a safe and legal manner before
attempting to access a function of the
system requiring prolonged attention. Even
occasional short scans to the screen may
be hazardous if your attention has been
diverted away from your driving task at a
critical time.
404
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Route Safety: Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an
unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be
placed in an unsafe situation, or if you
would be directed into an area that you
consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the
vehicle and therefore, must evaluate
whether it is safe to follow the suggested
directions.
conditions, all of whom shall also be bound
by this Agreement. Additionally, all of your
account information, as well as other
payment and personal information
provided by you to Telenav (directly or
through the use of the Telenav Software,
is subject to Telenav’s privacy policy
located at http://www.telenav.com.
Telenav may revise this Agreement and
the privacy policy at any time, with or
without notice to you. You agree to visit
http://www.telenav.com from time to time
to review the then current version of this
Agreement and of the privacy policy.
Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used
by this system may be inaccurate because
of changes in roads, traffic controls or
driving conditions. Always use good
judgment and common sense when
following the suggested routes.
1. Safe and Lawful Use
You acknowledge that devoting attention
to the Telenav Software may pose a risk
of injury or death to you and others in
situations that otherwise require your
undivided attention, and you therefore
agree to comply with the following when
using the Telenav Software: (a) observe
all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;
(b) use your own personal judgment while
driving. If you feel that a route suggested
by the Telenav Software instructs you to
perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver,
places you in an unsafe situation, or directs
you into an area that you consider to be
unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c)
do not input destinations, or otherwise
manipulate the Telenav Software, unless
your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d)
do not use the Telenav Software for any
illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe,
hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any
manner inconsistent with this Agreement;
(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices
and cables necessary for use of the
Telenav Software in a secure manner in
your vehicle so that they will not interfere
with your driving and will not prevent the
operation of any safety device (such as an
airbag).
Emergency Services: Do not rely on any
navigation features included in the system
to route you to emergency services. Ask
local authorities or an emergency services
operator for these locations. Not all
emergency services such as police, fire
stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to
be contained in the map database for such
navigation features.
Telenav Software End User License
Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions
carefully before you use the Telenav
Software. Your use of the Telenav
Software indicates that you accept these
terms and conditions. If you do not accept
these terms and conditions, do not break
the seal of the package, launch, or
otherwise use the Telenav Software.
These terms and conditions represent the
agreement (“Agreement”) between you
and Telenav, Inc. (“Telenav”) with respect
to the Telenav Software (including
upgrades, modifications, or additions
thereto) (collectively “Telenav Software”).
All references herein to “you” and “your”
means you, your employees, agents, and
contractors, and any other entity on whose
behalf you accept these terms and
405
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav
harmless against all claims resulting from
any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate
use of the Telenav Software in any moving
vehicle, including as a result of your failure
to comply with the directions above.
copyright notices, or other notices or
markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or
otherwise transfer the Telenav Software
to others, except as part of your permanent
transfer of the Telenav Software; or (e)
use the Telenav Software in any manner
that (i) infringes the intellectual property
or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or
privacy or other rights of any party, (ii)
violates any law, statute, ordinance or
regulation, including but not limited to laws
and regulations related to spamming,
privacy, consumer and child protection,
obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful,
threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous,
defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or
otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent
out, or otherwise permit unauthorized
access by third parties to the Telenav
Software without advanced written
permission of Telenav.
2. Account Information
You agree: (a) when registering the
Telenav Software, to provide Telenav with
true, accurate, current, and complete
information about yourself, and (b) to
inform Telenav promptly of any changes
to such information, and to keep it true,
accurate, current and complete.
3. Software License
Subject to your compliance with the terms
of this Agreement, Telenav hereby grants
to you a personal, non-exclusive,
non-transferable license (except as
expressly permitted below in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
Telenav Software license), without the
right to sublicense, to use the Telenav
Software (in object code form only) in
order to access and use the Telenav
Software. This license shall terminate upon
any termination or expiration of this
Agreement. You agree that you will use the
Telenav Software only for your personal
business or leisure purposes, and not to
provide commercial navigation services to
other parties.
4. Disclaimers
To the fullest extent permissible pursuant
to applicable law, in no event will Telenav,
its licensors and suppliers, or agents or
employees of any of the foregoing, be
liable for any decision made or action
taken by you or anyone else in reliance on
the information provided by the Telenav
Software. Telenav also does not warrant
the accuracy of the map or other data used
for the Telenav Software. Such data may
not always reflect reality due to, among
other things, road closures, construction,
weather, new roads and other changing
conditions. You are responsible for the
entire risk arising out of your use of the
Telenav Software. For example but
without limitation, you agree not to rely on
the Telenav Software for critical navigation
in areas where the well-being or survival
of you or others is dependent on the
accuracy of navigation, as the maps or
functionality of the Telenav Software are
not intended to support such high risk
applications, especially in more remote
geographical areas.
3.1 License Limitations
You agree not to do any of the following:
(a) reverse engineer, decompile,
disassemble, translate, modify, alter or
otherwise change the Telenav Software
or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive
the source code, audio library or structure
of the Telenav Software without the prior
express written consent of Telenav; (c)
remove from the Telenav Software, or
alter, any of Telenav’s or its suppliers’
trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or
406
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND
EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN
CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL
WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM
COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR
TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY
RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV
SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not
permit the disclaimer of certain warranties,
so this limitation may not apply to you.
THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME
STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT
ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION
OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS
OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO
YOU.
6. Arbitration and Governing Law
You agree that any dispute, claim or
controversy arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the Telenav Software shall
be settled by independent arbitration
involving a neutral arbitrator and
administered by the American Arbitration
Association in the County of Santa Clara,
California. The arbitrator shall apply the
Commercial Arbitration Rules of the
American Arbitration Association, and the
judgment upon the award rendered by the
arbitrator may be entered by any court
having jurisdiction. Note that there is no
judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding
and the decision of the arbitrator shall be
binding upon both parties. You expressly
agree to waive your right to a jury trial.
5. Limitation of Liability
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER
APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR
ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR
EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN
EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE
THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA,
LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS,
LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING
OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
This Agreement and performance
hereunder will be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of California, without giving
effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To
the extent judicial action is necessary in
connection with the binding arbitration,
both Telenav and you agree to submit to
the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of
the County of Santa Clara, California. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods shall
not apply.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES
THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY
REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES
REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT
OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR
OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF
TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV’S
SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR
7. Assignment
You may not resell, assign, or transfer this
Agreement or any of your rights or
obligations, except in totality, in connection
with your permanent transfer of the
Telenav Software, and expressly
conditioned upon the new user of the
407
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by
the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or
transfer that is not expressly permitted
under this paragraph will result in
immediate termination of this Agreement,
without liability to Telenav, in which case
you and all other parties shall immediately
cease all use of the Telenav Software.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenav
may assign this Agreement to any other
party at any time without notice, provided
the assignee remains bound by this
Agreement.
Notices by posting them on Telenav’s
Website or by downloading such Notices
to your wireless device. If you desire to
withdraw your consent to receive Notices
electronically, you must discontinue your
use of the Telenav Software.
8.4
Telenav’s or your failure to require
performance of any provision shall not
affect that party’s right to require
performance at any time thereafter, nor
shall a waiver of any breach or default of
this Agreement constitute a waiver of any
subsequent breach or default or a waiver
of the provision itself.
8. Miscellaneous
8.1
8.5
This Agreement constitutes the entire
agreement between Telenav and you with
respect to the subject matter hereof.
If any provision herein is held
unenforceable, then such provision will be
modified to reflect the intention of the
parties, and the remaining provisions of
this Agreement will remain in full force and
effect.
8.2
Except for the limited licenses expressly
granted in this Agreement, Telenav retains
all right, title and interest in and to the
Telenav Software, including without
limitation all related intellectual property
rights. No licenses or other rights which are
not expressly granted in this Agreement
are intended to, or shall be, granted or
conferred by implication, statute,
inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and
Telenav and its suppliers and licensors
hereby reserve all of their respective rights
other than the licenses explicitly granted
in this Agreement.
8.6
The headings in this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only, will not be
deemed to be a part of this Agreement,
and will not be referred to in connection
with the construction or interpretation of
this Agreement. As used in this Agreement,
the words “include” and “including,” and
variations thereof, will not be deemed to
be terms of limitation, but rather will be
deemed to be followed by the words
“without limitation.”
8.3
9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions
By using the Telenav Software, you
consent to receive from Telenav all
communications, including notices,
agreements, legally required disclosures
or other information in connection with the
Telenav Software (collectively, “Notices”)
electronically. Telenav may provide such
The Telenav Software utilizes map and
other data licensed to Telenav by third
party vendors for the benefit of you and
other end users. This Agreement includes
end-user terms applicable to these
companies (included at the end of this
408
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Agreement), and thus your use of the
Telenav Software is also subject to such
terms. You agree to comply with the
following additional terms and conditions,
which are applicable to Telenav’s third
party vendor licensors:
9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2
(Shanghai) Co., Ltd
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co.,
Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including
their licensors and suppliers) on the other
hand.
9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE
North America, LLC
The data (“Data”) is provided for your
personal, internal use only and not for
resale. It is protected by copyright, and is
subject to the following terms and
conditions which are agreed to by you, on
the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and
its licensors (including their licensors and
suppliers) on the other hand.
© 20xx. All rights reserved.
Permitted Use.
You agree to use this Data together with
the Telenav Software solely for the internal
business and personal purposes for which
you were licensed, and not for service
bureau, time-sharing or other similar
purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the
restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise
reproduce, copy, modify, decompile,
disassemble, create any derivative works
of, or reverse engineer any portion of this
Data, and may not transfer or distribute it
in any form, for any purpose, except to the
extent permitted by mandatory laws.
© 2013 HERE. All rights reserved.
The Data for areas of Canada includes
information taken with permission from
Canadian authorities, including: © Her
Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post
Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada.
HERE holds a non-exclusive license from
the United States Postal Service® to
publish and sell ZIP+4® information.
Restrictions.
©United States Postal Service® 2014.
Prices are not established, controlled or
approved by the United States Postal
Service®. The following trademarks and
registrations are owned by the USPS:
United States Postal Service, USPS, and
ZIP+4.
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by Telenav, and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not use this Data (a) with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
with or in communication with any
The Data for Mexico includes certain data
from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
409
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Disclaimer of Liability:
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs.
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and
you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav
and its licensors (and their licensors and
suppliers) make no guarantees,
representations or warranties of any kind,
express or implied, arising by law or
otherwise, including but not limited to,
content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a
particular purpose, usefulness, use or
results to be obtained from this Data, or
that the Data or server will be
uninterrupted or error-free.
TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND
SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM,
DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF
THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING
ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT
OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM
THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE
INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF
PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN
THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF
THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT
OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY,
EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS
HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some
States, Territories and Countries do not
allow certain liability exclusions or
damages limitations, so to that extent the
above may not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Warranty:
Export Control.
TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND
SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF
QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States,
Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that
extent the above exclusion may not apply
to you.
You shall not export from anywhere any
part of the Data or any direct product
thereof except in compliance with, and
with all licenses and approvals required
under, applicable export laws, rules and
regulations, including but not limited to the
laws, rules and regulations administered
by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of
the U.S. Department of Commerce and the
Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S.
Department of Commerce. To the extent
Warning.
The Data may contain inaccurate or
incomplete information due to the passage
of time, changing circumstances, sources
used and the nature of collecting
comprehensive geographic data, any of
which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty.
410
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
that any such export laws, rules or
regulations prohibit HERE from complying
with any of its obligations hereunder to
deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall
be excused and shall not constitute a
breach of this Agreement.
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/
SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425
West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois
60606
Entire Agreement.
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between Telenav (and
its licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
This Data is a commercial item as
defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to
these End-User Terms under which this
Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.
Governing Law.
If the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
refuses to use the legend provided herein,
the Contracting Officer, federal
government agency, or any federal official
must notify HERE prior to seeking
additional or alternative rights in the Data.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the State of
Illinois, without giving effect to (i) its
conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United
Nations Convention for Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods, which is
explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to
the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for
any and all disputes, claims and actions
arising from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder.
I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User
Terms for any Application containing
Data for the United States shall contain
the following notices:
Government End Users.
“HERE holds a non-exclusive license
from the United States Postal
Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4®
information.”
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf
of the United States government or any
other entity seeking or applying rights
similar to those customarily claimed by the
United States government, this Data is a
“commercial item” as that term is defined
at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in
accordance with these End-User Terms,
and each copy of Data delivered or
otherwise furnished shall be marked and
embedded as appropriate with the
following “Notice of Use,” and shall be
treated in accordance with such Notice:
“©United States Postal Service®
20XX. Prices are not established,
controlled or approved by the United
States Postal Service®. The following
trademarks and registrations are
owned by the USPS: United States
Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”
411
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
2. Copyright Notice: In connection with
each copy of all or any portion of the
Data for the Territory of Canada, Client
shall affix in a conspicuous manner the
following copyright notice on at least
one of: (i) the label for the storage
media of the copy; (ii) the packaging
for the copy; or (iii) other materials
packaged with the copy, such as user
manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information
taken with permission from Canadian
authorities, including © Her Majesty
the Queen in Right of Canada, ©
Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada
Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The
Department of Natural Resources
Canada. All rights reserved.”
B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada,
which may include or reflect data from
third party licensors (“Third Party
Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen
in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”),
Canada Post Corporation (“Canada
Post”) and the Department of Natural
Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):
1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client
agrees that its use of the Third Party
Data is subject to the following provisions:
a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data
is licensed on an “as is” basis. The
licensors of such data, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such
data, either express or implied,
arising by law or otherwise, including
but not limited to, effectiveness,
completeness, accuracy or fitness
for a particular purpose.
3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion
of the Data for the Territory of Canada
to End-Users as may be authorized
under the Agreement, Client shall
provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms
(set forth with other end user terms
required to be provided under the
Agreement, or as otherwise may be
provided, by Client) which shall include
the following provisions on behalf of
the Third Party Data licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan:
b. Limitation on Liability: The Third
Party Data licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
shall not be liable: (i) in respect of
any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause
of the claim, demand or action
alleging any loss, injury or damages,
direct or indirect, which may result
from the use or possession of such
Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the
Data.
The Data may include or reflect
data of licensors, including Her
Majesty the Queen in the Right of
Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada
Post Corporation (“Canada Post”)
and the Department of Natural
Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such
data is licensed on an “as is” basis.
The licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, make no
guarantees, representations or
warranties respecting such data,
412
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
either express or implied, arising by
law or otherwise, including but not
limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a
particular purpose. The licensors,
including Her Majesty, Canada Post
and NRCan, shall not be liable in
respect of any claim, demand or
action, irrespective of the nature of
the cause of the claim, demand or
action alleging any loss, injury or
damages, direct or indirect, which
may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The
licensors, including Her Majesty,
Canada Post and NRCan, shall not
be liable in any way for loss of
revenues or contracts, or any other
consequential loss of any kind
resulting from any defect in the data
or the Data.
End User shall indemnify and save
harmless the licensors, including Her
Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan,
and their officers, employees and
agents from and against any claim,
demand or action, irrespective of
the nature of the cause of the claim,
demand or action, alleging loss,
costs, expenses, damages or injuries
(including injuries resulting in death)
arising out of the use or possession
of the data or the Data.
II. Mexico. The following provision applies
to the Data for Mexico, which includes
certain data from the Instituto Nacional
de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or
packaging containing Data for Mexico
shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de
Estadística y Geografía)”
III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Territory Notice
Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
“source: © IGN 2009 - BD
TOPO ®”
Guadeloupe,
French
Guiana
and
Martinique
Mexico
4. Additional Provisions: The terms
contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations
of the parties under the Agreement.
To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent
with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions
of this Section shall prevail.
IV. Middle East Territory
413
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional de Estadística y
Geografía)”
Appendices
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Country
Notice
Jordan
“© Royal Jordanian
Geographic Centre”. The
foregoing notice requirement
for Jordan Data is a material
term of the Agreement. If
Client or any of its permitted
sublicensees (if any) fail to
meet such requirement, HERE
shall have the right to
terminate Client’s license
with respect to the Jordan
Data.
V. Europe Territory
A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
1. General Restrictions Applicable to
Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges
and agrees that in certain countries of
the Europe Territory, Client will need
to obtain rights directly from third
party RDS-TMC code providers to
receive and use the Traffic Codes in
the Data and to deliver to End-Users
Transactions in any way derived from
or based on such Traffic Codes. For
such countries, HERE shall deliver the
Data incorporating Traffic Codes to
Client only after receiving certification
from Client of its having obtained such
rights.
2. Display of Third Party Rights
Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for
each Transaction that uses Traffic
Codes for Belgium, provide the
following notice to the End-User:
“Traffic Codes for Belgium are
provided by the Ministerie van de
Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the
Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des
Transports.”
B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted
sublicensees (if any) are restricted from
licensing and/or otherwise distributing
HERE’s database for the country of
Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian
entities for use of the Jordan Data solely
in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers.
In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are
restricted from using the Jordan Data in
Enterprise Applications if such party is
(i) a non-Jordanian entity using the
Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a
Jordan-based customer. For purposes
of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business
asset management applications, call
center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet
applications or for providing geocoding
services.
B. Paper Maps. With respect to any
license granted to Client relating to
making, selling or distributing paper
maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or
paper-like medium): (a) such license
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s
entering into and complying with a
separate written agreement with the
Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and
sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the
OS any and all applicable paper map
royalties, and Client’s complying with
the OS copyright notice requirements;
(b) such license for selling or otherwise
distributing for charge with respect to
Data for the Territory of Czech Republic
414
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior
written consent from Kartografie a.s.;
(c) such license for selling or distributing
with respect to Data for the Territory of
Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s
obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d)
Client is restricted from using Data for
the Territory of France to create paper
maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and
1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted
from using any Data to create, sell or
distribute paper maps that are the same
or substantially similar, in terms of data
content and specific use of color,
symbols and scale, to paper maps
published by the European national
mapping agencies, including without
limitation, Landervermessungämter of
Germany, Topografische Dienst of the
Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch
Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für
Landestopografie of Switzerland,
Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National
Land Survey of Sweden.
Austria
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine “© EuroGeographics”
France
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
Germany “Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung der
zuständigen Behörden
entnommen”
C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting
Section IV(B) above, with respect to
Data for the Territory of Great Britain,
Client acknowledges and agrees that
the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring
a direct action against Client to enforce
compliance with the OS copyright notice
(see Section IV(D) below) and paper
map requirements (see Section IV(B)
above) contained in this Agreement.
Great
Britain
“Contains Ordnance Survey
data © Crown copyright and
database right 2010 Contains
Royal Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database right
2010”
Greece
“Copyright Geomatics Ltd.”
Hungary “Copyright © 2003; Top-Map
Ltd.”
D. Third Party Notices. Any and all
copies of the Data and/or packaging
relating thereto shall include the
respective Third Party Notices set forth
below and used as described below
corresponding to the Territory (or
portion thereof) included in such copy:
Italy
“La Banca Dati Italiana è
stata prodotta usando quale
riferimento anche cartografia
numerica ed al tratto
prodotta e fornita dalla
Regione Toscana.”
Norway
“Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Authority”
Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal”
Spain
Country(ies) Notice
415
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
“© Bundesamt für Eich- und
Vermessungswesen”
“Información geográfica
propiedad del CNIG”
Appendices
Sweden
“Based upon electronic data
© National Land Survey
Sweden.”
Product incorporates data which is ©
20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM
Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia
Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd.
Switzer- “Topografische Grundlage: ©
land
Bundesamt für Landestopographie.
B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In
addition to the foregoing, the End-User
Terms for any Application containing
RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia
shall contain the following notice:
“Product incorporates traffic location
codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.”
E. Respective Country Distribution. Client
acknowledges that HERE has not
received approvals to distribute map
data for the following countries in such
respective countries: Albania, Belarus,
Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan.
HERE may update such list from time to
time. The license rights granted to Client
under this TL with respect to the Data
for such countries are contingent upon
Client’s compliance with all applicable
laws and regulations, including, without
limitation, any required licenses or
approvals to distribute the Application
incorporating such Data in such
respective countries.
VII. China Territory
Personal Use Only
You agree to use this Data together with
[insert name of Client Application] for the
solely personal, non-commercial purposes
for which you were licensed, and not for
service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject
to the restrictions set forth in the following
paragraphs, you may copy this Data only
as necessary for your personal use to (i)
view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you
do not remove any copyright notices that
appear and do not modify the Data in any
way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce,
copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or
reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any
form, for any purpose, except to the extent
permitted by mandatory laws.
VI. Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies
of the Data and/or packaging relating
thereto shall include the respective Third
Party Notices set forth below and used
as described below corresponding to
the Territory (or portion thereof)
included in such copy:
Copyright. Based on data provided
under license from PSMA Australia
Limited (www.psma.com.au).
Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically
licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without
limiting the preceding paragraph, you may
not (a) use this Data with any products,
systems, or applications installed or
otherwise connected to or in
communication with vehicles, capable of
vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,
real time route guidance, fleet
management or similar applications; or (b)
416
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
No Other Warranty:
with or in communication with any
positioning devices or any mobile or
wireless-connected electronic or computer
devices, including without limitation
cellular phones, palmtop and handheld
computers, pagers, and personal digital
assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease
using this Data if you fail to comply with
these terms and conditions.
EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY
SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2
AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM
ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will
perform substantially in accordance with
the accompanying written materials for a
period of ninety (90) days from the date
of receipt, and (b) any support services
provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as
described in applicable written materials
provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s
support engineers will make commercially
reasonable efforts to solve any problem
issues.
Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS
LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR
LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT
BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY
CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION,
IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE
CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR
ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR
DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH
MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR
POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR
FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE,
CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY
OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION,
ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR
THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR
CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A
WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS
LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER
NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR
ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability
exclusions may not be permitted under
applicable law, so to that extent the above
exclusion may not apply to you.
rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and
your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s
sole discretion, either (a) return of the price
paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of
the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited
Warranty and that are returned to NAV2
with a copy of your receipt. This Limited
Warranty is void if failure of the Data has
resulted from accident, abuse, or
misapplication. Any replacement Data will
be warranted for the remainder of the
original warranty period or thirty (30) days,
whichever is longer. Neither these remedies
nor any product support services offered
by NAV2 are available without proof of
purchase from an authorized international
source.
417
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Export Control
Gracenote® Copyright
You agree not to export to anywhere any
part of the Data provided to you or any
direct product thereof except in
compliance with, and with all licenses and
approvals required under, applicable
export laws, rules and regulations.
CD and music-related data from
Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007
Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright
© 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and
service may practice one or more of the
following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or
pending. Some services supplied under
license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S.
Patent: #6,304,523.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its
suppliers and are protected by applicable
copyright and other intellectual property
law and treaties. The Data are provided
solely on the basis of a license to use, not
sale.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered
trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote
logo and logotype, and the "Powered by
Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of
Gracenote.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the
entire agreement between NAV2(and its
licensors, including their licensors and
suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their
entirety any and all written or oral
agreements previously existing between
us with respect to such subject matter.
Gracenote® End User License Agreement
(EULA)
This device contains software from
Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street
Emeryville, California 94608
("Gracenote").
The software from Gracenote (the
"Gracenote Software") enables this device
to do disc and music file identification and
obtain music-related information, including
name, artist, track, and title information
("Gracenote Data") from online servers
("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform
other functions. You may use Gracenote
Data only by means of the intended End
User functions of this device.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the People’s
Republic of China, without giving effect to
(i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the
United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which
is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising
from or in connection with the Data
provided to you hereunder shall be
submitted to the Shanghai International
Economic and Trade Arbitration
Commission for arbitration.
This device may contain content belonging
to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the
restrictions set forth herein with respect to
Gracenote Data shall also apply to such
content and such content providers shall
be entitled to all of the benefits and
protections set forth herein that are
available to Gracenote.
418
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
You agree that you will use the content
from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") ,
Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software,
and Gracenote Servers for your own
personal, non-commercial use only. You
agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Content,
Gracenote Software or any Gracenote
Data (except in a Tag associated with a
music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE
CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS
EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM
OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE
GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED
TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE
MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY
GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE
GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE
CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY
AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT
TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT
FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE
SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF
GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA
CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT
GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO
WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER
GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE
OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE
GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR
GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE
UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT
OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY
ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES
THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO
PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE
TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES
AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL
WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER
GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS
THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE
OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL
GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL
DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS
OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON
WHATSOEVER.
You agree that your non-exclusive licenses
to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers will terminate if you
violate these restrictions. If your licenses
terminate, you agree to cease any and all
use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and
Gracenote Servers. Gracenote,
respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote
Data, the Gracenote Software, and the
Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content,
including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will either Gracenote
become liable for any payment to you for
any information that you provide, including
any copyrighted material or music file
information. You agree that Gracenote
may enforce its respective rights,
collectively or separately, under this
agreement against you, directly in each
company's own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track
queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric
identifier is to allow Gracenote to count
queries without knowing anything about
who you are. For more information, see the
web page at www.gracenote.com for the
Gracenote Privacy Policy.
© Gracenote 2007.
419
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
SUNA TRAFFIC CHANNEL – TERMS
AND CONDITIONS
Vehicle with SYNC only
United States and Mexico
By activating, using and/or accessing the
SUNA Traffic Channel, SUNA Predictive or
other content or material provided by
Intelematics (together, SUNA Products
and/or Services), you must accept
certain terms and conditions. The following
is a brief summary of the terms and
conditions that apply to you. To view the
full terms and conditions relevant to your
use of the SUNA Products and/or Services,
please consult
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/.
FCC ID: KMHSG1G1
IC: 1422A-SG1G1
Mexico
Model: KMHSG1P1
NOM-121-SCT1-2009
The operation of this equipment is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This
equipment or device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this
equipment or device must accept any
interference, including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
1. Acceptance
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
By using SUNA Products and/or Services,
you will be deemed to have accepted and
agreed to be bound by the terms and
conditions fully detailed at
www.sunatraffic.com.au/termsandconditions/.
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
2. Intellectual Property
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry
Canada. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device
may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
SUNA Products and/or Services are for
your personal use. You may not record, or
retransmit the content, nor use the content
in association with any other traffic
information or route guidance service or
device not approved by Intelematics. You
obtain no right of ownership in any
Intellectual Property Rights (including
copyright) in the data that is used to
provide SUNA Products and/or Services.
Vehicle with SYNC with
Touchscreen/My Touch
WARNING
3. Appropriate Use
Changes or modifications not
expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the
equipment. The term "IC" before the radio
certification number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications
were met.
SUNA Products and/or Services are
intended as an aid to personal motoring
and travel planning, and do not provide
comprehensive or accurate information on
all occasions. On occasions, you may
experience additional delay as a result of
using SUNA Products and/or Services. You
acknowledge that it is not intended, or
suitable, for use in applications where time
of arrival or driving directions may impact
the safety of the public or yourself.
The antenna used for this transmitter must
not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
420
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Appendices
Services, and to the extent which it is
lawful to do so, both Intelematics and each
Supplier excludes any warranties which
might otherwise be implied by any State
or Federal legislation in relation to SUNA
Products and/or Services.
4. Use of SUNA Products and Services
while driving
You, and other authorised drivers of the
vehicle in which SUNA Products and/or
Services are available or installed and
active, remain at all times responsible for
observing all relevant laws and codes of
safe driving. In particular, you agree to only
actively operate SUNA Products and/or
Services when the Vehicle is at a complete
stop and it is safe to do so.
7. Please Note
Great care has been taken in preparing this
manual. Constant product development
may mean that some information is not
entirely up-to-date. The information in this
document is subject to change without
notice.
5. Service Continuity and Reception of
the SUNA Traffic Channel
We will use reasonable endeavours to
provide the SUNA Traffic Channel 24 hours
a day, 365 days a year. The SUNA Traffic
Channel may occasionally be unavailable
for technical reasons or for planned
maintenance. We will try to perform
maintenance at times when congestion is
light. We reserve the right to withdraw
SUNA Products and/or Services at any
time.
WARNING
Operating certain parts of this
system while driving can distract
your attention away from the road,
and possibly cause an accident or other
serious consequences. Do not change
system settings or enter data non-verbally
(using your hands) while driving. Stop the
vehicle in a safe and legal manner before
attempting these operations. This is
important since while setting up or
changing some functions you might be
required to distract your attention away
from the road and remove your hands from
the wheel.
Also, we cannot assure the uninterrupted
reception of the SUNA Traffic Channel
RDS-TMC signal at any particular location.
6. Limitation of Liability
Neither Intelematics (nor its suppliers or
the manufacturer of your device (the
“Suppliers”)) shall be liable to you or to
any third party for any damages either
direct, indirect, incidental, consequential
or otherwise arising out of the use of or
inability to use SUNA Products and/or
Services even if Intelematics or a Supplier
has been advised of the possibility of such
damages. You also acknowledge that the
neither Intelematics nor any Supplier
guarantees nor make any warranties that
relate to the availability, accuracy or
completeness of SUNA Products and/or
421
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
422
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
4
Audio Control...................................................43
Audio Input Jack...........................................285
Audio System................................................268
4WD
General Information.........................................268
See: Four-Wheel Drive......................................135
Audio System Security..............................280
A
Security Code.....................................................280
Audio Troubleshooting..............................286
Audio Unit......................................................269
A/C
Alternative Frequencies...................................274
Automatic Volume Control............................273
Autostore Control...............................................273
News Broadcasts...............................................274
On, Off Control....................................................272
Regional Mode....................................................274
Station Preset Buttons.....................................272
Station Tuning Control.....................................272
Traffic Information Control.............................273
Waveband Button..............................................272
See: Climate Control..........................................94
About This Manual...........................................7
ABS
See: Brakes.............................................................141
ABS driving hints
See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes..................................................................141
Accessories
See: Replacement Parts
Recommendation..............................................9
Audio Unit Clock and Date
Displays........................................................280
ACC
See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control............158
Changing the Time...........................................280
Exact Hour Adjustment....................................281
Active Park Assist..........................................151
Deactivating the Active Park Assist
Feature...............................................................153
Parallel Parking, Park Out Assist....................151
Troubleshooting the System..........................153
Autolamps........................................................49
Windshield Wiper Activated
Headlamps........................................................49
Automatic Climate Control........................97
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................43
Air Conditioning
Type 1.........................................................................97
Type 2.......................................................................99
See: Climate Control..........................................94
Automatic High Beam Control.................50
Air Filter
Activating the System........................................50
Manually Overriding the System.....................51
See: Changing the Engine Air Filter.............243
Air Vents............................................................94
Ambient Lighting............................................53
Appendices....................................................394
At a Glance.........................................................11
Automatic Transmission...........................130
Emergency Park Position Release
Lever....................................................................132
Hints on driving with an automatic
transmission....................................................132
Selector lever positions....................................130
Sport Mode and Manual Shifting..................131
Front Exterior Overview........................................11
Instrument Panel Overview...............................13
Rear Exterior Overview........................................16
Vehicle Interior Overview....................................12
Autowipers.......................................................45
Auxiliary Power Points.................................115
Audible Warnings and Indicators.............69
Cross Traffic Alert Warning Chime................69
Door Ajar Warning Chime.................................69
Front and Rear Park Aid Warning
Chime..................................................................69
Headlamps On Warning Chime.....................69
Key in Ignition Warning Chime........................69
Lane Departure Warning Chime....................69
Parking Brake On Warning Chime.................69
Seatbelt Reminder Warning Chime..............69
12 Volt DC Power Point......................................115
230 Volt AC Power Point (If
Equipped)..........................................................115
Locations................................................................115
423
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
B
Changing a Road Wheel...........................255
Installing a Road Wheel..................................259
Jacking and Lifting Points...............................257
Lug Nuts................................................................255
Removing a Road Wheel................................258
Spare Wheel........................................................256
Stowing the Flat Tire........................................259
Vehicle Jack..........................................................255
Battery
See: Changing the 12V Battery.....................234
Blind Spot Information System...............170
Blind Spot Information System (BLIS™)
with Cross Traffic Alert................................170
Bonnet Lock
Changing the 12V Battery.........................234
Changing the Engine Air Filter.................243
Changing the Wiper Blades.....................234
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........228
Brake and Clutch Fluid Check.................232
Brakes................................................................141
Changing the Rear Window Wiper
Blade..................................................................235
Changing the Windshield Wiper
Blades...............................................................234
General Information...........................................141
Breaking-In......................................................193
Brakes and Clutch..............................................193
Engine.....................................................................193
Tires.........................................................................193
Checking MyKey System Status...............35
Checking the Wiper Blades......................234
Seatbelt Maintenance.................................26
Child Restraint Positioning..........................21
Bulb Specification Chart............................241
C
CHECKING SEATBELT FIT.................................22
Typical Booster Seat...........................................22
Cabin Air Filter...............................................103
Capacities and Specifications................265
Car Wash
Child Safety.......................................................18
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................244
Child Safety Locks..........................................22
General Information.............................................18
Catalytic Converter......................................124
Manual Child Safety Locks...............................22
Driving with a Catalytic Converter................124
Cigar Lighter....................................................116
Cleaning the Exterior..................................244
Center Console................................................117
Changing a Bulb...........................................236
Body Paintwork Preservation.......................244
Cleaning the Chrome Trim.............................244
Cleaning the Headlamps................................244
Cleaning the Rear Window............................244
Approach Lamp and Side Repeater...........238
Front Fog Lamps................................................238
Lamp Assembly Condensation....................236
License Plate Lamp..........................................240
Replacing a Reverse Lamp Bulb..................239
Replacing the Headlamp Bulbs...................236
Replacing the License Plate Lamp
Bulb...................................................................240
Replacing the Rear Fog Lamp Bulb............240
Replacing the Tail, Brake, High-Mount
Brake Lamp, and Turn Signal Lamp
Bulbs..................................................................238
Side Repeater......................................................237
Cleaning the Interior...................................244
Instrument Cluster Screens, LCD Screens
and Radio Screens.......................................244
Rear Windows.....................................................245
Seatbelts..............................................................244
Clearing All MyKeys.......................................34
Climate.............................................................374
Climate Control Voice Commands.............376
Climate Control..............................................94
Principle of Operation........................................94
Changing a Fuse..........................................204
Clock....................................................................79
Cold Weather Precautions........................198
Collision Warning System..........................175
Using the System................................................176
424
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Engine Immobilizer
Compact Disc Player...................................281
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................42
CD Text Display Options.................................284
Compact Disc Playback...................................281
Compact Disc Track Scanning......................282
Ending Compact Disc Playback...................285
Fast Forward and Reverse...............................281
MP3 Display Options.......................................284
MP3 File Playback.............................................282
Repeat Compact Disc Tracks........................282
Shuffle and Random.........................................281
Track Selection....................................................281
Engine Number............................................264
2.0L Engine Number.........................................264
2.0L Engine sticker............................................264
2.2L Engine Number.........................................265
2.2L Engine sticker.............................................265
Engine Oil Check...........................................231
Adding Oil..............................................................231
Engine Oil Dipstick........................................231
Entertainment...............................................352
Coolant Check
AM/FM/DAB Radio...........................................352
Bluetooth Audio.................................................359
CD............................................................................355
Line In.....................................................................359
SD Card Slot and USB Port...........................356
Supported Media Players, Formats and
Metadata Information................................359
See: Engine Coolant Check.............................231
Creating a MyKey............................................33
Programming/Changing Configurable
Settings...............................................................34
Cruise Control..................................................44
Principle of Operation.......................................157
Cruise control
Essential Towing Checks...........................188
See: Using Cruise Control.................................157
Before Towing a Trailer.....................................189
Hitches...................................................................188
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft (PWC)........................................190
Safety Chains.......................................................189
Trailer Brakes.......................................................189
Trailer Lamps.......................................................189
When Towing a Trailer......................................189
Cup Holders......................................................117
D
Diesel Particulate Filter..............................120
Regeneration........................................................120
Direction Indicators.......................................53
DPF
Exterior Mirrors................................................59
Blind Spot Information System......................60
Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...............................60
Heated Exterior Mirrors......................................59
Manual Folding and Unfolding.......................60
Power Exterior Mirrors........................................59
See: Diesel Particulate Filter..........................120
Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap.......233
Driver Alert......................................................164
Principle of Operation.......................................164
Using Driver Alert................................................165
Driving Aids.....................................................164
Driving Hints...................................................193
Driving Through Water...............................198
F
E
Fastening the Seatbelts...............................24
Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy................25
Floor Mats.......................................................199
Fog Lamps - Front
Electromagnetic Compatibility..............394
Electronic Locking Differential.................133
See: Front Fog Lamps.........................................51
Fog Lamps - Rear
Activating the Electronic Locking
Differential.......................................................134
See: Rear Fog Lamps...........................................51
End User License Agreement.................399
Four-Wheel Drive..........................................135
SYNC End User License Agreement
(EULA)..............................................................399
Principle of Operation.......................................135
Engine Coolant Check.................................231
Front Fog Lamps.............................................51
Front Parking Aid..........................................150
Adding Engine Coolant....................................232
Obstacle Distance Indicator..........................150
425
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Headlamp Removal
Fuel and Refueling........................................122
Fuel Quality.....................................................122
See: Removing a Headlamp..........................236
Headlamp Washers.......................................47
Head Restraints............................................104
Heated Seats...................................................113
Biodiesel Usage...................................................123
Long-Term Storage............................................123
Fuse Box Locations.....................................203
Engine Compartment Fuse Box (Power
Distribution Box - PDB)..............................203
Fuse Box Locations...........................................203
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box...........204
Pre-Fuse Box.......................................................203
Front Seats.............................................................113
Rear Seats..............................................................114
Heating
See: Climate Control..........................................94
Hill Descent Control.....................................147
Fuses................................................................203
Fuse Specification Chart - 2.2L
Duratorq-TDCi (118kW/160PS) Puma.............................................................205
Principle of Operation.......................................147
Hill Start Assist...............................................141
Enable and Disable the System....................142
Switching the System On and Off...............143
Using Hill Start Assist........................................142
Battery Mounted Fuse Link.............................212
Engine Compartment Fuse Box...................205
High Current Fuse Box.......................................213
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box.............213
Hints on Controlling the Interior
Climate.........................................................100
Cooling the Interior Quickly............................102
General Hints.......................................................100
Heating the Interior Quickly.............................101
Recommended Settings for Cooling ..........102
Recommended Settings for Heating...........101
Side Window Defogging in Cold
Weather.............................................................102
Fuse Specification Chart - 3.2L
Duratorq-TDCi (148kW/200PS) Puma..............................................................216
Battery Mounted Fuse Link............................223
Engine Compartment Fuse Box....................216
High Current Fuse Box.....................................224
Passenger Compartment Fuse Box............224
Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock
Brakes.............................................................141
Hood Lock
G
See: Opening and Closing the Hood..........228
Gauges...............................................................62
I
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge............63
Fuel Gauge.............................................................64
Information Display.............................................63
Type 1........................................................................62
Type 2.......................................................................63
Ignition Switch................................................119
Information Display Control......................44
Information Displays.....................................70
General Information on Radio
Frequencies...................................................29
Global Opening and Closing......................58
General Information............................................70
Information....................................................369
Calendar................................................................370
Emergency Assistance....................................370
Notifications........................................................370
Closing the Windows..........................................59
Opening the Windows.......................................58
Glove Box..........................................................117
H
Handbrake
See: Parking Brake...............................................141
Hazard Warning Flashers.........................200
Headlamp Leveling........................................52
426
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
K
Information Messages.................................80
4x4.............................................................................84
Active Park...............................................................81
Adaptive Cruise Control......................................81
AdBlue Level..........................................................82
AdBlue System Malfunction............................83
Airbag.......................................................................83
Alarm........................................................................83
Battery and Charging System.........................84
Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic
Alert System.....................................................85
Doors and Locks...................................................85
Driver Alert..............................................................86
Fuel............................................................................86
Hill Descent Control............................................86
Hill Start Assist.....................................................86
Keys and Intelligent Access..............................87
Lane Keeping System........................................88
Maintenance..........................................................88
Park Aid...................................................................89
Park Brake...............................................................89
Power Steering.....................................................90
Powertrain..............................................................93
Starting System ..................................................90
Terrain Management System...........................91
Tire Pressure Monitoring System....................91
Traction Control.....................................................91
Trailer........................................................................93
Transmission..........................................................92
Keys and Remote Controls.........................29
L
Lane Keeping System.................................166
Switching the System On and Off................167
Lighting Control..............................................48
High and Low Beam............................................49
Parking Lamps......................................................48
Lighting..............................................................48
General Information...........................................48
Limited Slip Differential.............................140
Load Carriers
See: Roof Racks and Load Carriers..............181
Load Carrying................................................180
General Information..........................................180
Load Retaining Fixtures..............................182
Installing the Load Bracket.............................183
Installing the Load Retaining Fixtures........183
Locking and Unlocking.................................37
Locking and Unlocking the Doors from
Inside....................................................................37
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Individually with the Key ..............................38
Locking and Unlocking the Doors with the
Key.........................................................................37
Opening the Liftgate...........................................38
Power Door Locks.................................................37
Remote Control.....................................................37
Installing Child Restraints............................19
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHORAGE
LOCATIONS.......................................................20
Locks....................................................................37
Luggage Covers............................................180
Instrument Cluster.........................................62
Interior Lamps.................................................53
Stowing the luggage cover - Estate without
full size spare wheel......................................181
Cargo Compartment Lamp..............................55
Front Interior Lamp..............................................53
Glove Box Lamp....................................................55
Rear Interior Lamp...............................................54
Lug Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................255
M
Interior Mirror...................................................60
Auto-Dimming Mirror.........................................60
Introduction.........................................................7
Maintenance..................................................228
General Information.........................................228
J
Manual Climate Control..............................95
Manual Liftgate..............................................38
Jump Starting the Vehicle.......................200
Closing the Liftgate.............................................39
Opening the Liftgate...........................................39
To Connect the Booster Cables...................200
To Start the Engine............................................201
427
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
O
Manual Seats.................................................105
Adjusting the Height of the Driver
Seat....................................................................106
Adjusting the Lumbar Support of the Driver
Seat.....................................................................107
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward.............................................................106
Recline Adjustment...........................................106
Off-Road Driving...........................................193
After Off-Road Driving.....................................198
Basic Off-road Driving Techniques..............195
Crossing Obstacles............................................197
Driving in Deep Snow........................................197
Driving in Mud......................................................196
Driving in Sand....................................................196
Hill Climbing..........................................................197
Off-Road Driving Aids.......................................195
Off-road Screen..................................................195
Operating a Performance Vehicle at Higher
than Normal Speeds....................................196
Terrain Management System (TMS)..........194
Water Wading......................................................198
Media Hub......................................................286
Message Center
See: Information Displays.................................70
Mirrors
See: Windows and Mirrors................................56
Mobile Communications
Equipment......................................................10
Moonroof..........................................................60
Bounce-Back..........................................................61
Oil Check
MyKey Troubleshooting...............................36
MyKey™..............................................................31
See: Engine Oil Check.......................................231
Opening and Closing the Hood..............228
Principle of Operation..........................................31
Closing the Hood...............................................229
Opening the Hood.............................................228
N
Overhead Console........................................118
Navigation.......................................................377
P
Destination Mode...............................................377
Map Mode............................................................382
Michelin Travel Guide.......................................379
Navigation Map Updates................................385
Navigation Voice Commands.......................385
Places of Interest (POI) Categories............379
Quick-touch Buttons.......................................384
Setting Your Navigation Preferences..........379
Parking Aids....................................................149
Principle of Operation.......................................149
Parking Brake..................................................141
Passive Anti-Theft System.........................42
Arming the Engine Immobilizer.......................42
Coded Keys.............................................................42
Disarming the Engine Immobilizer.................42
Principle of Operation.........................................42
PATS
See: Passive Anti-Theft System.....................42
Personalized Settings..................................80
Chime deactivation.............................................80
Language setting.................................................80
Measure units........................................................80
MyKey (If Equipped)...........................................80
Temperature units...............................................80
428
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Rear Seat Armrest.........................................118
Rear Seats......................................................108
Phone................................................................361
Making Calls........................................................364
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First Time Vehicles with SYNC™................................368
Pairing a Cell Phone for the First Time Vehicles with SYNC™ 2.............................369
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones.................363
Pairing Your Cell Phone for the First
Time...................................................................362
Phone Menu Options.......................................364
Phone Settings...................................................367
Phone Voice Commands...............................368
Receiving Calls...................................................364
Text Messaging...................................................365
Adjusting the Rear Seats.................................108
Rear View Camera........................................155
Turning the Rear View Camera Off..............156
Turning the Rear View Camera On...............155
Using the Display................................................155
Rear View Camera
See: Rear View Camera....................................155
Rear Window Wiper and Washers...........47
Rear Window Washer.........................................47
Rear Window Wiper.............................................47
Recommended Towing Weights............186
Reduced Engine Performance.................193
Refueling..........................................................128
Post-Crash Alert System...........................201
Power Door Locks
Vehicles with Fuel Filler Cap...........................129
See: Locking and Unlocking..............................37
Remote Control..............................................29
Power Liftgate.................................................39
Changing the Remote Control Battery........29
Programming the additional key....................29
Remote Control With a Folding Key
Blade....................................................................30
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function..............................................................29
Closing the Liftgate.............................................40
Programming Liftgate Height...........................41
Power Seats....................................................107
Power Steering Fluid Check.....................233
Adding Power Steering Fluid.........................233
Power Windows.............................................56
Removing a Headlamp..............................236
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.........................................9
Anti-trap windows...............................................57
Bounce-Back (If Equipped).............................58
Driver’s Door Switches.......................................56
Front and Rear Passengers’ Door
Switches.............................................................56
Opening and Closing Other Windows
Automatically....................................................57
Opening and Closing the Driver Side
Window Automatically.................................56
Resetting the Memory of the Electric
Windows - Vehicle with One Touch
Up/Down on Driver Side only......................57
Safety Mode...........................................................57
Safety Switch for the Rear Windows............57
Collision Repairs......................................................9
Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical
Repairs...................................................................9
Warranty on Replacement Parts....................10
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................30
Roadside Emergencies.............................200
Roof Racks and Load Carriers..................181
Adjusting the Crossbar......................................181
Cross Bars...............................................................181
Load Carrying - Roof Loads............................182
Running-In
See: Breaking-In..................................................193
R
Running Out of Fuel.....................................123
Rear Axle.........................................................140
Rear Fog Lamps...............................................51
Rear Parking Aid............................................149
S
Filling a Portable Fuel Container...................123
Fuel Run Dry Protection Feature...................123
Obstacle Distance Indicator..........................150
Rear Passenger Climate Controls..........103
Safety Precautions.......................................122
Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................25
Type 1......................................................................103
Type 2......................................................................103
429
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Switching Off the Engine............................121
Seatbelt Reminder.........................................25
Deactivating the seatbelt reminder..............26
Vehicles With a Turbocharger.........................121
Seatbelts...........................................................23
Symbols Glossary.............................................7
SYNC™ 2........................................................326
Principle of Operation.........................................23
Seats.................................................................104
Security..............................................................42
Selective Catalytic Reduction
System...........................................................124
General Information.........................................326
SYNC™ Applications and
Services........................................................304
In the Event of a Crash....................................305
Switching Emergency Assistance On and
Off......................................................................304
SYNC AppLink.....................................................307
SYNC Emergency Assistance.......................304
Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(AdBlue)Guidelines......................................128
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue)Level............124
Inoperative Selective Catalytic Reduction
System, Poor Quality or Contaminated
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (AdBlue)..................127
SYNC™............................................................287
General Information..........................................287
Settings...........................................................338
SYNC™ Troubleshooting..........................316
Clock.......................................................................338
Display...................................................................339
Settings.................................................................343
Sound......................................................................341
Vehicle....................................................................341
T
Tailgate
See: Manual Liftgate...........................................38
See: Power Liftgate.............................................39
Sitting in the Correct Position.................104
Snow Chains
Technical Specifications
See: Using Snow Chains..................................251
See: Capacities and Specifications.............261
Speed Control
Tire Care..........................................................246
See: Cruise Control.............................................157
Tire Care................................................................246
Speed Limiter................................................164
Tire Pressure Monitoring System............251
Principle of Operation.......................................164
Using the System...............................................164
Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.......................................252
How Temperature Affects the Tire
Pressures..........................................................252
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset
Procedure........................................................254
Understanding the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System..............................................................252
Stability Control............................................145
Principle of Operation.......................................145
Starter Switch
See: Ignition Switch............................................119
Starting a Diesel Engine.............................120
Cold or Hot Engine.............................................120
Failure to Start.....................................................120
Tires
Starting and Stopping the Engine...........119
See: Wheels and Tires.....................................246
General Information...........................................119
Towing a Trailer.............................................185
Steering.............................................................174
Trailer Tow Module.............................................185
Electric Power Steering.....................................174
Towing Points.................................................191
Towing the Vehicle on Four
Wheels............................................................191
Steering Wheel Lock....................................119
Unlocking the Steering Wheel.......................120
Vehicles without Keyless Starting.................119
All Vehicles.............................................................191
Vehicles With Automatic
Transmission....................................................191
Steering Wheel...............................................43
Storage Compartments..............................117
Sunroof
Towing..............................................................185
Traction Control............................................144
See: Moonroof......................................................60
Supplementary Restraints System..........27
Principle of Operation.......................................144
Principle of Operation.........................................27
Trailer Sway Control....................................186
430
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Using Hill Descent Control........................147
Transmission..................................................130
Transmission
HDC Operation....................................................148
Selecting HDC......................................................147
See: Transmission..............................................130
Using MyKey With Remote Start
Systems..........................................................36
Using Snow Chains......................................251
Transporting the Vehicle...........................202
Trip Computer..................................................79
Average fuel consumption................................79
Average speed.......................................................79
Digital Speedometer...........................................79
Distance to empty................................................79
Instantaneous fuel consumption...................79
Odometer................................................................79
Outside air temperature....................................79
Resetting the trip computer.............................79
Trip Odometer.......................................................79
Vehicles with Stability Control.......................251
Using Stability Control...............................146
Using SYNC™ With Your Media
Player.............................................................310
Type Approvals............................................395
Accessing Your USB Song Library................314
Bluetooth Devices and System
Settings.............................................................316
Connecting Your Media Player to the USB
Port.....................................................................310
Media Menu Features.......................................314
Media Voice Commands...................................311
What's Playing?...................................................311
RF Certification Logos.....................................395
Using SYNC™ With Your Phone.............291
Type approvals.............................................398
FCC/INDUSTRY CANADA NOTICE.............398
RX-42 - declaration of conformity.............398
Accessing Features Through the Cell Phone
Menu..................................................................295
Accessing Your Cell Phone Settings..........298
Bluetooth Devices............................................300
Cell Phone Options During an Active
Call.....................................................................294
Cell Phone Voice Commands.......................292
Making a Call.......................................................294
Pairing a Cell Phone For the First
Time....................................................................291
Pairing Subsequent Cell Phones.................292
Receiving a Call..................................................294
Text Messaging...................................................297
U
Under Hood Overview...............................230
USB Port.........................................................286
Using Adaptive Cruise Control................158
Automatic Cancellation....................................161
Blocked Sensor....................................................162
Canceling the Set Speed................................160
Changing the Set Speed..................................159
Detection Issues..................................................162
Following a Vehicle............................................160
Hilly Condition Usage.........................................161
Overriding the System.......................................161
Resuming the Set Speed................................160
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed.............159
Setting the Gap...................................................160
Switching the System Off...............................160
Switching the System On................................159
Switching to Normal Cruise Control............163
System Not Available........................................162
Using Traction Control................................144
Using Voice Recognition...........................288
Helpful Hints.......................................................288
Initiating a Voice Session................................289
System Interaction and Feedback..............289
V
Using Cruise Control....................................157
Vehicle Care...................................................244
Vehicle Dimensions.....................................261
Vehicle Identification Number................264
Vehicle Identification Plate......................263
Switching Cruise Control Off.........................158
Switching Cruise Control On...........................157
Using Four-Wheel Drive.............................135
Driving In Special Conditions With
Four-Wheel Drive (4WD)...........................136
How Your Vehicle Differs From Other
Vehicles.............................................................136
"Built Date"..........................................................263
Ventilation
See: Climate Control..........................................94
431
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
W
Vents
See: Air Vents........................................................94
VIN
Warning Lamps and Indicators................64
See: Vehicle Identification Number............264
Adaptive Cruise Control Lamp.......................64
AdBlue Lamp (If Equipped).............................67
Anti-Lock Braking System Warning
Lamp....................................................................65
Automatic High Beam Lamp...........................65
Auto Start-Stop Lamp.......................................65
Battery Warning Lamp.......................................65
Blind Spot Monitor Indicator............................65
Brake System Warning Lamp..........................65
Cruise Control Indicator.....................................65
Direction Indicator...............................................65
Door Ajar Indicator..............................................66
Electronic Locking Differential........................66
Engine Coolant Temperature Warning
Lamp....................................................................66
Engine Oil Warning Lamp.................................66
Fasten Rear Seabelt Warning Lamp............68
Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp....................66
Four-Wheel Drive Indicators............................66
Front Airbag Warning Lamp............................66
Front Fog Lamps Indicator...............................66
Frost Warning Lamp...........................................66
Glow Plug Indicator.............................................66
High Beam Indicator............................................67
Hill Descent Control............................................67
Hood Ajar Warning Lamp..................................67
Lane Keeping Aid Indicator...............................67
Liftgate Ajar Warning Lamp.............................67
Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp........................67
Low Tire Pressure Warning...............................67
Low Washer Fluid.................................................67
Over Speed Warning...........................................67
Parking Lamps Indicator....................................67
Powertrain Fault....................................................67
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator.................................67
Service Engine Soon...........................................68
Shift Indicator........................................................68
Speed Limiter........................................................68
Stability Control Off Indicator.........................68
Stability Control Warning Lamp....................68
Traffic Sign Recognition No Passing.............68
Traffic Sign Recognition Speed Limit...........68
Water-In-Fuel Warning Lamp.........................69
Voice Control...................................................44
Washer Fluid Check....................................233
432
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Index
Washers
See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................244
See: Wipers and Washers.................................45
Wheel Nuts
See: Changing a Road Wheel........................255
Wheels and Tires.........................................246
General Information.........................................246
Technical Specifications................................260
Windows and Mirrors...................................56
Windshield Washers.....................................46
Windshield Wipers.........................................45
Intermittent Wipe.................................................45
Speed Dependent Wipers................................45
Wiper Blades
See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................234
Wipers and Washers.....................................45
433
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
434
Everest (TEC), EB3B-19G219-YAA enAUS
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising